Loop Control Unit FUNCTION BLOCK REFERENCE MANUAL SYSMAC CS Series

Loop Control Unit FUNCTION BLOCK REFERENCE MANUAL SYSMAC CS Series
Cat. No. W375-E1-05
SYSMAC CS Series
CS1W-LC001
Loop Control Unit
Version 2.5
FUNCTION BLOCK
REFERENCE MANUAL
CS1W-LC001
Loop Control Unit
FUNCTION BLOCK REFERENCE MANUAL
Revised August 2003
Notice:
OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a
qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual.
The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual.
Always heed the information provided with them. Failure to heed precautions can result
in injury to people or damage to property.
DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.
Caution
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
may result in minor or moderate injury, or property damage.
OMRON Product References
All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual. The work "Unit" is also capitalized
when it refers to an OMRON product, regardless of whether or not it appears in the
proper name of the product.
The abbreviation "Ch" which appears in some displays and on some ONROM products,
often means "word" and is abbreviated "Wd" in documentation in this sense.
The abbreviation "PC" means Programmable Controller and is not used as an
abbreviation for anything else.
Visual Aids
The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate
different types of information.
Note
Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient operation of the
product.
1, 2, 3...
1. Indicates lists of one sort or another, such as procedures,
checklists, etc.
©OMRON, 2000
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of OMRON.
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained
herein. Moreover, because OMRON is constantly striving to improve its high-quality
products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice.
Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless,
OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability
assumed for damages resulting from the user of the information contained in this
publication.
About this Manual:
About this Manual:
This manual describes the installation and operation of the CS1W-LC001 Loop Control
Unit, and includes the sections described below.
The CS1W-LC001 Loop Control Unit (CS1W-LC001) helps you build an
instrumentation system comprising multiple loops and is intended as a CPU Bus Unit
on a PLC (Programmable Controller).
Please read this manual and the other manuals related to the CS1W-LC001 Loop
Control Unit carefully and be sure you understand the information provided before
attempting to install and operate the Loop Control Unit.
There are four manuals used with the CS1W-LC001. These manuals are listed in the
following table. The suffixes have been omitted from the catalog numbers. Be sure you
are using the most recent version for your area.
Name
SYSMAC CS1 Series
CS1W-LC001
Loop Control Unit
Function Block Reference
Manual
SYSMAC CS1 Series
CS1W-LC001
Loop Control Unit
Operation Manual
SYSMAC CS1 Series
WS02-LCTC1
CX-Process Tool
Operation Manual
SYSMAC CS1 Series
WS02-LCTC1
CX-Process Monitor
Operation Manual
Cat. No.
(Suffixes
omitted)
W375
Contents
Provides detailed information on the function
blocks.
W374
Describes the basic running of the Loop Control
Unit (excluding detailed descriptions of the function
blocks).
W372
Describes operation of the CX-Process Tool.
W373
Describes operation of the CX-Process Monitor.
Section 1 provides an overall list of the function blocks provided on CS1W-LC001
Loop Control Units and describes how they can be applied to specific control
operations.
Section 2 describes the functions of each function block and details of ITEM settings.
Appendix provides information on errors that may occur during running of
CS1W-LC001 Loop Control Units and guidelines for troubleshooting these errors.
WARNING
Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result
in personal injury or death, damage to the product, or product failure. Please read
each section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in
the section and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or
operations given.
3
About this Manual:
Restrictions in Use of Function Blocks According to Version
•The following function blocks described in this manual can be used only when Loop
Control Unit CS1W-LC001 Ver.1.20 and onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver.1.20 and
onwards are used:
•The following function blocks can be registered on CX-Process Tool when Loop
Control Unit Ver.1.0! and CX-Process Tool Ver1.20 or onwards are used.
However, if the data of these function blocks is downloaded to the Loop Control
Unit in major item units (units of Loop Control Unit) when these function blocks are
registered on CX-Process Tool, an error occurs, and the download is canceled.
(Other function blocks also are not downloaded.)
•The following function blocks cannot be registered on CX-Process Tool when Loop
Control Unit Ver.1.20 and onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver.1.00 are used. For
this reason, these function blocks cannot also be downloaded to the Loop Control
Unit.
If the following function blocks already exist on the Loop Control Unit and are
uploaded to CX-Process Tool, only the following function blocks are not uploaded.
(When a new upload is performed, these blocks become empty.)
2-position ON/OFF (Block Model 001), 3-position ON/OFF (Block Model 002),
Blended PID (Block Model 013), 3-input Selector (Block Model 163), 3-output
Selector (Block Model 164), Batch Data Collector (Block Model 174), DI terminal
from Expanded CPU Unit (Block Model 455), DO Terminal from Expanded CPU
Unit (Block Model 456), AI Terminal from Expanded CPU Unit (Block Model 457),
AO Terminal from Expanded CPU Unit (Block Model 458)
Note
The version of the Loop Control Unit can be verified in the Monitor run status screen
([Execute]-[Run]-[Monitor run status]) on CX-Process Tool.
When the above function blocks are used, check in the Check System Operation screen
on CX-Process Tool beforehand that the content of ITEM 099 onwards in the System
Common block (Block Model 000) is as follows:
ITEM
099
Data name
MPU/FROM version indication
Data
V1.20V1.20
Version V1.20 and onwards must be indicated.
•The following function blocks described in this manual can be used only when Loop
Control Unit CS1W-LC001 Ver.1.50 and onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver.1.50 and
onwards are used:
•The following function blocks can be registered on CX-Process Tool when versions
of Loop Control Unit earlier than Ver.1.50 (Ver.1.0! or Ver.1.20) and CX-Process
Tool Ver1.50 or onwards are used. However, if the data of these function blocks is
downloaded to the Loop Control Unit in major item units (units of Loop Control
Unit) when these function blocks are registered on CS-Process Tool, an error
occurs, and only those function blocks are not downloaded. (Other function blocks
are downloaded successfully.)
4
About this Manual:
•The following function blocks cannot be registered on CX-Process Tool when Loop
Control Unit Ver.1.50 and onwards and versions of CX-Process
Tool earlier than Ver.1.50 (Ver.1.00 or Ver. 1.20) are used. For this reason, these
function blocks cannot also be downloaded to the Loop Control Unit.
If the following function blocks already exist on the Loop Control Unit and are
uploaded to CX-Process Tool, only the following function blocks are not uploaded.
(When a new upload is performed, these blocks become empty.)
Segment Program 2 (Block Model 157), Accumulated Value Input Adder (Block
Model 182), Accumulated Value Input Multiplier (Block Model 183), Constant
Comparator (Block Model 202), Variable Comparator (Block Model 203), Clock
Pulse (Block Model 207), ON/OFF Valve Manipulator (Block Model 221), Motor
Manipulator (Block Model 222), Reversible Motor Manipulator (Block Model
223), Motor Opening Manipulator (Block Model 224)
Likewise, the following functions can be used only when Loop Control Unit
CS1W-LC001 Ver.1.50 and onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver.1.50 and onwards
are used:
•The following ITEMs can be set on CX-Process Tool when versions of Loop Control
Unit earlier than Ver.1.50 (Ver.1.0" or Ver.1.20) and CX-Process Tool Ver1.50 or
onwards are used. However, if the data of these ITEMs is downloaded to the Loop
Control Unit when these ITEMs are set on CX-Process Tool, only those ITEMs are not
downloaded. (Other ITEMs are downloaded successfully.)
•The following ITEMs cannot be set on CX-Process Tool when Loop Control Unit
Ver.1.50 or onwards and versions of CX-Process Tool earlier than Ver.1.50 (Ver.1.00
or Ver. 1.20) are used. For this reason, these ITEMs cannot also be downloaded to
the Loop Control Unit.
If a download in major item units (units of Loop Control Unit) or a download in function
blocks units including initial setting data is performed, the respective defaults are set
to the following ITEMs on the Loop Control Unit.
If the following ITEMs are already set on the Loop Control Unit and are uploaded to
the CX-Process Tool, only the following ITEMs are not uploaded.
AT (auto-tuning) functions of Basic PID block (Block Model 011) and Advanced PID
(Block Model 012), and wait function and additional steps (step numbers 8 to 15) of
the Ramp Program block (Block Model 155)
Note1
For details on which actual ITEM this restriction applies to, refer to the ITEM list for the
relevant function block in the Function Block Reference Manual.
Note2
The version of the Loop Control Unit can be verified in the Monitor run status screen
([Execute]-[Run]-[Monitor run status]) on CX-Process Tool.
When the above function blocks are used, check in the Check System Operation screen
on CX-Process Tool beforehand that the content of ITEM 099 onwards in the System
Common block (Block Model 000) is as follows:
ITEM
099
Data name
MPU/FROM version indication
Data
V1.50V1.50
Version V1.50 and onwards must be indicated.
5
About this Manual:
•The following function blocks described in this manual can be used only when Loop
Control Unit CS1W-LC001 Ver. 2.00 and onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver. 2.00
and onwards are used:
•The following function blocks can be registered on CX-Process Tool when versions
of Loop Control Unit earlier than Ver. 2.00 (Ver. 1.0", Ver. 1.20, or Ver. 1.50) and
CX-Process Tool Ver 1.50 or onwards are used. However, if the data of these
function blocks is downloaded to the Loop Control Unit in major item units (units of
Loop Control Unit) when these function blocks are registered on CX-Process Tool,
an error occurs, and only those function blocks are not downloaded. (Other
function blocks are downloaded successfully.)
•The following function blocks cannot be registered on CX-Process Tool when Loop
Control Unit Ver. 2.00 and onwards and versions of CX-Process Tool earlier than
Ver. 2.00 (Ver. 1.00 Ver. 1.20, or Ver. 1.50) are used. For this reason, these
function blocks cannot also be downloaded to the Loop Control Unit.
If the following function blocks already exist on the Loop Control Unit and are
uploaded to CX-Process Tool, only the following function blocks are not uploaded.
(When a new upload is performed, these blocks become empty.)
ES100X Controller Terminal (Block Model 045), 4-point Warning Indicator (Block
Model 110), Arithmetic Operation (Block Model 126), Time Sequence Data
Statistics (Block Model 153), Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461), Send All
Blocks (Block Model 462)
Likewise, the following functions can be used only when Loop Control Unit
CS1W-LC001 Ver. 2.00 and onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver. 2.00 and onwards are
used:
•The following ITEMs can be set on CX-Process Tool when versions of Loop
Control Unit earlier than Ver. 2.00 (Ver. 1.00 Ver. 1.20, or Ver. 1.50) and
CX-Process Tool Ver, 2.00 or onwards are used. However, if the data of these
ITEMs is downloaded to the Loop Control Unit when these ITEMs are set on
CX-Process Tool, only those ITEMs are not downloaded. (Other ITEMs are
downloaded successfully.)
•The following ITEMs cannot be set on CX-Process Tool when Loop Control Unit
Ver. 2.0 or onwards and versions of CX-Process Tool earlier than Ver. 2.00 (Ver.
1.00 Ver. 1.20, or Ver. 1.50) are used. For this reason, these ITEMs cannot also be
downloaded to the Loop Control Unit.
If a download in major item units (units of Loop Control Unit) or a download in
function blocks units including initial setting data is performed, the respective
defaults are set to the following ITEMs on the Loop Control Unit.
If the following ITEMs are already set on the Loop Control Unit and are uploaded to
the CX-Process Tool, only the following ITEMs are not uploaded.
MV Output Retrace Time for PV Error has been added to 2-position ON/OFF
(Block Model 001), 3-position ON/OFF (Block Model 002), Basic PID (Block
Model 011), and Advanced PID (Block Model 012).
High MV Limit Output and Low MV Limit Output have been added to Basic PID
(Block Model 011), Indication and Operation (Block Model 032), and Ratio
Setting (Block Model 033).
MV Error Input and MV Error Display have been added to Batch Flowrate
Capture (Block Model 014), Indication and Operation (Block Model 032), and
Ratio Setting (Block Model 033).
PV Error Input and PV Error Display have been added to Indication and Setting
(Block Model 031), Indication and Operation (Block Model 032), Ratio Setting
(Block Model 033), and Indicator (Block Model 034).
Inputs X1 to X8 have been added to Constant Comparator (Block Model 202).
Inputs X1 to X8 and Comparison Input R1 to R8 have been added to Variable
Comparator (Block Model 203)
Contact Inputs S33 to S224 have been added to Internal Switch (Block Model
209).
6
About this Manual:
Note1
For details on which actual ITEM this restriction applies to, refer to the ITEM list for the
relevant function block in the Function Block Reference Manual.
Note2
The version of the Loop Control Unit can be verified in the Monitor run status screen
([Execute]-[Run]-[Monitor run status]) on CX-Process Tool.
When the above function blocks are used, check in the Check System Operation screen
on CX-Process Tool beforehand that the content of ITEM 099 onwards in the System
Common block (Block Model 000) is as follows:
ITEM
099
Data name
MPU/FROM version indication
Data
V2.00V2.00
Version V2.00 and onwards must be indicated.
•The following function blocks described in this manual can be used only when Loop
Control Unit CS1W-LC001 Ver.2.50 and onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver.2.50 and
onwards are used:
•The following function blocks can be registered on CX-Process Tool when the
Loop Control Unit is pre-Ver.2.50 and the CX-Process Tool is Ver 2.50 or later.
However, if the data of these function blocks is downloaded to the Loop Control
Unit in major item units (units of Loop Control Unit) when these function blocks are
registered on CX-Process Tool, an error occurs, and the download is canceled.
(Other function blocks will be downloaded normally.)
•The following function blocks cannot be registered on CX-Process Tool when the
Loop Control Unit is Ver. 2.50 or later and CX-Process Tool is pre-Ver.2.50. For
this reason, these function blocks cannot also be downloaded to the Loop Control
Unit.
If the following function blocks already exist on the Loop Control Unit and are
uploaded to CX-Process Tool, only the following function blocks are not uploaded.
(When a new upload is performed, these blocks become empty.)
Fuzzy Logic (Block Model 016), Range Conversion (Block Model 127), Level
Check (Block Model 210), Ai4 Terminal (DRT1-AD04) (Block Model 588), Ao2
Terminal (DRT1-DA02) (Block Model 589)
7
About this Manual:
Likewise, the following functions can be used only when Loop Control Unit
CS1W-LC001 Ver. 2.50 or onwards and CX-Process Tool Ver. 2.50 or onwards are
used:
•The following ITEMs can be set on CX-Process Tool when versions of Loop Control
Unit earlier than Ver. 2.50 and CX-Process Tool Ver. 2.50 or onwards are used.
However, if the data of these ITEMs is downloaded to the Loop Control Unit when
these ITEMs are set on CX-Process Tool, only those ITEMs are not downloaded.
(Other ITEMs are downloaded successfully.)
•The following ITEMs cannot be set on CX-Process Tool when Loop Control Unit Ver.
2.50 or onwards and versions of CX-Process Tool earlier than Ver. 2.50 are used. For
this reason, these ITEMs cannot also be downloaded to the Loop Control Unit.
If a download in major item units (units of Loop Control Unit) or a download in function
blocks units including initial setting data is performed, the respective defaults are set
to the following ITEMs on the Loop Control Unit.
If the following ITEMs are already set on the Loop Control Unit and are uploaded to
the CX-Process Tool, only the following ITEMs are not uploaded.
Block Registration Flag (ITEM 039) and Tool Version (ITEM 110) in System
Common (Block Model 000).
Warning Limit (ITEM 012) in Basic PID (Block Model 011, Advanced PID (Block
Model 020), 2-Position ON/OFF (Block Model 001), 3-Position ON/OFF (Block Model
002), Indication and Setting (Block Model 031), Indication and Operation (Block
Model 032), Ratio Setting (Block Model 033), Indicator (Block Model 034), and
4-Point Warning Indicator (Block Model 110).
SP Rate-of-change Limit Time Unit (ITEM 030) in Advanced PID (Block Model 012).
Local SP Setting, Upper 4 Digits (ITEM 024), Remote SP Setting, Upper 4 Digits
(ITEM 028), Current SP Value, Upper 4 Digits (ITEM 030), Preset Value, Upper 4
Digits (ITEM 061), and Batch Accumulated Value, Upper 4 Digits (ITEM 065) in
Batch Flowrate (Block Model 014).
Time Unit (ITEM 013) in Rate-of-change Limit (Block Model 143).
Reference Input Disable Switch (ITEM 020) in Segment Program 2 (Block Model
157).
Output Type (ITEM 006) in Contact Distributor (Block Model 201).
Range settings in AI Terminal from CPU Unit (Block Model 453), AO Terminal to
CPU Unit (Block Model 454), Ai4 Terminal (Block Model 561), Pi4 Terminal (Block
Model 562), and Ai8 Terminal (Block Model 564).
Receive Disable Switch (ITEM 225) in Expanded DI Terminal from CPU Unit (Block
Model 455) and Expanded AI Terminal from CPU Unit (Block Model 457) and Send
Disable Switch (ITEM 225) in Expanded DO Terminal from CPU Unit (Block Model
456) and Expanded AO Terminal from CPU Unit (Block Model 458).
Note1
For details on which actual ITEM this restriction applies to, refer to the ITEM list for the
relevant function block in the Function Block Reference Manual.
Note2
The version of the Loop Control Unit can be verified in the Monitor run status screen
([Execute]-[Run]-[Monitor run status]) on CX-Process Tool.
When the above function blocks are used, check in the Check System Operation screen
on CX-Process Tool beforehand that the content of ITEM 099 onwards in the System
Common block (Block Model 000) is as follows:
ITEM
099
Data name
MPU/FROM version indication
Data
V2.50V2.50
Version V2.50 and onwards must be indicated.
8
Precautions
Precautions
This section provides general precautions for using the Programmable Controller (PLC) and
related devices.
The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable
application of the Programmable Controller. You must read this section and
understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PLC
system.
1 Intended Audience ······························································································ 10
2 General Precautions ··························································································· 10
3 Safety Precautions······························································································ 11
4 Operating Environment Precautions··································································· 12
5 Application Precautions ······················································································ 13
6 EC Directives ······································································································ 15
7 Applicable Directives··························································································· 16
9
Precautions
1 Intended Audience
This manual is intended for the following personnel, who must also have knowledge of
electrical systems (an electrical engineer or the equivalent) and knowledge about
instrumentation system.
•Personnel in charge of installing FA systems
•Personnel in charge of designing FA systems
•Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities
2 General Precautions
The user must operate the product according tot he performance specifications
described in the operation manuals.
Before using the product under conditions which are not described in this manual or
applying the product to nuclear control systems, railroad systems, aviation systems,
vehicles, combustion systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, safety
equipment, petrochemical plants, and other systems, machines, and equipment that
may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly, consult your
OMRON representative.
Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are sufficient
for the systems, machines, and equipment, and be sure to provide the system,
machines and equipment with double safety mechanism.
This manual provides information for running OMRON Loop Control Units. Be sure to
read this manual before attempting to use the Loop Control Units and related software
(CX-Process Tool and CX-Process Monitor) and keep this manual close at hand for
reference during running.
WARNING
10
It is extremely important that a PLC and all PLC Units be used for the
specified purpose and under the specified conditions, especially in
applications that directly or indirectly affect human life. You must consult
with your OMRON representative before applying a PLC System to the
above-mentioned applications.
Precautions
3 Safety Precautions
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while power is being supplied.
Doing so may result in electric shock.
Provide safety measures in external circuits (i.e., not in the
Programmable Controller), including the following items, to ensure
safety in the system if an abnormality occurs due to malfunction of the
PLC or another external factor affecting the PLC operation. Not doing
so may result in serious accidents.
•Emergency stop circuits, interlock circuits, limit circuits, and similar
safety measures must be provided in external control circuits.
•The PLC will turn OFF all outputs when its self-diagnosis function
detects any error or when a severe failure alarm (FALS) instruction is
executed. As a countermeasure for such errors, external safety
measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system.
•The PLC outputs may remain ON or OFF due to deposition or burning
of the output relays or destruction of the output transistors. As a
countermeasure for such problems, external safety measures must be
provided to ensure safety in the system.
•When the 24-VDC output (service power supply to the PLC) is
overloaded or short-circuited, the voltage may drop and result in the
outputs being turned OFF. As a countermeasure for such problems,
external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the
system.
Check the following items before starting to run the Loop Control Unit:
•Analog Input/Output Units used in combination with the Loop Control
Unit must be mounted correctly, and the unit number set on the front
panel of the Analog Input/Output Unit must match the unit number set
on the Field Terminal block. If the unit numbers do not match,
input/output (read/write) is performed on the data of another Special
I/O Unit (whose unit number is set on the Field Terminal block).
•The defaults of the System Common block on the Loop Control Unit
must be set correctly. In particular, make sure that the Data Memory
(D) for the Node Terminals on the CPU Unit used by the Loop Control
Unit is not set in duplicate for other applications on the PLC. If the
application of the Data Memory is set in duplicate, the PLC system
may act unexpectedly and cause injury.
•When writing data to the I/O memory in the CPU Unit with function
blocks (e.g., using Send All Blocks, Expanded DO/AO Terminal to
CPU Unit, or DO/AO Terminal to CPU Unit), be sure that the words
written to in the I/O memory are not being used for any other purpose.
If I/O memory words are allocated to more than one purpose, the PLC
system may act unexpectedly and cause injury.
Do not perform processing in such a way that the Loop Control Unit and
CPU Unit perform writing on identical I/O memory addresses allocated
to an contact output or analog output to an external Unit. If writing is
performed on identical addresses, the externally connected load may
act unexpectedly and cause injury.
11
Precautions
4 Operating Environment Precautions
Caution
Caution
Caution
12
Do not operate the control system in the following places:
•Locations subject to direct sunlight
•Locations subject to temperature or humidity outside the range
specified in the specifications
•Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in
temperature
•Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases
•Locations subject to dust (especially iron dust) or salts
•Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or chemicals
•Locations subject to shock or vibration
Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing
systems in the following locations:
•Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise
•Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields
•Locations subject possible exposure to radioactivity
•Locations close to power supplies
The operating environment of the PLC System can have a large effect
on the longevity and reliability of the system. Improper operating
environments can lead to malfunction, failure, and other unforeseeable
problems with the PLC System. Be sure that the operating environment
is within the specified conditions at installation and remains within the
specified conditions during the life of the system.
Precautions
5 Application Precautions
Observe the following precautions when using the PLC.
WARNING
Caution
Always heed these precautions. Failure to abide by the following
precautions could lead to serious or possibly fatal injury.
•Always connect to a class-3 ground (to 100 Ω or less) when installing
the Units. Not connecting to a class-3 ground may result in electric
shock.
•Always turn OFF the power to the PLC before attempting any of the
following. Not turning OFF the power may result in malfunction or
electric shock.
•Mounting or dismounting I/O Units
•Assembling the Units
•Setting DIP switches or unit number setting switches
•Connecting or wiring the cables
•Connecting or disconnecting the connectors
Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty
operation of the PLC or the system, or could damage the PLC or PLC
Units. Always heed these precautions.
•The Loop Control Unit can read and write I/O memory on the CPU Unit
using the Field Terminal block or CPU Terminal block regardless of
the user program (Step Ladder Program) on the CPU nit. So, do not
write to the same I/O memory address in communications between the
Loop Control Unit and the CPU Unit.
•To hold analog outputs or contact outputs at specific values (for
example, maximum value or minimum value) when the Loop Control
Unit has stopped running, create a Step Ladder Program on the CPU
Unit so that each of the allocated relays on the Analog Output Unit or
Contact Output Unit are set to a specific value taking the b contact of
the Loop Control Unit Running flag (bit 00 allocated relay n word) as
the input conditions.
•When a fatal error occurs on the CPU Unit (including during execution
of the FALS command), the Loop Control Unit also stops running. To
hold the analog output to the previous value before the stop occurred,
and to set the analog output to either the minimum value or maximum
value, use the output hold function of the Analog Output Unit or Analog
Input/Output Unit.
•Before turning ON the power to the PLC, make sure that the facilities
are safe.
The analog output values and contact outputs from the Loop Control
Unit are updated at the same time that the power to the PLC is turned
ON regardless of the operation mode of the CPU Unit (including the
PROGRAM mode). (Internally, the analog output values and contact
outputs are sent via the CPU Unit to the Basic I/O Unit and Analog
Output Unit.)
•The Loop Control Unit itself does not have a human-machine interface.
So, an external interface such as CX-Process Monitor must be
provided.
13
Precautions
Caution
14
•Fail-safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in
the event of incorrect, missing, or abnormal signals caused by broken
signal lines, momentary power interruptions or other causes.
•Before touching the PLC, be sure to first touch a grounded metalic
object in order to discharge any static build-up.
Otherwise, it might result in a malfunction or damage.
•Before you replace the battery while the Loop Control Unit is ON, be
sure to touch a grounded metal object to discharge any static
electricity from your body
•Never short-circuit the plus and minus poles of the battery, charge,
disassemble or heat the battery, or throw the battery into a fire.
•Interlock circuits, limit circuits, and similar safety measures in external
circuits (i.e. not in the Programmable Controller) must be provided by
the customer.
•Always use the power supply voltage specified in this manual. An
incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning.
•Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the
rated voltage and frequency is supplied. Be particularly careful in
places where the power supply is unstable. An incorrect power supply
may result in malfunction.
•Install external breakers and take other safety measures against
short-circuiting in external wiring. Insufficient safety measures against
short-circuiting may result in burning.
•Do not apply voltages to input sections in excess of the rated input
voltage. Excess voltages may result in burning.
•Do no apply voltages or connect loads in excess of the maximum
switching capacity to output sections. Excess voltage or leads may
result in burning.
•Turn OFF the power to the PLC before performing the following
operations:
•Mounting or removing the Loop Control Unit, CPU Unit, or the
Memory Pack
•Assembling Racks
•Setting the DIP switch or unit number setting switch
# Performing wiring or connecting cables
# When connecting or disconnecting cables
•Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify any Units.
•Be sure to confirm that the DIP switch and the Data Memory (D) are
properly set.
•Leave the dust-protection label attached to the top Unit when wiring.
Removing the label may result in malfunction.
•Remove the labels after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat
dissipation. Leaving the label attached may result in malfunction.
•Mount the Unit only after checking the terminal block and switch
settings completely.
•Be sure that all mounting screws, terminal screws, and cable
connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the user
manuals.
Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction.
Precautions
Caution
•Check the user program for proper execution before actually running it
on the Unit. Not checking the program may result in an unexpected
operation.
•Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connected stranded wires
directly to terminals. Connection of bare stranded wires may result in
burning.
•Double-check all the wiring before turning ON the power supply.
Incorrect wiring may result in burning.
•Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before
attempting any of the following:
•Changing the operating mode of the PLC
•Force-setting/force-resetting of any contact in memory
•Changing the present value or any set value in memory
6 EC Directives
CS Series Units confirm to EC Directives. For the system to conform to EC Directives,
however, the following precautions must be adhered to.
•CS Series Units must be installed within control panel.
•Use reinforced insulation of double insulation for the DC power supplies used for the
I/O power supplies.
•CS Series Units that meet EC Directives also meet the Common Emission Standard
(EN50081-2). The measure necessary to ensure that standards, such as the radiated
emission standard (10 m), are met, however, will vary depending on the overall
configuration of the control panel, the other devices to the control panel, and wiring.
You must therefore confirm that EC Directives are met for the overall machine or
device.
15
Precautions
7 Applicable Directives
Applicable Directives
•EMC Directive
• Low Voltage Directive
EMC and Low Voltage Directives
EMC Directive
In order that OMRON products can be used with any machinery and in combination
with other manufacturer's equipment, the products themselves are designed to comply
with EMC standards (see Note), so that the assembled machinery or device can then
also easily comply with EMC standards.
Even if machinery and equipment complies with EMC standards before assembly, this
compliance may change depending on the device, the configuration of the control
panel, and wiring, so OMRON cannot guarantee that a particular system complies with
the directive. You must therefore confirm that EMC Directives are met for the overall
machine or device.
Note EMC: One directive relating to Electro-Magnetic Compatibility
EMS: Electro-Magnetic Susceptibility standard EN61131-2
EMI: Electro-Magnetic Interference standard EN50081-2
Common Emission Standard EN50081-2, radiated emission standard (10 m)
Low Voltage Directive
The Low Voltage Directive provides that necessary safety standards are guaranteed
for devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1,000 VAC or 75 to 1,500 VDC.
16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 List of Function Blocks····························································· 21
1-1
List of Function Blocks ··········································································22
1-2
How to Use Function Blocks for Specific Operations ····························28
SECTION 2 Description of Function Blocks ················································ 33
Conventions Used in Function Block Descriptions ············································37
System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)··························································· 38
Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032 ··································································· 50
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032 ··································································· 56
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032·················································································· 63
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032··········································································· 78
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032 ············································································· 91
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032···························································· 98
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032 ·············································································· 104
<031> Indication and Setting 001 to 032 ······························································· 116
<032> Indication and Operation 001 to 032 ·························································· 120
<033> Ratio Setting 001 to 032 ············································································· 124
<034> Indicator 001 to 032 ···················································································· 128
External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096····················································· 131
Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<110> 4-Point Warning Indicator 100 to 349 ························································· 143
<111> High/Low Alarm 100 to 349 ········································································ 146
<112> Deviation Alarm 100 to 349 ········································································ 148
<113> Rate-of-change Operation and Alarm 100 to 349 ······································ 150
<115> High/Low Limit 100 to 349 ·········································································· 152
<116> Deviation Limit 100 to 349 ·········································································· 154
<118> Analog Signal Hold 100 to 349 ··································································· 156
17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arithmetic blocks
<121> Addition or Subtraction 100 to 349 ····························································· 158
<122> Multiplication 100 to 349 ············································································· 160
<123> Division 100 to 349 ····················································································· 162
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349 ································································· 164
<127> Range Conversion 100 to 349 ···································································· 171
Function blocks
<131> Square Root 100 to 349·············································································· 174
<132> Absolute Value 100 to 349·········································································· 176
<133> Non-linear Gain (Dead Band) 100 to 349 ··················································· 178
<134> Low-end Cutout 100 to 349 ········································································ 180
<135> Segment Linearizer 100 to 349··································································· 181
<136> Temperature and Pressure Correction 100 to 349 ····································· 184
Time Function blocks
<141> First-order Lag 100 to 349 ·········································································· 186
<143> Rate-of-change Limit 100 to 349 ································································ 188
<145> Moving Average 100 to 349········································································ 190
<147> Lead/Delay 100 to 349················································································ 192
<148> Dead Time 001 to 032 ················································································ 194
<149> Dead Time Compensation 100 to 349 ························································ 196
<150> Accumulator for instantaneous value input 100 to 349 ······························ 198
<151> Run Time Accumulator 100 to 349 ····························································· 202
<153> Time Sequence Data Statistics 100 to 349 ················································ 204
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349 ········································································· 208
<156> Segment Program 100 to 349····································································· 217
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349·································································· 221
Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<161> Rank Selector 100 to 349 ··········································································· 234
<162> Input Selector 100 to 349············································································ 237
<163> 3-input Selector 100 to 349········································································· 240
<164> 3-output Selector 100 to 349 ······································································ 243
<165> Constant Selector 100 to 349 ····································································· 246
<166> Constant Generator 100 to 349 ·································································· 249
<167> Ramped Switch 001 to 032········································································· 251
ITEM Setting blocks
<171> Constant ITEM Setting 100 to 349 ····························································· 253
<172> Variable ITEM Setting 100 to 349······························································· 256
<174> Batch Data Collector 100 to 349································································· 260
Pulse Train Operation blocks
<182> Accumulated Value Input Adder 100 to 349 ··············································· 263
<183> Accumulated Value Analog Multiplier 100 to 349 ······································· 266
<184> Accumulator for accumulated value input 100 to 349 ································ 269
<185> Contact Input/ Accumulated Value Output 100 to 349 ······························· 273
<186> Accumulated Value Input/ Contact Output 100 to 349 ······························· 276
18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other blocks
<192> Analog/Pulse Width Converter 100 to 349 ················································· 279
Sequential Operation blocks
<201> Contact Distributor 100 to 349···································································· 281
<202> Constant Comparator 100 to 349 ······························································· 283
<203> Variable Comparator 100 to 349 ································································ 287
<205> Timer 100 to 349 ························································································ 291
<206> ON/OFF Timer 100 to 349·········································································· 293
<207> Clock Pulse 100 to 349··············································································· 295
<208> Counter 100 to 349 ····················································································· 297
<209> Internal Switch 100 to 349 ·········································································· 299
<210> Level Check 100 to 349·············································································· 301
Contact Type Control Target
<221> ON/OFF Valve Manipulator 100 to 349 ······················································ 306
<222> Motor Manipulator 100 to 349····································································· 310
<223> Reversible Motor Manipulator 100 to 349 ·················································· 315
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349······················································ 320
Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499 ······························································· 326
Node Terminal blocks
<401> DO to Computer 501 to 532 ······································································· 346
<402> AO to Computer 501 to 532········································································ 348
<403> 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532 ········································ 350
<404> 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532 ········································ 352
<407> DO Terminal to All Nodes 550 to 599························································· 355
<408> AO Terminal to All Nodes 550 to 599 ························································· 357
<409> DO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599 ······································ 358
<410> AO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599 ······································ 360
<414> DI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 699 ······················································ 362
<415> AI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 699 ······················································ 364
CPU Unit Terminal Block
<451> DI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876······················································· 365
<452> DO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876 ························································· 367
<453> AI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876 ······················································· 369
<454> AO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876 ························································· 372
Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<455> Expanded DI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860 ····································· 375
<456> Expanded DO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860········································ 377
<457> Expanded AI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860······································ 379
<458> Expanded AO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860 ········································ 382
Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897 ··············································································· 385
<462> Send All Blocks 898···················································································· 393
19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Field Terminal Block
<501> DI 8-point Terminal 901 to 980 ··································································· 396
<502> DI 16-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 397
<503> DI 32-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 398
<504> DI 64-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 399
<511> DO 5-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 401
<512> DO 8-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 402
<513> DO 12-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 403
<514> DO 16-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 404
<515> DO 32-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 405
<516> DO 64-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 406
<518> DI 16-point/DO 16-point Terminal 901 to 980············································· 407
<525> DI 96-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 408
<537> DO 96-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 409
<544> DI 48-point/DO 48-point Terminal 901 to 980············································· 410
<551> AI 8-point Terminal (AD003) 901 to 980····················································· 411
<552> AO 8-point Terminal (DA003/4) 901 to 980 ················································ 412
<553> AI 2-point/AO 2-point Terminal (MAD01) 901 to 980 ································· 414
<561> AI 4-point Terminal
(PTS01/02/03, PDC01, PTW01) 901 to 980 ············ 416
<562> PI 4-point Terminal (PPS01) 901 to 980····················································· 419
<563> AO 4-point Terminal (PMV01) 901 to 980 ·················································· 422
<564> AI 8-point Terminal (PTR01/02) 901 to 980················································ 424
<583> AI 4-point/AO 4-point Terminal (MAD44) 901 to 980 ································· 426
<584> AI 8-point Terminal (AD081) 901 to 980····················································· 428
<585> AO 8-point Terminal (DA08V/C) 901 to 980 ··············································· 430
<586> AI 4-point Terminal (AD041) 901 to 980····················································· 432
<587> AO 4-point Terminal (DA041) 901 to 980 ··················································· 434
<588> AI 4-point Terminal (DRT1-AD04) 901 to 980 ············································ 436
<589> AO 2-point Terminal (DRT1-DA02) 901 to 980 ·········································· 438
Appendix A Execution Error Code List······························································ 439
Appendix B ITEM Allocations for Send/Receive All Blocks ······························· 442
Appendix C List of Data Memory Allocations of Node Terminal Blocks ············ 469
20
SECTION 1
List of Function Blocks
1-1
List of Function Blocks ··········································································22
1-2
How to Use Function Blocks for Specific Operations ····························28
21
1-1 List of Function Blocks
1-1
List of Function Blocks
The following function blocks can be combined and used in Loop Control Unit
operations.
Category
Type
System
Common Block
Control Block
Block
Model
000
Controller
001
002
011
012
013
016
014
031
032
033
034
External
External
Controller Block Controller
Block
045
Block Name
Allocatable
Block
Address
System Common
Makes settings common to all function 000
blocks and outputs signals for the
system.
2-position ON/OFF
2-position type ON/OFF controller
001 to 032
3-position ON/OFF
3-position type ON/OFF controller for
heating/cooling ON/OFF control
Basic PID
Performs basic PID control.
Advanced PID
Performs PID with two degrees of
freedom control for enabling
deviation/MV compensation, MV
tracking, etc.
Blended PID
Performs PIF control on the
cumulative value (cumulative
deviation) between the accumulated
value PV and accumulated value
Remote Set Point.
Fuzzy Logic
Outputs up to two analog outputs
based on fuzzy logic performed on up
to 8 analog inputs.
Batch Flowrate
Functions to open the valve at a fixed
Capture
opening until a fixed batch
accumulated value is reached.
Indication and Setting Manual setter with PV indication and
and SP setting functions
Indication and
Manual setter with PV indication and
Operation
MV setting functions
Ratio Setting
Ratio and bias setter with PV
indication and ratio setting function
Indicator
PV indicator with PV alarm
ES100X Controller
Terminal
Operation Block Alarm/
110
Signal
restrictions/
Hold
4-Point Warning
Indicator
111
High/Low Alarm
112
Deviation Alarm
113
Rate-of-change
Operation and Alarm
115
116
22
High/Low Limit
Deviation Limit
Function
Performs monitoring and setting for
an ES100X Controller connected
directly to the RS-232C port on the
Loop Control Unit.
Provides the alarm contact outputs for
the high/high, high, low, and low/low
limits of single analog signals. This
function block provides the same
function as the Indicator block (model
034).
Provides the alarm contact outputs for
the high and low limits of single
analog signals.
Provides the alarm contact outputs for
the deviation of two analog signals.
Provides the alarm contact outputs for
the high and low limits of
rate-of-change operation when the
analog signal rate-of-change is
output.
Limits the high and low limits of single
analog signals.
Calculates the deviation between two
analog signals, and limits the
deviation within that range.
Page
38
50
56
63
78
91
104
98
116
120
124
128
065 to 096
131
100 to 349
(Note: 349 is
an internal
switch in
CX-Process
143
Tool (One
Block Model
209 is already
allocated as
the default.))
146
148
150
152
154
1-1 List of Function Blocks
Category
Type
Block
Model
118
Operation Block Alarm/
(continued)
Signal
restrictions/
Hold
(continued)
Arithmetic
121
Addition or
Subtraction
Multiplication
123
Division
127
131
132
133
134
135
136
Time
Function
Analog Signal Hold
122
126
Functions
Block Name
141
143
145
147
148
149
150
151
153
155
Function
Holds the maximum, minimum or
instantaneous value of single analog
signals.
Performs addition/subtraction with
gain and bias on up to 4 analog
signals.
Performs multiplication with gain and
bias on up to 2 analog signals.
Performs division with gain and bias
on up to 2 analog signals.
Arithmetic Operation
Performs various math operation
(trigonometric. logarithmic, etc.) on
floating-point decimal values
converted (to industrial units) from up
to 8 analog inputs.
Range Conversion
Easily converts up to 8 analog signals
simply by inputting the 0% and 100%
input values and 0% and 100% output
values.
Square Root
Performs square root extraction (with
low-end cutout) on single analog
signals.
Absolute Value
Performs non-linear (3 gain values)
operation on single analog signals.
Analog signals can also set as a dead
band (with different gap).
Non-linear Gain (Dead Outputs the absolute value of single
Band)
analog signals.
Low-end Cutout
Sets output to zero close to the zero
point of single analog signals.
Segment Linearizer
Converts single analog sigals to 15
segments before the signals is output.
Temperature And
Performs temperature and pressure
Pressure Correction
correction.
First-order Lag
Performs first-order lag operation on
single analog signals.
Rate-of-change Limit Performs rate-of-change restriction on
single analog signals.
Moving Average
Performs moving average operation
on single analog signals.
Lead/Delay
Performs lead/delay operation on
single analog signals.
Dead Time
Performs dead time and first-order lag
operations on single analog signals.
Dead Time
Used for Smith's dead time
Compensation
compensation PID control
Accumulator for
Accumulates analog signals, and
instantaneous value
outputs 8-digit accumulated value
input
signals.
Run Time
Accumulates the operating time, and
Accumulator
outputs the pulse signal per specified
time.
Time Sequence Data Records time sequence data from
Statistics
analog signals and calculates
statistics, such as averages and
standard deviations.
Ramp Program
Ramp program setter for combining
ramps for time and hold values.
Allocatable
Block
Address
Page
156
100 to 349
158
(Note: 349 is
an internal
switch in
CX-Process
Tool (One
Block Model
160
209 is already
allocated as
the default.))
162
164
171
174
176
178
180
181
184
186
188
190
192
194
196
198
202
204
208
23
1-1 List of Function Blocks
Category
Type
Block
Model
Operation Block Time
156
(continued)
functionn
(continued)
157
Signal
Selection/
Switching
161
162
163
Signal
164
Selection/
Switching
(continued)
165
166
167
ITEM
Settings
171
172
174
Pulse Train 182
Operation
183
184
185
186
Others
Sequence
Operation
192
201
202
203
205
206
207
24
Block Name
Segment Program
Segment Program 2
Rank Selector
Input Selector
3-input Selector
3-output Selector
Constant Selector
Function
Segment program setter setting the
output values with respect to time.
Segment program setting with wait
function for setting the output values
with respect to time
Selects the rank of up to 8 analog
signals.
Selects the specified analog signals
specified by the contact signal from
up to 8 analog signals.
Selects and outputs one of three
analog input signals.
Outputs one analog input signal in
three switched direction.
Selects 8 preset constants by the
contact signal.
Constant Generator
Outputs 8 independent constants.
Ramped Switch
Switches two analog inputs (or
constants) with a ramp.
Constant ITEM
Writes the constant to the specified
Setting
ITEM at the rising edge of the send
command contact.
Variable ITEM Setting Writes the analog signal to the
specified ITEM at the rising edge of
the send command contact.
Batch Data Collector Stores each of max. 8 analog inputs
to buffer by a certain timing within
sequential processing.
Accumulated Value
Adds up to four accumulated value
Input Adder
signals.
Accumulated Value
Multiplies analog signals by the
Analog Multiplier
accumulated value signals.
Accumulator for
Converts 4-digit accumulated value
accumulated value
signals to 8 digits.
input
Contact input/
Counts low-speed contact pulses, and
Accumulated value
outputs 8-digit accumulated signals.
output
Accumulated Value
Converts 4-digit accumulated value
Input/
signals to low-speed contact pulses
Contact Output
before they are output.
Analog/Pulse Width
Changes the ON/OFF duration ratio in
Converter
a constant cycle duration so that it is
proportional to the analog signal.
Contact Distributor
Connect contact signals between
function blocks in a 1:1 connection.
Constant Comparator Compares up to eight sets of analog
signals and constants, and outputs
the comparison results as contacts.
Variable Comparator Compares up to eight pairs of analog
signals, and outputs the comparison
results as contacts.
Timer
2-stage output type addition timer for
forecast values and reached values.
Can also output the present value.
ON/OFF Timer
Timer for performing ON-OFF
operation at preset ON and OFF
times.
Clock Pulse
Manipulates and monitors ON/OFF
valves with open/close limit switches.
Allocatable
Block
Address
100 to 349
(Note: 349 is
an internal
switch in
CX-Process
Tool (One
Block Model
209 is already
allocated as
the default.))
Page
217
221
234
237
240
243
246
249
251
253
256
260
263
266
269
273
276
279
281
283
287
291
293
295
1-1 List of Function Blocks
Category
Type
Operation Block Sequence
(continued)
Operation
(continued
Contact
Type
Control
Target
Block
Model
208
Counter
209
Internal Switch
210
Level Check
221
222
223
224
Sequential
Control
Node Terminal
301
Send to
Computer
401
402
403
404
Send to All
Nodes
407
408
409
410
Receive
from All
Nodes
Block Name
414
415
ON/OFF Valve
Manipulator
Function
2-stage output type addition timer for
forecast values and arrival values.
Can also output the current value.
Temporary storage contact for
accepting relays in the Step Ladder
Program block.
(Note: One internal switch is already
allocated as "temporary storage" in
CX-Process Tool.)
Checks an analog input for 8 levels
and outputs a contact corresponding
to the level. The level number is also
output as an analog value.<0}
Manipulates and monitors ON/OFF
valves with open/close limit switches.
Manipulates and monitors motor
operation.
Reversible Motor
Manipulates and monitors reversible
Manipulator
motor operation.
Motor Opening
Inputs a target opening, and
Manipulator
manipulates an electric
positional-proportional motor.
Step Ladder Program Performs logic sequence and step
progression control.
DO to Computer
Sends 128 contacts to the
send-to-computer area. When
CX-Process Monitor is used, the
contact signals to be monitored are
connected to this function block.
AO to Computer
Sends 16 analog values to the
send-to-computer area. When
CX-Process Monitor is used, the
analog signals to be monitored are
connected to this function block.
1-Block Send
Sends a specified 1 block to the
Terminal to Computer send-to-computer area. When
CX-Process Monitor is used, the 1
block to be monitored are connected
to this function block.
4-Block Send
Sends a specified 4 block to the
Terminal to Computer send-to-computer area. When
CX-Process Monitor is used, the 4
block to be monitored are connected
to this function block.
DO Terminal to All
Sends 32 contacts to nodes on the
Nodes
Controller Link Data Link.
AO Terminal to All
Sends 2 analog values to nodes on
Nodes
the Controller Link Data Link.
DO Terminal Settings Receives 32 contacts sent from the
from Computer
computer. (Can also be downloaded
to the send-to-all nodes area.)
AO Terminal Settings Receives 2 analog values sent from
from Computer
the computer. (Can also be
downloaded to the send-to-all nodes
area.)
DI Terminal from All
Receives 32 contacts sent from nodes
Nodes
on the Controller Link Data Link.
Allocatable Page
Block
Address
100 to 349
297
(Note: 349 is
an internal
switch in
CX-Process
Tool (One
299
Block Model
209 is already
allocated as
the default.))
301
306
Motor Manipulator
AI Terminal from All
Nodes
Receives 2 analog values sent from
nodes on the Controller Link Data
Link.
310
315
320
400 to 499
326
501 to 532
346
348
350
352
550 to 599
355
357
358
360
600 to 699
362
364
25
1-1 List of Function Blocks
Category
Type
CPU Unit
Terminal
Block
Model
451
452
453
454
SCADA
Interface
Expanded
CPU Unit
Terminals
455
456
457
458
Send/
461
Receive All
Blocks
462
Field Terminal
Contact I/O 501
502
503
504
511
512
513
514
515
516
518
525
26
Block Name
Function
Allocatable
Block
Address
861 to 876
DI Terminal from CPU Inputs max. 128 points from any
Unit
leading address in CPU Unit I/O
memory (one of CIO, WR, HR, DM
and EM area types). (read)
DO Terminal to CPU Outputs max. 128 points from any
Unit
leading address in CPU Unit I/O
memory (one of CIO, WR, HR, DM
and EM area types). (read and write)
AI Terminal from CPU Inputs max. 8 words from any leading
Unit
address in CPU Unit I/O memory (one
of CIO, WR, HR, DM and EM area
types). (read)
AO Terminal to CPU
Outputs max. 8 words from any
Unit
leading address in CPU Unit I/O
memory (one of CIO, WR, HR, DM
and EM area types). (read and write)
Expanded DI Terminal Inputs any contact data in CPU Unit
from CPU Unit
I/O Memory, and writes max. 64
points on another function block.
Expanded DO
Inputs the contact data of another
Terminal from CPU
function block, and writes max. 64
Unit
points on any I/O Memory in the CPU
Unit.
Expanded AI
Inputs any analog data in CPU Unit
Terminal from CPU
I/O Memory, and writes max. 64
Unit
words on another function block.
Expanded AO
Inputs the analog data of another
Terminal from CPU
function block, and writes max. 64
Unit
words on any CPU Unit I/O Memory.
Receive All Blocks
Reads ITEM data specified for Send/ 897
Receive All Blocks for up to 32
Control Blocks, 249 Operation Blocks,
and 32 External Controller Blocks
starting from a specified address in
the I/O memory of the CPU Unit.
Send All Blocks
Writes ITEM data specified for Send/ 898
Receive All Blocks for up to 32
Control Blocks, 249 Operation Blocks,
and 32 External Controller Blocks
starting to a specified address in the
I/O memory of the CPU Unit.
DI 8-point Terminal
Inputs 8 contacts from 8-point Input
901 to 980
Unit.
DI 16-point Terminal
Inputs 16 contacts from 16-point Input
Unit.
DI 32-point Terminal
Inputs 32 contacts from 32-point Input
Unit.
DI 64-point Terminal
Inputs 64 contacts from 64-point Input
Unit.
DO 5-point Terminal
Outputs 5 contacts from 5-point
Output Unit.
DO 8-point Terminal
Outputs 8 contacts from 8-point
Output Unit.
DO12-point Terminal Outputs 12 contacts from 12-point
Output Unit.
DO16-point Terminal Outputs 16 contacts from 16-point
Output Unit.
DO32-point Terminal Outputs 32 contacts from 32-point
Output Unit.
DO64-point Terminal Outputs 64 contacts from 64-point
Output Unit.
DI 16-point/
Inputs and outputs 16 contacts each
Do16-point Terminal
from 16-point Input/16-point Output
Units.
DI 96-point Terminal
Inputs 96 contacts from 96-contact
Input Units.
Page
365
367
369
372
375
377
379
382
385
393
396
397
398
399
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
1-1 List of Function Blocks
Category
Field Terminal
(continued)
Type
Block
Model
Contact I/O 537
(continued)
544
Analog I/O
551
552
553
561
562
563
564
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
Block Name
DO 96-point Terminal
DI 48-point/
DO 48-point Terminal
Function
Outputs 96 contacts from 96-contact
Output Units.
Inputs and outputs 48 contacts each
from 48-point Input/48-point Output
Units.
Inputs 8 analog signals from the
C200H-AD003.
Inputs 8 analog signals from the
C200H-DA003/DA003.
Inputs and outputs 2 analog signals
each from the C200H-MAD01.
Allocatable
Block
Address
AI 8-point Terminal
(AD003)
AO 8-point Terminal
(DA003/4)
AI 2-point/
901 to 980
AO 2-point Terminal
(MAD01)
AI 4-point Terminal
Inputs 4 analog signals from one of
(PTS01/02/03,PDC01, CS1W-PTS01 (Isolated-type
PTW01)
Thermocouple Input Unit),
CS1W-PTS02/03 (Isolated-type
Temperature-resistance
Thermometer Input Unit),
CS1W-PDC01 (Isolated-type Analog
Input Unit) or CS1W-PTW01 (2-lead
Transmitter Input Unit).
PI 4-point Terminal
Inputs 4 instantaneous values and
(PPS01)
accumulated values each from
CS1W-PPS01 (Isolated-type Pulse
Input Unit).
AO 4-point Terminal
Outputs 4 analog signals from
(PMV01)
CS1W-PMV01 (Isolated-type Control
Output Unit).
AI 8-point Terminal
Inputs 8 analog signals from
(PTR01/02/03)
CS1W-PTR01 (Power Transducer
Input Unit) or CS1W-PTR02 (Analog
Input Unit (100 mV)).
AI 4-point/AO 4-point Inputs and outputs 4 analog signals
Terminal (MAD44)
each from the CS1W-MAD44.
AI 8-point Terminal
Inputs 8 analog signals from the
(AD081)
CS1W-AD081.
AO 8-point Terminal
Outputs 8 analog signals from the
(DA08V/C)
CS1W-DA08V/C.
AI 4-point Terminal
Inputs 4 analog signals from the
(AD041)
CS1W-AD041.
AO 4-point Terminal
Outputs 4 analog signals from the
(DA041)
CS1W-DA041.
AI 4-point Terminal
Inputs four analog signals from a
(DRT1-AD04)
DRT1-AD04 DeviceNet Slave Analog
Input Unit.
AO 2-point Terminal
Outputs two analog signals from a
(DRT1-DA02)
DRT1-DA02 DeviceNet Slave Analog
Output Unit.
Page
409
410
411
412
414
416
419
422
424
426
428
430
432
434
436
438
27
1-2 How to Use Function Blocks for Specific Operations
1-2
How to Use Function Blocks for Specific
Operations
To Perform This Specific Operation
Data
Exchange
Run/Stop
High-speed
processing
High-density
monitor
28
Direct exchange of large
amounts of data between the
CPU Unit and function blocks for
data exchange with a PT
(Programmable Terminal) for
example
Continuous data exchange with
the CPU Unit
Read/write of specified data
(ITEMs) from a CPU Unit
(including a CPU Unit on a
networked PLC) whenever
necessary
Continuous data exchange with
a Loop Control Unit at another
node
Perform The Following
See Page:
Use the Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
(Block Models 455 to 458).
Expanded CPU Unit
Terminal blocks
Use the CPU Unit Terminal blocks (Block
Models 451 to 454).
Execute the CMND (DELIVER COMMAND)
instruction in the Step Ladder Program, and
issue the FINS command (ITEM read/write
command).
CPU Unit Terminal
blocks
Section 6 of the
Operation Manual
Use Controller Link and the Node Terminal
3-3 and Appendix 2 of
blocks (Send Terminal to All Nodes, Receive
the Operation Manual
Terminal from All Nodes), and execute the
Controller Link Data Link (at any setting).
Continuous monitoring and
Use the Node Terminal blocks (4-Block Send
Node Terminal blocks
manipulation of all ITEM data in Terminal to Computer or 1-Block Send Terminal
multiple Control blocks (max. 4 to Computer).
blocks) on CX-Process Monitor
Reading/writing specific ITEMs Using Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461) and 3-4 Exchanging Data
for Control, Operation, and
Send All Blocks (Block Model 462) to transfer
with CX-Process
External Controller Blocks with Loop Control Unit data using tags created with Monitorr/SCADA
SCADA software
CX-Process Tool.
Software and with Other
Nodes in Operation
Manual.
3-2 of the Operation
Instruction of run start/stop of
Execute the CMND (DELIVER COMMAND)
Manual
the Loop Control Unit (all
instruction in the Step Ladder Program, and
function blocks) from the CPU issue the FINS command (ITEM read/write
Unit whenever necessary
command) to change ITEM 014 (run/stop
command) of the System Common block.
Or, use the ITEM setting commands (Block
Models 171 and 172) to stop ITEM 014 (run/stop
command) of the System Common block. (In this
case, operation cannot be started.)
Note: Operation can also be stopped or started
on CX-Process Tool and CX-Process Monitor.
Instruction of operation
Execute the CMND (DELIVER COMMAND)
stop/stop cancellation on
instruction in the Step Ladder Program, and
individual function blocks from issue the FINS command (ITEM read/write
the CPU Unit whenever
command) to change ITEM 000 (stop block
necessary
operation command) of the relevant block.
Note: Arithmetic operation stop/stop cancel on
a relevant block can also be indicated by
monitoring the run status on CX-Process Tool.
Execute the required processing on the CPU
3-3 of the Operation
Execution of required
Unit taking bits 00 to 05 of the nth leading words Manual
processing on the CPU Unit
according to run status (e.g. in of the CPU Bus Unit as the input conditions.
RUN mode, execution error,
function block data error) of the
Loop Control Unit
Execution of required
Execute the required processing on the Loop
processing on the Loop Control Control Unit using the Step Ladder Program
Unit according to run status (e.g. block based upon the CPU Unit run status of
operation mode, fatal error,
ITEMs 007 to 011 and 013 in the System
Output OFF) of the CPU Unit
Common block.
High-speed processing of
Set the operation cycle of the relevant function 3-2 of the Operation
specific function blocks
block to a shorter value.
Maual
High-density monitoring of
Monitor analog signals by the Field Terminal
3-4 of the Operation
analog signals
blocks (Block Models 501 to 587) and Send to Manual
Computer blocks (Block Models 401 to 404)
1-2 How to Use Function Blocks for Specific Operations
To Perform This Specific Operation
Monitoring/
Setting
External
Controllers
Batch Data
Collection
Perform The Following
See Page:
Monitoring and setting a
Connect an ES100X Controller to the RS-232C ES100X Controller
stand-alone external controller. port on the Loop Control Unit and use the
Terminal
ES100X Controller Terminal (Block Model 045).
Data collection by a certain
timing within sequence
processing in a batch
processing plant
Analog control ON/OFF control
Use the Batch Data Collector block (Block Model Batch Data Collector
174)
block
Use the 2-position ON/OFF block (Block Model
001).
Heating/cooling ON/OFF control Use the 3-position ON/OFF block (Block Model
002).
Time-proportional control
Use the Analog/Pulse Width Converter block
(Block Model 192).
2-position ON/OFF block
3-position ON/OFF block
Analog/Pulse Width
Converter block, and
5-1 of the Operation
Manual
Application of input filter on PV
Application of bias on PV
Application of ratio on Set Point
and PV
Input of error between multiple
PVs
Entry of differential pressure
transmitter to calculate flowrate
Entry of pulse output flowmeter
for accumulation of flowrate
Temperature and pressure
correction
Use the First-order Lag block (Block Model 141).
Use the Ratio Setting block (Block Model 033) or
the Addition/Subtraction block (Block Model
121).
Use the Addition/Subtraction block (Block Model
121).
Use the Square Root block (Block Model 131)
(with low-end cutout function).
Use the Pulse Input Unit, and enter to the
Accumulator for accumulated value input block
(Block Model 184) for continuous accumulation.
Use the Temperature and Pressure Correction
block (Block Model 136).
Setting of the PID constant
values for multiple words
Use the Constant Item Setting block (Block
Model 171).
Switching of multiple Set Point
values
Use the Constant Selector block (Block Model
165) or the Constant Item Setting block (Block
Model 171).
Switching of multiple PID sets
Use the Constant Item Setting block (Block
Model 171).
Use the Ramp Program block (Block Model 155)
or the Segment Program block (Block Model
156).
Ramp control of Set Point
values (program control)
Cascade control
Use a serial connection for the Basic PID block
(Block Model 011) or Advanced PID block (Block
Model 012).
Dead time compensation control Use the Dead Time Compensation block (Block
Model 149) or the Advanced PID block (Block
Model 012).
Special math
operations
Feedforward control
Non-interfering control
Use the Advanced PID block (Block Model 012)
or the Lead/Delay block (Block Model 147).
Sample PI control
Use the ON/OFF Timer block (Block Model 206).
First-order Lag block
Ratio Setting block ,
Addition/Subtraction
block
Addition/Subtraction
block
Square Root block
Pulse Input Unit, and 5-1
of the Operation Manual
Temperature and
Pressure Correction
block
Constant Item Setting
block, and 5-1 of the
Operation Manual
Constant Selector block
and Constant Item
Setting block, and 5-1 of
the Operation Manual
211, and 5-1 of the
Operation Manual
Ramp Program block
and Segment Program
block, and 5-1 of the
Operation Manual
Basic PID block and
Advanced PID, and 5-2
of the Operation Manual
Dead Time
Compensation block and
Advanced PID block,
and 5-2 of the Operation
Manual
Advanced PID block and
Lead/Delay block, and
5-2 of the Operation
Manual
ON/OFF Timer block,
and 5-2 of the Operation
Manual
Constant Item Setting
block
Rank Selector block
Fuzzy Logic block
PID control with differential gap Use the Constant Item Setting block (Block
Model 171).
Selective control
Use the Rank Selector block (Block Model 161).
Using fuzzy control based on
Use the Fuzzy Logic block (Block Model 016).
knowledge from ambiguous
expressions
Performing calculation is
Use the Arithmetic Operation block (Block Model Arithmetic Operation
engineering units rather than
126).
block
percentages
29
1-2 How to Use Function Blocks for Specific Operations
To Perform This Specific Operation
Performing special calculations,
such as trigonometric or
logarithmic operation
Calculating statistics (e,g.,
average, standard deviation,
etc) for time sequence data
Accumulation Accumulation (accumulator) of
processing
instantaneous analog signals
such as flowrate signals on the
Loop Control Unit
Continuous accumulation of
4-digit accumulated value
signals (repeat signals 0000 to
9999) and conversion to 8-digit
signals
Input and accumulation of
low-speed pulse signals such as
the power signal
Notification of accumulated
values on a field mechanical
counter for contact inputs
Batch flowrate capture
Perform The Following
See Page:
Use the Time Sequence Data Statistics block
(Block Model 153).
Time Sequence Data
Statistics block
Use the Accumulator for instantaneous value
input block (Block Model 150).
Accumulator for
instantaneous value
input block, and 5-1 of
the
Operation Manual
Accumulator for
accumulated value input
block
Use the Accumulator for accumulated value
input block (Block Model 184).
Use the Contact input/Accumulated value output Contact
block (Block Model 185).
input/Accumulated value
output block
Use the Accumulated Value Input/Contact
Accumulated Value
Output block (Block Model 186).
Input/Contact Output
block
Use the Batch Flowrate Capture block (Block
Batch Flowrate Capture
Model 014).
block
Ratio control of accumulated
Use the Batch Flowrate Capture block (Block
Batch Flowrate Capture
values
Model 014) and the Blended PID block (Block
block, Blended PID block
Model 013).
Addition of accumulated values Use the Accumulated Value Input Adder block Accumulated Value Input
(Block Model 182).
Adder block
Multiplication of analog signals Use the Accumulated Value Analog Multiplier
Accumulated Value
with accumulated values
block (Block Model 183).
Analog Multiplier block
Sequence
AND, OR and other logical
Use the Step Ladder Program block (Block
Step Ladder Program
control
operations on the Loop Control Model 301).
block, Internal Switch
Unit
Use the Internal Switch block (Block Model 209). block, and Appendix-1 of
the Operation Manual
One-shot contact output of the
ON input state when the contact
state changes from OFF to ON
and vice versa only in
1-operation cycles (system
common operation cycle)
Constantly ON contacts and
other system contacts
Step progression control and
other control on the Loop
Control Unit
Acceptance of relays in the Step
Ladder Program
Execution of special processing Generate a fixed cycle timing signal by the Clock Clock Pulse block
at each fixed cycle longer than Pulse block (Block Model 207).
operation cycle in Step Ladder
Program
Execution of timers/counters on Use the Timer block (Block Model 205) and the Timer block, Counter
the Loop Control Unit
Counter block (Block Model 208).
block
Constant
Constant transmission of
Use the Constant Generator block (Block Model Constant Generator
setting/selec-ti constants as analog signals
166).
block
on
Setting of constants to specified Use the Constant Item Setting block (Block
Constant Item Setting
ITEMs under certain conditions Model 171).
block
Selection of one of multiple
Use the Constant Selector block (Block Model Constant Selector block
constants and transmission of 165).
that constant as an analog
signal
Changing PID constants and
Use the Level Check block (Block Model 210)
Level Check block,
other parameters in stages
and the Constant ITEM Setting block (Block
Constant ITEM Setting
according to a process value
Model 171) together to change parameters for block
(e.g., temperature).
other blocks according to the level.
30
1-2 How to Use Function Blocks for Specific Operations
To Perform This Specific Operation
Analog signal Setting of analog signals to
setting/
specified ITEMs under certain
selection
conditions
Selection of one of multiple
analog signals and transmission
of that analog signal as an
analog signal
Selection of the maximum value
from multiple analog signals and
transmission of that maximum
value as an analog signal
Selection of the minimum value
from multiple analog signals and
transmission of that minimum
value as an analog signal
Selection of the nth largest value
from multiple analog signals and
transmission of the signal as an
analog signal
Switching of sensors on a
different measuring system or
measurement target
Switching of operation nodes on
a different measuring system or
measurement target
Changing two settings with a
ramp (e.g., opening and closing
valves
Converting ranges of analog
signals merely by setting values
for 0% and 100% inputs and 0%
and 100% outputs
Analog signal/ Comparison of constant and
constant
analog signals
comparison
Comparison of two analog
signals
Manipulation/ Manipulation and monitoring of
ON/OFF valve with open/close
monitor/
limit switches
control of
special
external
control target
Manipulation and monitoring of
motors
Manipulation and monitoring of
reversible motors
Manipulation of a electric
positional-proportional motor as
the control target
Perform The Following
Use the Variable ITEM Setting block (Block
Model 171).
See Page:
Variable ITEM Setting
block
Use the Input Selector block (Block Model 162). Input Selector block
Use the Rank Selector block (Block Model 161). Rank Selector block
Use the 3-input Selector block (Block Model
163).
3-input Selector block
Use the 3-output Selector block (Block Model
164).
3-output Selector block
Use the Ramped Switch block (Model Block
167).
Ramped Switch block
Use the Range Conversion block (Block Model
127).
Range Conversion
block
Use the Constant Comparator block (Block
Model 202).
Constant Comparator
block
Use the Variable Comparator block (Block Model
203).
Use the ON/OFF Valve Manipulator block (Block
Model 221).
Variable Comparator
block
ON/OFF Valve
Manipulator block
Use the Motor Manipulator block (Block Model
222).
Use the Reversible Motor Manipulator block
(Block Model 223).
Use the Basic PID (Block Model 011)/Advanced
PID block (Block Model 012) and Motor Opening
Manipulator block (Block Model 224).
Motor Manipulator block
Reversible Motor
Manipulator block
Basic PID, Advanced
PID block, Motor
Opening Manipulator
block
31
1-2 How to Use Function Blocks for Specific Operations
32
SECTION 2
Description of Function Blocks
Conventions Used in Function Block Descriptions ············································37
System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)··························································· 38
Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032 ··································································· 50
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032 ··································································· 56
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032·················································································· 63
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032··········································································· 78
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032 ············································································· 91
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032···························································· 98
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032 ·············································································· 104
<031> Indication and Setting 001 to 032 ······························································· 116
<032> Indication and Operation 001 to 032 ·························································· 120
<033> Ratio Setting 001 to 032 ············································································· 124
<034> Indicator 001 to 032 ···················································································· 128
External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096····················································· 131
Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<110> 4-Point Warning Indicator 100 to 349 ························································· 143
<111> High/Low Alarm 100 to 349 ········································································ 146
<112> Deviation Alarm 100 to 349 ········································································ 148
<113> Rate-of-change Operation and Alarm 100 to 349 ······································ 150
<115> High/Low Limit 100 to 349 ·········································································· 152
<116> Deviation Limit 100 to 349 ·········································································· 154
<118> Analog Signal Hold 100 to 349 ··································································· 156
Arithmetic blocks
<121> Addition or Subtraction 100 to 349 ····························································· 158
<122> Multiplication 100 to 349············································································· 160
<123> Division 100 to 349 ····················································································· 162
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349································································· 164
<127> Range Conversion 100 to 349···································································· 171
Function blocks
<131> Square Root 100 to 349 ············································································· 174
<132> Absolute Value 100 to 349 ········································································· 176
<133> Non-linear Gain (Dead Band) 100 to 349··················································· 178
<134> Low-end Cutout 100 to 349 ········································································ 180
<135> Segment Linearizer 100 to 349 ·································································· 181
<136> Temperature and Pressure Correction 100 to 349····································· 184
33
Time Function blocks
<141> First-order Lag 100 to 349 ·········································································· 186
<143> Rate-of-change Limit 100 to 349 ································································ 188
<145> Moving Average 100 to 349········································································ 190
<147> Lead/Delay 100 to 349················································································ 192
<148> Dead Time 001 to 032 ················································································ 194
<149> Dead Time Compensation 100 to 349 ························································ 196
<150> Accumulator for instantaneous value input 100 to 349 ······························ 198
<151> Run Time Accumulator 100 to 349 ····························································· 202
<153> Time Sequence Data Statistics 100 to 349 ················································ 204
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349 ········································································· 208
<156> Segment Program 100 to 349····································································· 217
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349·································································· 221
Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<161> Rank Selector 100 to 349 ··········································································· 234
<162> Input Selector 100 to 349············································································ 237
<163> 3-input Selector 100 to 349········································································· 240
<164> 3-output Selector 100 to 349 ······································································ 243
<165> Constant Selector 100 to 349 ····································································· 246
<166> Constant Generator 100 to 349 ·································································· 249
<167> Ramped Switch 001 to 032········································································· 251
ITEM Setting blocks
<171> Constant ITEM Setting 100 to 349 ····························································· 253
<172> Variable ITEM Setting 100 to 349······························································· 256
<174> Batch Data Collector 100 to 349································································· 260
Pulse Train Operation blocks
<182> Accumulated Value Input Adder 100 to 349 ··············································· 263
<183> Accumulated Value Analog Multiplier 100 to 349 ······································· 266
<184> Accumulator for accumulated value input 100 to 349 ································ 269
<185> Contact Input/ Accumulated Value Output 100 to 349 ······························· 273
<186> Accumulated Value Input/ Contact Output 100 to 349 ······························· 276
Other blocks
<192> Analog/Pulse Width Converter 100 to 349 ················································· 279
Sequential Operation blocks
<201> Contact Distributor 100 to 349 ···································································· 281
<202> Constant Comparator 100 to 349 ······························································· 283
<203> Variable Comparator 100 to 349 ································································ 287
<205> Timer 100 to 349························································································· 291
<206> ON/OFF Timer 100 to 349 ·········································································· 293
<207> Clock Pulse 100 to 349··············································································· 295
<208> Counter 100 to 349 ····················································································· 297
<209> Internal Switch 100 to 349 ·········································································· 299
<210> Level Check 100 to 349 ·············································································· 301
34
Contact Type Control Target
<221> ON/OFF Valve Manipulator 100 to 349 ······················································ 306
<222> Motor Manipulator 100 to 349····································································· 310
<223> Reversible Motor Manipulator 100 to 349 ·················································· 315
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349······················································ 320
Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499 ······························································· 326
Node Terminal blocks
<401> DO to Computer 501 to 532 ······································································· 346
<402> AO to Computer 501 to 532········································································ 348
<403> 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532 ········································ 350
<404> 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532 ········································ 352
<407> DO Terminal to All Nodes 550 to 599························································· 355
<408> AO Terminal to All Nodes 550 to 599 ························································· 357
<409> DO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599 ······································ 358
<410> AO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599 ······································ 360
<414> DI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 699 ······················································ 362
<415> AI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 699 ······················································ 364
CPU Unit Terminal Block
<451> DI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876······················································· 365
<452> DO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876 ························································· 367
<453> AI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876 ······················································· 369
<454> AO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876 ························································· 372
Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<455> Expanded DI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860 ····································· 375
<456> Expanded DO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860········································ 377
<457> Expanded AI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860······································ 379
<458> Expanded AO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860 ········································ 382
Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897 ··············································································· 385
<462> Send All Blocks 898···················································································· 393
Field Terminal Block
<501> DI 8-point Terminal 901 to 980 ··································································· 396
<502> DI 16-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 397
<503> DI 32-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 398
<504> DI 64-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 399
<511> DO 5-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 401
<512> DO 8-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 402
<513> DO 12-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 403
<514> DO 16-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 404
<515> DO 32-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 405
<516> DO 64-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 406
<518> DI 16-point/DO 16-point Terminal 901 to 980 ············································ 407
<525> DI 96-point Terminal 901 to 980 ································································· 408
35
<537> DO 96-point Terminal 901 to 980 ······························································· 409
<544> DI 48-point/DO 48-point Terminal 901 to 980············································· 410
<551> AI 8-point Terminal (AD003) 901 to 980····················································· 411
<552> AO 8-point Terminal (DA003/4) 901 to 980 ················································ 412
<553> AI 2-point/AO 2-point Terminal (MAD01) 901 to 980 ································· 414
<561> AI 4-point Terminal
(PTS01/02/03, PDC01, PTW01) 901 to 980 ············ 416
<562> PI 4-point Terminal (PPS01) 901 to 980····················································· 419
<563> AO 4-point Terminal (PMV01) 901 to 980 ·················································· 422
<564> AI 8-point Terminal (PTR01/02) 901 to 980················································ 424
<583> AI 4-point/AO 4-point Terminal (MAD44) 901 to 980 ································· 426
<584> AI 8-point Terminal (AD081) 901 to 980····················································· 428
<585> AO 8-point Terminal (DA08V/C) 901 to 980 ··············································· 430
<586> AI 4-point Terminal (AD041) 901 to 980····················································· 432
<587> AO 4-point Terminal (DA041) 901 to 980 ··················································· 434
<588> AI 4-point Terminal (DRT1-AD04) 901 to 980 ············································ 436
<589> AO 2-point Terminal (DRT1-DA02) 901 to 980 ·········································· 438
36
Conventions Used in Function Block Descriptions
Each of the function blocks is described using the following conventions.
Outline
Describes an outline of the functions of the function block.
Function block applications
Gives examples of typical applications that the function block can be used in.
Block diagram
Shows the input ITEMs and output ITEMs of the function block, and internal processes
specific to the function block.
ITEM list
%ITEM Type: Indicates the type of ITEM according to the following categories:
(For details of categories, see 3-1-1 "Configuration of Function Blocks" in the User's Manual.
Contact input, contact output, analog input, analog output, analog input connection information, accumulated
value input, accumulated value output, accumulated value input connection information and parameter
%ITEM: Indicates the ITEM number in ascending order.
%Symbol: Indicates the symbol that is indicated in CX-Process Tool.
Analog input: X, Analog output: Y, Contact input: S, Contact output: U, etc.
%Data Description: Indicates the name of the ITEM and its content.
%Data Range: Indicates the range of data that can be stored.
%Default: Indicates the default on CX-Process Tool.
%COLD start initialization: Indicates whether the content of the ITEM is
initialized when a cold start is performed
%R/W Mode:
Indicates which of the following modes each ITEM can be read or
written by. (R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled)
CX-Process Tool, CX-Process Monitor (Tuning screen, Control
screen), ITEM Setting blocks (Block Model 171/172), Step Ladder
Program (Block Model 301), Send/Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 462/461)
Note: On CX-Process Tool, the R/W mode is indicated by W: Download in file
units, R: Upload in file units, r: Read in the Monitor run status screen,
r/w: Read/write in Operation Check screen,
(S): Default data (can be set only in Support Software), (O): Run data
(can be set in both CX-Process Tool and CX-Process Monitor)
%Data length: Indicates the data length (bytes) when
each ITEM is read or written by a FINS
command. This item has no meaning for
other commands.
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact input (000)
Parameter
001
002
Symb
Data Description
ol
Data Range Default
Be sure to set this
0, 1
ITEM to 0.
Note:If set to 1,
processing for
all function
blocks stops,
and data
exchange
between the
Loop Control
Unit and the
CPU Unit stops.
Comment
23
characters
Block Model: System 000
0
Block
name
000
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializa R/W-enabled,
tion
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
–
–
2
–
37
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<000>
System Common blocks
000 (fixed)
1
Syste m Co mmo n blocks
<000> Syste m Co mmo n blocks 000 (fixed)
Outline
This function block sets the functions that are used in common to all function blocks,
and outputs various signals for system use and the CPU Unit run status.
Setting of functions common to all function blocks
•Setting of the system common operation cycle
•Run/stop command and run indication
•Indication of the load rate for each operation cycle group
•System indication and setting for node terminals
•Error indication
•Memory processing
Output of CPU Unit run status
•Operating mode, fatal error, output OFF, function block change
Output of Loop Control Unit run/stop command and status
•Output of states for sequence control
Output of various signals for system use
•Output of states for sequence control
•Clock timing output signals
•Calendar and clock output
38
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Block diagram
007
Operation stop error
008
CPU Unit running
009
Output OFF
010
RUN mode
011
MONITOR mode
013
PROGRAM mode
015
Stopped
016
Hot start running
017
Cold start running
019
Run Start flag
020
U0 Output 0 at all times
021
U1 Output 1 at all times
022
U2 ON/OFF every 0.5 sec
023
U3 ON/OFF every 1 sec
024
U4 0 hr every day
025
U5 Every hr on the hour
026
U6 Every 10 min
027
U7 Every min
028
U8 Every 10 sec
031
Y1 Year
032
Y2 Year/month
033
Y3 Month/day
034
Y4 Day/hour
035
Y5 Hour/minutes
036
Y6 Minutes/seconds
CPU Unit status
Loop Control Unit
run status
State output for
sequence control
Clock timing
output for
sequence control
Calendar/clock
output
39
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
ITEM list
CX-Process Tool must be used to set ITEM004, ITEM042 and ITEM043 in the
following list as initial settings when the Loop Control Unit is to be used.
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input (000)
Be sure to set this
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
ITEM to 0.
Note:If set to 1,
processing for
all function
blocks stops,
and data
exchange
between the
Loop Control
Unit and the
CPU Unit stops.
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: System 000
000
–
–
–
–
–
Common
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
R
–
–
0: Normal, Other:
Error(See
Appendix
"Execution Error
Code List.")
Parameter 004
System common
1 to 5
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
operation cycle (sec)
(:1s)
1: 01.s, 2: 0.2s, 3:
0.5s, 4: 1s, 5: 2s
Note: Before changing
the operation
cycle, first stop
the Loop
Control Unit.,
40
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
CPU Unit run status
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact
007
Fatal error
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
output
0: A fatal error has not occurred
on the CPU Unit.
1: A fatal error has occurred on
the CPU Unit. (Fatal error was
detected by system
self-diagnostics or the FALS
command was executed.)
008
CPU Unit running
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
0: CPU Unit has stopped.
(PROGRAM mode or fatal
error)
1: CPU Unit is running. (RUN
mode or MONITOR mode)
009
Output OFF
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
0: CPU Unit output is not OFF.
1: CPU Unit output is OFF.
(Auxiliary Area A50015 ON)
010
RUN mode
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
0: CPU Unit not in RUN mode
1: CPU Unit in RUN mode
011
MONITOR mode
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
0: CPU Unit not in MONITOR
mode
1: CPU Unit in MONITOR mode
013
PROGRAM mode
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
0: CPU Unit not in PROGRAM
mode
1: CPU Unit in PROGRAM mode
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
1
1
1
1
1
41
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Loop Control Unit run/stop command and status
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 014
Run/stop command
0 to 2
0
Yes
r/w
R/W
W (Note –
0: Stop, 1: Hot start, 2: Cold start
2)
Note 1: Unit already running.
Change to 1 or 2 invalid
Note 2: Only setting of 0 (stop) can
be performed in the ITEM
Setting blocks.
(For details, see “3-2
Description of Operation” in
the User’s Manual.)
015
Run/stop Status
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
1: Stop
0: Running
016
Hot start
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
R
1: Hot start in operation
0: Other
017
Cold start
0, 1
1
Yes
r
R
–
R
1: Cold start in operation, 0: Other
018
START mode at power ON
1, 2
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
R
1: Hot start, 2: Cold start
Note: If pin2 of the DIP switch is
ON, this setting will be
ignored and the Unit will
always use a cold start.
019
Run Start flag
0, 1
1
Yes
r
–
–
W
1: Running is started (hot or cold
start)
0: 0 is set by the user.
Note: The Run Start flag is latched
to 1 when the Loop Control
Unit starts running, and
remains at 1 as long as the
flag is not reset to 0. (This
flag differs from constantly
ON flags in that it can be set
to 0 by the user.)
42
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
2
2
1
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Status output for sequence control
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact
020
U0
Output 0
0
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
output
0 is output at all times at power
ON.
021
U1
Output 1
1
1
Yes
r
–
–
R
1 is output at all times at power
ON.
022
U2
ON/OFF every 0.5 sec
0, 1
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
023
U3
ON/OFF every 1 sec
0, 1
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
024
U4
Differential output at 0 hr every
0, 1
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
day
025
U5
Differential output at every hour 0, 1
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
on the hour
026
U6
Differential output every 10 min 0, 1
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
027
U7
Differential output every min
0, 1
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
028
U8
Differential output every 10 sec 0, 1
0
Yes
r
–
–
R
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Calendar and clock output
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 031
Y1
Year
YYYY
Yes
–
–
–
–
032
Y2
Year/month (year: lower 2 digits YYMM
Yes
–
–
–
–
of year)
033
Y3
Year/day
MMDD
Yes
–
–
–
–
034
Y4
Day/hours
DDhh
Yes
–
–
–
–
035
Y5
Hour/minutes
hhmm
Yes
–
–
–
–
036
Y6
Minutes/seconds
mmss
Yes
–
–
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note:This calendar data is based upon the calendar data of the CPU Unit.
43
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Download indication for individual function blocks
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 039*6 BT
Function Block Changed flag
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
–
1: Function blocks have been
downloaded from the
CX-Process Tool software in
units of function blocks.
0: Function blocks have not been
downloaded from the
CX-Process Tool software in
units of function blocks, or a hot
or cold start was made after a
download.
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
*6: Supported only by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later.
System display and setting for Node Terminals
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 041
Self unit address (automatically
16 to 31
00
Yes
R
–
–
–
stored)
042
LCU number
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Basic, 1: Expansion 1, 2:
Expansion 2
043
Start address of Data Memory (D) 0 to 32767 16020
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
for the Node Terminals
(words)
Note:
Note: The same address must be Note:
Corres-po
set to all LCU numbers on
Corresponds nds to
to D00000 to D16020
the same PLC.
D32767
44
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Operation indication
System common cycle (ITEM004) blocks
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 051
Processing time load % display
Yes
r
–
–
–
rate
052
Max. control load rate % display
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
indication (reset by 0)
053
Operation Cycle
0, 1
0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
Automatic Switching
Generator flag
(1: Generated, reset
by 0)
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
0.1-second operation cycle blocks
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 054
Processing time load % display
–
r
–
–
–
rate
055
Max. control load rate % display
–
r/w
–
–
–
indication (reset by 0)
056
Operation Cycle
0, 1
0
–
r/w
–
–
–
Automatic Switching
Generator flag
(1: Generated, reset
by 0)
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
45
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
0.2-second operation cycle blocks
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 057
Processing time load % display
–
r
–
–
–
rate
058
Max. control load rate % display
–
r/w
–
–
–
indication (reset by 0)
059
Operation Cycle
0, 1
0
–
r/w
–
–
–
Automatic Switching
Generator flag
(1: Generated, reset
by 0)
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
0.5-second operation cycle blocks
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Sym
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 060
Processing time load % display
–
r
–
–
–
rate
061
Max. control load rate % display
–
r/w
–
–
–
indication (reset by 0)
062
Operation Cycle
0, 1
0
–
r/w
–
–
–
Automatic Switching
Generator flag
(1: Generated, reset
by 0)
46
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
1-second operation cycle blocks
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 063
Processing time load % display
–
r
–
–
–
rate
064
Max. control load rate % display
–
r/w
–
–
–
indication (reset by 0)
065
Operation Cycle
0, 1
0
–
r/w
–
–
–
Automatic Switching
Generator flag
(1: Generated, reset
by 0)
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
2-second operation cycle blocks
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Sym
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 066
Processing time load % display
–
r
–
–
–
rate
067
Max. control load rate % display
–
r/w
–
–
–
indication (reset by 0)
068
Operation Cycle
0, 1
0
–
r/w
–
–
–
Automatic Switching
Generator flag
(1: Generated, reset
by 0)
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
47
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Error indication
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 091
Smallest block
000 to 032 000
Yes
r
R
–
–
address where PV
*2
error input is ON
(000: Normal)
092
Smallest block
000 to 032 000
Yes
r
R
–
–
address where MV
*3
error input is ON
(000: Normal)
093
Smallest block
000 to
000
Yes
r
R
–
–
address where
execution error
(other than error code
0) occurs ON*4
094
Smallest block
000 to
000
Yes
r
R
–
–
address where
function block
database error occurs
*5
ON
095
Battery error
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
–
(1: Error, 0: Normal)
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
2
2
*2: Specify this when PV error contact input is ON (set source designation at ITEM018 and error
indication at ITEM019) in the Basic PID or Advanced PID blocks.
*3: Specify this when MV error contact input is ON (set source designation at ITEM090 and error
indication at ITEM091) in the Basic PID or Advanced PID blocks.
*4: The smallest block number of the function block where the error occurred is stored when the
error code to be stored to ITEM003 of each function block is other than 0 (normal).
For details on error codes, see Appendix "Execution Error Code List."
*5: The function blocks in which the database error is occurring are cyclically checked, and the
block address is overwritten and displayed each time that an error is detected. FFFF
indicates that the database error is occurring on all function blocks.
48
1 System Common blocks
<000> System Common blocks 000 (fixed)
Memory processing
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
Data
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
Range
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Parameter 099
MPU/FROM version
Yes
r
–
–
–
display (V*. **V*. **)
*5
100
All clear
Yes
w
–
–
–
101*5
Backup start command 0, 1
0
Yes
r/w
R/W
–
–
(RAM to flash memory)
Note: The Unit will be in
a stopped state
after data has
been backed up.
Either execute a
cold or hot start
from the
CX-Process Tool
or turn the power
supply OFF and
ON.
*5
102
Recovery start command 0, 1
0
Yes
r/w
R/W
–
–
(flash memory to RAM)
Note: The Unit will be in
a stopped state
after data has
been restored.
Either execute a
cold or hot start
from the
CX-Process Tool
or turn the power
supply OFF and
ON.
103*5
Backup error display
0, 1
0
Yes
r
R
–
–
1: Error, 0: Normal
104*5
Flash memory write
0 to 32767 0
–
r
R
–
–
count display
*6
110
CX-Process Tool
0 to 32767 0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
software version
(Indicates the version of
the CX-Process Tool
used to create the
function block data.
For example, "250" is
given for version 2.50.)
Note: This value cannot
be set by the user. It is
set by the CX-Process
Tool.
Data
Length
(bytes)
16
2
2
2
2
2
2
*5: Supported only by Loop Control Unit version 2.00 or later.
*6: Supported only by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later.
Note
• Before changing ITEM004 (system common operation cycle) of the System Common
block (Block Model 000), be sure to stop running of the Loop Control Unit. Start
running of the Loop Control Unit by a cold start after changing ITEM004. Otherwise,
the Loop Control Unit will not run correctly.
• Be sure to set 0 to ITEM000 of the System Common block (Block Model 000). If this
ITEM is set to 1, running of the Loop Control Unit stops, and data exchange with the
CPU Unit stops.
Note
The internal data on the CS1 CPU Unit and not the data on the Loop Control Unit is
output as the calendar and clock output data of ITEM031 to ITEM036 of the System
Common block (Block Model 000).
49
2 Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<001>
2-position ON/OFF
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/O FF 001 to 032
Outline
This function block is a 2-position type ON/OFF controller.
•Remote/Local switching is possible.
•This function block is provided with four PV alarm outputs and a deviation alarm
output.
•During reverse action
•During forward action
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
MV
MV
1(ON)
1(ON)
0(OFF)
0(OFF)
PV
PV
SP
SP
Block diagram
PV
006
008 to 012
Remote/Local switch
026
RSP
021
LSP
SP
PV alarm
023
High/high PV alarm output
014
High PV alarm output
015
Low PV alarm output
016
Low/low PV alarm output
017
SP
PV alarm setting/hysteresis
013
Alarm stop switch
029
SP
044
Deviation output
042
Deviation alarm
PV
Deviation
Deviation Alarm
2-position ON/OFF
Control
Manual MV
093
041
MV
092
Auto/Manual
it h
PV error input
50
Deviation alarm setting
MV
086
018
093
Host display of MV
2 Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
ITEM list
Note
The values of ITEMs that cannot be set (indicated as either "-" or "r/w" in the above list)
on CX-Process Tool such as the alarm stop switch that were active before the
instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are
cleared when a cold start is performed. When a hot start is performed, these values are
held. The internally held values for the standby states in standby sequences that were
active before the instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit
was stopped are also cleared. When a hot start is performed, these values are held.
Contact input
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
All
cess
cess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Tool
Monitor block Program
*1
Contact
000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
input
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: 2-position
001
001
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
ON/OFF
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
PV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
All
cess
cess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Tool
Monitor block Program
*1
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
wiring
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007 PV PV input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
–
R
–
–
S
+115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00 to
115.00 –
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
+115.00%
(O)
009
High alarm setting
-15.00 to
100.00 –
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
+115.00%
(O)
010
Low alarm setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W (O) R/W
W
–
S/R
+115.00%
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
-115.00 –
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
+115.00%
(O)
012
Hysteresis setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
Contact
013 HH High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
output
014 H
High alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
015 L
Low/low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
016 LL Low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
Contact
017 S1 Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
input
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
(O)
Data
Length
(bytes)
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
51
2 Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
All
cess
cess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Tool
Monitor block Program
*1
Connection 018
PV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
terminal
designation
contact
input
Contact
019 PVE PV error indication
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
output
0: Normal, 1: Error →
MANUAL mode
*2
Parameter 020
Alarm limit
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
Data
Length
(bytes)
4
1
1
*2: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) is set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 0.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the deviation alarm setting (ITEM 041) is set to a value over 100.00%, the alarm output will
not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the deviation range.
Setting Value Set Point
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializa -: R/W-disabled
tion
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Proc CX-Proc ITEM
Step
All
ess Tool ess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Monitor* block
Progra
1
m
Analog input 021
Remote Set Point
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
wiring
source designation
information
Analog input 022
RSP Remote Set Point
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
–
R
–
–
–
input
+115.00%
Parameter 023
Local Set Point setting -15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W
R/W
W
–
R
+115.00%
(O)
Parameter 024
Set Point setting
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) R
–
–
S/R
mode (default)
0: Local only, 1:
Remote/Local
Note: Setting to 0
invalidates ITEM026.
Contact
026
R/L Remote/Local switch 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
input/
0: Local, 1: Remote
(O)
parameter
Note: Valid only when
ITEM024 is 1
Analog
029
SP
Current Set Point
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
output
output
+115.00%
52
Data
Length
(bytes)
4
2
2
1
1
2
2 Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
Deviation
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializa -: R/W-disabled
tion
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Proc CX-Proc ITEM
Step
All
ess Tool ess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Monitor* block
Progra
1
m
Parameter 041
Deviation alarm
0 to 115.00% 115.00
–
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
setting
(O)
(Hysteresis is set at
ITEM012.)
Contact
042
DA Deviation alarm output 0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
output
Parameter 043
Deviation alarm
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
standby sequence
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: Restart in
standby sequence by
cold start
Analog
044
Y1
Deviation output
±115.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
output
(deviation = PV – SP)
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
1
1
2
Control
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializa -: R/W-disabled
tion
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Proc CX-Proc ITEM
Step
All
ess Tool ess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Monitor* block
Progra
1
m
Parameter 052
Control action
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Reverse (MV=1 by
PV < SP)
1: Direct (MV=1 by PV
> SP)
055
Control hysteresis
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
setting
*3
062
MV Output Retrace
0 to 10
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
*2
Time for PV Error
0: Disabled
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
2
2
*2: Based on the value specified in ITEM062, the MV will be restored to the output value at the
times specified below when a PV error is detected.
If the operation cycle (ITEM004) is 1 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 1 s
If the operation cycle is 2 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 2 s
*3: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
53
2 Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializa -: R/W-disabled
tion
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Proc CX-Proc ITEM
Step
All
ess Tool ess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Monitor* block
Progra
1
m
Contact
086
A/M Auto/Manual switch 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
input/
0: Manual, 1: Auto
(O)
parameter
Contact
092
MV Output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
–
output
Parameter 093
Host display of MV
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
(Auto/Manual switch :
(O)
Auto, Manual)
or Manual MV
(Auto/Manual switch :
Manual)
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
1
1
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializa -: R/W-disabled
tion
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by CX-Process
Sym
Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial setting data, (O):
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Proc CX-Proc ITEM
Step
All
ess Tool ess
Setting Ladder Blocks
Monitor* block
Progra
1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
Note
54
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
To send data of the 2-position ON/OFF block to CX-Process Monitor by the Block Send
Terminal to Computer blocks (Block Models 403 and 404), set the operation cycle of the
Send to Computer blocks to the same or longer than that of the 2-position ON/OFF
block at ITEM004. If the operation cycle of Send to Computer blocks is set to a shorter
value, the Set Point momentarily becomes 0 when a cold start is performed.
2 Control blocks
<001> 2-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
023
024
026
029
041
042
086
093
099
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Data Name
Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
None
PV input
PV
High/high alarm setting
HH_SP
High alarm setting
H_SP
Low alarm setting
L_SP
Low/low alarm setting
LL_SP
High/high alarm output
HH
High alarm output
H
Low alarm output
L
Low/low alarm output
LL
Alarm stop switch
ALM_OFF
PV error indication
PV_ABN
Local Set Point setting
None
Set Point setting mode (default) CAS_SET
Remote/Local switch
R/L_SW
Current Set Point output
SP
Deviation alarm setting
DVA_SP
Deviation alarm output
DVA
Auto/Manual switch
A/M_SW
Host display of MV (Auto/Manual MV
switch : Auto, Manual)
or Manual operation value
(Auto/Manual switch : Manual)
Label
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
PV_ABN
SP
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
SP
DVA_SP
DVA
A/M_SW
MV
OP_MK
55
2 Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<002>
3-position ON/OFF
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/O FF 001 to 032
Outline
This function block is a 3-position type ON/OFF controller for heating/cooling ON/OFF
control.
•Two outputs are provided for heating and cooling.
•Dead band and hysteresis can be set.
•Remote/Local switching is possible.
3-position ON/OFF action
MVH output turns ON during MV rise by "Set Point + dead band ÷ 2 + MVH side
hysteresis, " and turns OFF during MV fall by "Set Point + dead band ÷ 2".
MVL output turns ON during MV fall by "Set Point - dead band ÷ 2 - MVH side
hysteresis, " and turns OFF during MV rise by "Set Point - dead band ÷ 2".
Dead band
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
MV
1(ON)
Heating side
MVL output
Cooling side
MVH output
0(OFF)
OFF at rise
ON at fall
SP
OFF at rise
ON at fall
PV
Note: To reverse action, use the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301) to invert output.
56
2 Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
Block diagram
PV
006
008 to 012
Remote/Local switch
026
RSP
021
LSP
SP
PV alarm
023
013
High/high PV alarm output
014
High PV alarm output
015
Low PV alarm output
016
Low/low PV alarm output
017
SP
PV alarm setting/hysteresis
Alarm stop switch
029
SP
044
Deviation output
042
Deviation alarm
PV
Deviation
Deviation alarm
041
3-position ON/OFF
control
Manual MVH
093
Manual MVL
095
093
MVH
Auto/Manual switch
PV error input
086
018
Deviation alarm setting
Host display of MVH
092
MVH
094
MVL
MVL
095
Host display of MVL
57
2 Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
ITEM list
Note: The values of ITEMs that cannot be set (indicated as either "-" or "r/w" in the above list) on
CX-Process Tool such as the alarm stop switch that were active before the instantaneous
power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared when a
cold start is performed. When a hot start is performed, these values are held. The
internally held values for the standby states in standby sequences that were active before
the instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are
also cleared. When a hot start is performed, these values are held.
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: 3-position
002
002
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Control
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
58
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2 Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
PV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
PV
PV input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
–
R
–
–
S
2
+115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00 to
115.00 –
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
009
High alarm setting
-15.00 to
100.00 –
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
010
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
-115.00 –
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
012
Hysteresis setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
Contact
013
HH High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
014
H
High alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
015
L
Low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
016
LL
Low/low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
Contact input 017
S1
Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
–
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
(O)
Connection 018
PV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
019
PVE PV error indication
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error →
MANUAL mode
Parameter 020
Alarm limit*2
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
*2: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 0.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the deviation alarm setting (ITEM 041) is set to a value over 100.00%, the alarm output will
not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the deviation range.
59
2 Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
Setting Value Set Point
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 021
Remote Set Point source BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
designation
information
Analog input 022
RSP Remote Set Point input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
–
R
–
–
–
2
+115.00%
Parameter 023
Local Set Point setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W
R/W
W
–
R
2
+115.00%
(O)
024
Set Point setting mode
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) R
–
–
S/R
1
(default)
0: Local only, 1:
Remote/Local
Note: Setting to 0
invalidates ITEM026.
Contact
026
R/L Remote/Local switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Local, 1: Remote
(O)
parameter
Note: Valid only when
ITEM024 is 1
Analog
029
SP
Current Set Point output -15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
output
+115.00%
Deviation
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 041
Deviation alarm setting
0 to 115.00% 115.00 –
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
(hysteresis is set in
(O)
ITEM012)
Contact
042
DA Deviation alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
Parameter 043
Deviation alarm standby 0, 1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
sequence
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: Restart in standby
sequence by cold start
Analog
044
Y1
Deviation output (deviation ±115.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
output
= PV – SP)
60
2 Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
Control
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 054
Deadband setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
055
Control hysteresis setting 0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
(MVH)
056
Control hysteresis setting 0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
(MVL)
062*4
MV Output Retrace Time 0 to 10
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
for PV Error*3
0: Disabled
*3: Based on the value specified in ITEM062, the MV will be restored to the output value at the
times specified below when a PV error is detected.
If the operation cycle (ITEM004) is 1 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 1 s
If the operation cycle is 2 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 2 s
*4: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
086
A/M Auto/Manual switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Manual, 1: Auto
parameter
Contact
092
MVH MVH output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
–
1
output
Parameter 093
Host display of MVH
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
R/W
S/R
1
(Auto/Manual switch :
Auto, Manual)
or Manual MVH
(Auto/Manual switch :
Manual)
Contact
094
MVL MVL output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
–
1
output
Parameter 095
Host display of
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
R/W
S/R
1
MVL(Auto/Manual switch :
Auto, Manual)
or Manual MVL
(Auto/Manual switch :
Manual)
61
2 Control blocks
<002> 3-position ON/OFF 001 to 032
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Note
To send data of the 3-position ON/OFF block to CX-Process Monitor by the Block Send
Terminal to Computer blocks (Block Models 403 and 404), set the operation cycle of the
Send to Computer blocks to the same or longer than that of the 3-position ON/OFF
block at ITEM004. If the operation cycle of Send to Computer blocks is set to a shorter
value, the Set Point momentarily becomes 0 when a cold start is performed.
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
023
024
026
029
041
042
086
093
095
099
62
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
None
PV input
PV
High/high alarm setting
HH_SP
High alarm setting
H_SP
Low alarm setting
L_SP
Low/low alarm setting
LL_SP
High/high alarm output
HH
High alarm output
H
Low alarm output
L
Low/low alarm output
LL
Alarm stop switch
ALM_OFF
PV error indication
PV_ABN
Local Set Point setting
None
Set Point setting mode (default) CAS_SET
Remote/Local switch
R/L_SW
Current Set Point output
SP
Deviation alarm setting
DVA_SP
Deviation alarm output
DVA
Auto/Manual switch
A/M_SW
Host display of
MVH
MVH(Auto/Manual switch : Auto,
Manual)
or MVH manual operation value
(Auto/Manual switch : Manual)
Host display of MVL(Auto/Manual MVL
switch : Auto, Manual)
or MVL manual operation value
(Auto/Manual switch : Manual)
Label
OP_MK
Data Name
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
PV_ABN
SP
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
SP
DVA_SP
DVA
A/M_SW
MVH
MVL
OP_MK
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<011>
Basic PID
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 00 1 to 0 32
Outline
This function block is a controller whose PID functions have been narrowed down to
the basic functions for fixed value control and cascade control.
•This function block is provided with four PV alarm outputs and a deviation alarm output,
allowing standby sequences.
•Bumpless output of MV at switching from the Remote to the Local mode is possible.
•The Set Point can be made to track PV when the Manual mode is switched to in fixed
value control.
•Bumpless output of primary side MV (without tracking) can be performed when the MV
is used on the secondary loop side in cascade control.
•Auto-tuning of PID constants can be executed according to the limit cycle mode. (For
details, see "About the PID Constant AT (auto-tuning) Function" on page 39
Block diagram
PV
006
Remote/Local switch
026
RSP
021
LSP
SP
008 to 012
SP
PV alarm
023
025
PV alarm setting/hysteresis
013
High/high PV alarm output
014
High PV alarm output
015
Low PV alarm output
016
Low/low PV alarm output
017
Alarm stop switch
029
SP
044
Deviation output
042
Deviation alarm
PV tracking at local
setting (MAN) ON/OFF
SP
PV
Deviation
Deviation alarm
AT execution
041
035
040
Deviation alarm setting
PID operation
AT type
High MV limit
076
MV
078
High MV limit output
079
Low MV limit output
High/low MV limit
Low MV limit
Manual MV
Auto/Manual switch
077
089
086
PV error input
018
MV error input
090
089
Host display of MV
MV
087
MV
091
MV error display
63
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
ITEM list
Note
The values of ITEMs that cannot be set (indicated as either "-" or "r/w" in the above list)
on CX-Process Tool such as the alarm stop switch that were active before the
instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are
cleared when a cold start is performed. When a hot start is performed, these values are
held. The internally held values for the standby states in standby sequences that were
active before the instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit
was stopped are also cleared. When a hot start is performed, these values are held.
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Basic PID
011
011
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
64
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
PV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 000000 R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
PV
PV input
-15.00 to
0.00
0.00
–
R
–
–
S
2
+115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00 to
115.00 115.00 R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
009
High alarm setting
-15.00 to
100.00 100.00 R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
010
Low alarm setting
-15.00 to
0.00
0.00
R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
-15.00 -15.00 R/W
R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
(O)
012
Hysteresis setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
1.00
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
Contact
013
HH High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
0
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
014
H
High alarm output
0, 1
0
0
–
R
–
R
S
1
015
L
Low alarm output
0, 1
0
0
–
R
–
R
S
1
016
LL
Low/low alarm output
0, 1
0
0
–
R
–
R
S
1
Contact input 017
S1
Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
0
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
(O)
Connection 018
PV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 000000 R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
019
PVE PV execution error
0, 1
0
0
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
indication
0: Normal, 1: Error →
MANUAL mode
Parameter 020
Alarm limit*2
0, 1
0
0
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
*2: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 0.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the deviation alarm setting (ITEM 041) is set to a value over 100.00%, the alarm output will
not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the deviation range.
•If the high MV limit (ITEM 076) is set to a value over 100.00%, the high MV limit output will
not turn ON even if the high limit is reached. The high limit function, however, will work.
•If the low MV limit (ITEM 077) is set to a value below 0.00%, the low MV limit output will not
turn ON even if the low limit is reached. The low limit function, however, will work.
65
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Setting Value Set Point
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 021
Remote Set Point source BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
designation
information
Analog input 022
RSP Remote Set Point input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
+115.00%
Parameter 023
Local Set Point setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W
W
W
–
R
2
+115.00%
(O)
024
Set Point setting mode
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) R
–
–
S/R
1
(default)
0: Local only, 1:
Remote/Local
Note: Setting to 0
invalidates ITEM026.
025
PV tracking at local setting 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(Manual)
0: Not used, 1: Used
Contact
026
R/L Remote/Local switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Local, 1: Remote
(O)
parameter
Note: Valid only when
ITEM024 is 1
Analog
029
SP
Current Set Point output -15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
output
+115.00%
Parameter 032
Bumpless output between 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
primary/secondary loops
(self node is secondary
side)
0: Not used, 1: Used
AT (auto-tuning)
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
*2
Parameter 035
AT command/AT
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
R/W
S/R
1
Executing
•0: Cancel AT, 1: Execute
AT as AT command
•AT Executing flag
remains at 1 during AT
execution. Flag returns to
0 automatically after AT
execution ends normally.
036*2
Limit cycle MV amplitude 5.00 to 50.00 20.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
Note: Set as ±%.
037*2
Limit cycle hysteresis
0 to 10.00% 0.20
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
038*2
AT calculation gain
0.10 to 10.00 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
*2
039
Judgment deviation for
0 to 100.00% 10.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
provisional AT execution
*2
040
AT type
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: Standard, 1: Short)
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver.1.50.
66
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Deviation
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 041
Deviation alarm setting
0 to 115.00% 115.00 115.00 R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
(hysteresis is set in ITEM012)
Contact
042 DA Deviation alarm output
0, 1
0
0
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
Parameter 043
Deviation alarm standby
0, 1
1
1
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
sequence
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: Restart in standby
sequence by cold start
Analog
044 Y1 Deviation output (deviation = PV ±115.00%
0.00
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
- SP)
Control
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 051
Processing cycle of PID control (0), 1, 2, 4, 8, 0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
(0: cycle specified at ITEM004) 16, 32, 64,
Note: When operation cycle is 128s
set to value other than "0", the
setting value of ITEM004 is
automatically changed to "4".
052
Control action
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Reverse (MV decreases by
PV increase.),
1: Direct (MV increases by PV
increase.)
054 P
Proportional band
0.1 to
100.0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
999.9%
055 I
Integral time (0: No integral
0 to 9999s 0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
action)
056 D
Differential time (0: No
0 to 9999s 0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
differential action)
Contact
061
Out-of-range processing at MV BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
input wiring
output destination block
(BBB: Destination block
information
address, III: ITEM No., 000000:
Processing OFF)
Note: When contact turns ON,
accumulator in PID
control is stopped.
*3
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Parameter 062
MV Output Retrace Time for PV 0 to 10
*4
Error
0: Disabled
065
PID with 2 degrees of freedom 0.00 to 1.00 0.65
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
parameter α
066
PID with 2 degrees of freedom 0.00 to 1.00 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
parameter β
*3: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
*4: Based on the value specified in ITEM062, the MV will be restored to the output value at the
times specified below when a PV error is detected.
If the operation cycle (ITEM004) is 1 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 1 s
If the operation cycle is 2 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 2 s
67
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sy
Data
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM mb Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
setting data, (O): Operation data
ol
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter
076 MH High MV limit
±320.00%
105.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
077 ML Low MV limit
±320.00%
-5.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
*3
Contact output 078 U1 High MV limit arrival output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
1: High limit or higher
Vaild for AUTO mode only;
always 0 for Manual mode.
079*3 U2 Low MV limit arrival output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
1: Low limit or lower
Vaild for AUTO mode only;
always 0 for Manual mode.
Contact input/ 086 A/M Auto/Manual switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
parameter
0: Manual, 1: Auto
Analog output 087 MV MV output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
Parameter
088
Inversion of host display of
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
MV
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: "Inversion" changes 0 to
100% range to 100 to 0%.
089
Host display of MV
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
(Auto/Manual switch : Auto,
Manual)
or Manual MV (Auto/Manual
switch : Manual)
Connection
090
MV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact output 091 MV MV error display
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
E
0: Normal, 1: Error
*3: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 098
MV index position
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Note
68
•To send data of the Basic PID block to CX-Process Monitor by the Block Send
Terminal to Computer blocks (Block Models 403 and 404), set the operation cycle of
the Send to Computer blocks to the same or longer than that of the Basic PID block at
ITEM004. If the operation cycle of Send to Computer blocks is set to a shorter value,
the Set Point momentarily becomes 0 when a cold start is performed.
•Bumpless output of MV functions when PID constants are changed in the Basic PID
block (Block Model 011).For this reason, MV is no longer updated and PID control is
not executed correctly if variables are written to PID constants at each operation cycle
by the Variable ITEM Setting block (Block Model 172).
If this happens, use the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301) to provide a
time interval for writing by the ITEM Setting block.
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
023
024
026
029
035
041
042
044
054
055
056
076
077
078
079
086
089
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
PV input
High/high alarm setting
High alarm setting
Low alarm setting
Low/low alarm setting
High/high alarm output
High alarm output
Low alarm output
Low/low alarm output
Alarm stop switch
PV error indication
Local Set Point setting
Set Point setting mode (default)
Remote/Local switch
Current Set Point output
AT command/AT Executing
Deviation alarm setting
Deviation alarm output
Deviation output
Proportional band
Integral time (0: No integral action)
Differential time (0: No differential action)
High MV limit
Low MV limit
High MV limit output
Low MV limit output
Auto/Manual switch
Host display of MV (Auto/Manual switch :
Auto, Manual)
or Manual MV (Auto/Manual switch : Manual)
MV error indication
MV_ABN
MV index position
MV_IDX
Label
OP_MK
091
098
099
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
None
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
ALM_OFF
PV_ABN
None
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
SP
AT
DVA_SP
DVA
None
P
I
D
MH_LMT
ML_LMT
MLA
MLA
A/M_SW
MV
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
PV_ABN
SP
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
SP
AT
DVA_SP
DVA
DV
P
I
D
MH_LMT
ML_LMT
MLA
MLA
A/M_SW
MV
MV_ABN
MV_IDX
OP_MK
69
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Description of functions
Item
PV
(Process
Variable)
Input
Number of points
Input range
Operation function
Sampling cycle
PV error input
SP (Set
Point)
PV compensation
Number of points
Setting range
Remote/Local
switching
Bumpless output of
MV when Local Set
Point changes
SP rate-of-change limit
PV tracking at manual
setting of the Local Set
Point
Bumpless processing
between
primary/secondary
loops
PID Control
Control method
Control action
PID constant
Manual reset
70
Description
1
-15.00 to +115.00%
None (Calculation of square root, first-order lag, bias, etc. Is required by external
blocks)
According to the specified operation cycle of this block (one of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2
seconds or 1 to 128 seconds)
Note, however, that the external input refresh cycle of the entire instrumentation
system differs from this operation cycle. (See 3-2 Description of Operation in the
User's Manual.)
When the PV error contact turns ON, the Loop Control Unit is forced to enter the
Manual mode, and the MV value active at that moment is held. At the same time,
the PV error is transferred to the CX-Process Monitor.
The disconnected line detection output ITEM of analog input (AI) function blocks is
specified as the source designation for use. This enables forced switching to the
Manual mode when a disconnected line is detected on the Analog Input Unit, and
transfer of the PV error to CX-Process Monitor at the same time.
None
1
-15 to +115.00%
Possible
The Local Set Point is made to match the Remote Set Point value to ensure
bumpless (without sudden changes) switching of MV when the Remote Set Point
is switched to the Local Set Point.
None
The Local Set Point can be made to track PV when the mode is switched to the
Manual mode. When the mode is returned to the Auto mode, control is started with
PV equaling the Set Point. Sudden changes in the MV caused at switching back to
the Auto mode do not occur.
When the self node is performing cascade control as the secondary controller,
processing is performed on the MV of the primary controller to be input as follows:
• When the Set Point of the self node is Local (LSP): The primary controller is
switched to the Manual mode, and the Local Set Point of the self node is
overwritten on the MV of the primary controller.
• When the Set Point of the self node is Remote (RSP): The primary controller is
switched to the Auto mode, and the MV of the primary controller is input as the
Remote Set Point as per normal.
Advanced PID
Various PID methods (proportional priority type, PV differential priority type,
deviation differential type, etc.) can be selected according to the settings of
parameters α and β.)
Direct/reverse switchable
1 set
AT (auto-tuning) can be automatically set according to limit cycle mode. (For
details, see page 39 "About PID Constant AT Functions.")
Propor-tion 0.1 to 999.9% (0.1% increments)
al band
Integral
0 to 9999 sec. (1 second increments) 0: No accumulator
time
Stepping of accumulation can be indicated from external contacts.
Differential
0 to 9999 sec. (1 second increments) 0: No differentiation
time
None
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Item
MV
Number of points
(Manipula-ted Output range
Variable)
Output refresh cycle
Auto/manual switching
High/low MV limit
MV high rate-of-change
limit
Preset MV switching
MV hold
MV tracking
MV compensation
Out-of-range processing
at MV output destination
block
MV error input
Alarm
PV alarm
Deviation alarm
State Output
Note
Description
1
-320.00 to +320.00%
According to the specified operation cycle of this block (one of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2
seconds)
Possible (according to CX-Process Monitor, CX-Process Tool or correct signal
from Step Ladder Program block/Contact Distributor block)
High limit: -320.00 to +320.00%, low limit: -320.00 to +320.00%
Note:The default low limit is -5.00% and default high limit is 105.00% to ensure
that the valve becomes fully open or fully closed. If output less than 0.00% or
more than 100% is meaningless, for example, in the case of
time-proportional ON/OFF control for a heater, set these limits to 0.00% and
100.00, respectively, to prevent overshoot.
None
None
None
None
None
PID integral action is stopped when the range is exceeded on the function block
to which MV is connected, and unnecessary fluctuation of MV is prevented.
MV error is transferred to CX-Process Monitor when the MV error contact turns
ON.
4 (high/high limit, high limit, low limit, low/low limit), setting range: -15.00 to
+115.00%
Hysteresis: 0 to +115.00%
1 (ON outside deviation)
Standby sequence can be provided: standby started at power ON (alarm OFF
even outside deviation range), alarm ON outside deviation range after entering
deviation
1 current Set Point output (-15.00 to +115.00%), deviation output provided, no
output for MV compensation
About PID Constant AT (auto-tuning) Function
The following description is applicable to both the Basic PID block (Block Model 011)
and Advanced PID block (Block Model 012).
What is the "AT (auto-tuning) function?"
The AT function forcibly changes the manipulated variable (MV) according to the limit
cycle mode to observe the characteristics of the control target, and automatically
calculates the PID constants based upon the observation results.
This AT function is supported on the Loop Control Unit in the both the Basic PID block
(Block Model 011) and Advanced PID block (Block Model 012).
Two types of AT function modes are available: standard AT and short AT.
AT Type
Standard AT
Short AT
Description
•When AT is started with
PV outside of the
"judgment deviation for
provisional AT
execution" range.
Before the Set Point is reached, provisional AT is
executed temporarily so that provisional PID constants
bring PV closer to the Set Point. The limit cycle is then
generated by the specified limit cycle MV amplitude, and
the PID constants are automatically calculated and
stored.
•When AT is started with After PID control brings the PV closer to the Set Point
PV inside of the
without executing provisional AT, the limit cycle is then
"judgment deviation for generated by the specified limit cycle MV amplitude, and
provisional AT
the PID constants are automatically calculated and
execution" range.
stored.
•The limit cycle is generated directly by the MV amplitude of the MV high and low
limit function without executing provisional AT, and the PID constants are
automatically calculated and stored.
Note: By setting the AT calculation gain (ITEM038), the user can adjust the extent that
automatically stored values are influenced by new PID constants calculated by auto-tuning
in either of the available AT types.
71
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Description of AT-related ITEMs
Item
AT type
Description
Method use
To shorten the time required for
Standard:
Provisional AT (when the PV at the start of auto-tuning, select short auto-tuning.
Note, however, that in this case
auto-tuning is outside of the judgment
deviation for provisional AT execution) is distortion of the PV caused by the limit
executed, and the limit cycle is generated cycle increases as MV is amplified by
the high and low values of the MV limit
by the limit cycle MV amplitude.
function. If the resulting values obtained
Short:
by reducing the MV limit function high
Provisional AT is not executed. MV is
amplified by the high and low values of the and low values to limit the amplitude are
inappropriate, the limit cycle may not be
MV limit function to generate the limit
generated.
cycle.
Default is standard auto-tuning.
AT command/AT
This doubles as the AT command and the Execution is instructed after AT
execution conditions are set to enabled.
Executing
AT Executing flag.
Execution of PID control using the AT
•AT command:
result is first started when this flag is set
Instructs execution of standard
to 0 after execution is instructed.
auto-tuning. When execution is
instructed, the limit cycle is generated on For the duration that this flag is 0, apply
the Set Point, and the PID constants are interlocks to other controls as required
using the Step Ladder Program.
automatically calculated and stored.
Note 1 If AT execution is instructed
•AT Executing flag:
This flag remains at 1 during execution of when the remote Set Point or SP
auto-tuning. When execution ends, the rate-of-change limit is valid, execute
auto-tuning with the current Set Point
flag automatically returns to 0.
held. After AT execution, cancel the
current Set Point hold.
Note 2 When AT cancel is instructed
during auto-tuning, PID control is started
in a bumpless manner from MV at that
moment in time.
To disable changes to MV of ±20% (total
Limit cycle MV
With standard auto-tuning, set the
amplitude
amplitude of MV for the Set Point when the 40%) (for generating the limit cycle),
decrease the MV amplitude value.
limit cycle is generated.
To prevent generation of the limit cycle
at changes of MV of ±20% (total 40%),
With short auto-tuning, limit cycle MV
increase the MV amplitude value.
amplitude is invalid.
Default is an MV amplitude of ±20% (total
40%).
Limit cycle hysteresis Set the hysteresis for the Set Point when If an unstable PV prevents a normal limit
generating the limit cycle.
cycle from being generated, increase
In the case of reverse action, MV is turned the limit cycle hysteresis value.
ON by a hysteresis of SP-0.20%. (default) Note, however, that setting the
hysteresis value larger than necessary,
impairs AT accuracy.
AT calculation gain Set the gain for calculating the PID
Decrease gain to give priority to
constants by AT.
response.
Default is 1.00.
Increase gain to give priority to stability.
Judgment deviation With standard auto-tuning, provisional AT If it takes too long to arrive at the Set
for provisional AT
is started when PV is within the range "SP Point as provisional AT is not executed,
and overshooting caused by execution
execution
- judgment deviation for provisional AT
of provisional AT is not a problem,
execution."
With short auto-tuning, judgment deviation decrease the deviation setting.
Alternatively, if overshooting caused by
for provisional AT execution is invalid.
execution of provisional AT is a problem,
Default is 10.00%.
increase the deviation.
72
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
AT non-executable states (conditions)
The table below shows the states in which AT cannot be executed. AT execution is
canceled when these states are reached during AT execution.
Note: AT is also canceled when AT-related ITEMs have been changed.
AT can be executed in all states other than those in the following table.
AT non-executable states
(conditions)
AT cancel conditions
•Manual mode
•PV compensation in progress (Advanced PID block only)
•PV tracking in progress
•PV error generated
•MV compensation in progress
•MV rate-of-change limit function in use
•Preset MV in progress
•MV hold in progress
•MV tracking in progress
•MV error generated
•Integral action stopped (according to integral action stop switch)
(Advanced PID block only)
•When bumpless output between primary/secondary loops is enabled
on the secondary side, and the secondary loop side is set as the
Local Set Point, auto-tuning cannot be executed on the primary loop
itself.
•Auto-tuning is canceled when a parameter ITEM is written, and
auto-tuning remains canceled after writing ends (applies to Loop
Control Units of version 2.00 or before).
•Auto-tuning is canceled when a cold start is performed.
•When an auto-tuning error occurs (error is canceled when a cold
start is performed or when AT execution is instructed again)
Limitations in writing ITEMs during AT
ITEMs other than stop block operation command (ITEM 000), AT command/AT
executing (ITEM 035), and auto/manual switch (ITEM086) cannot be written during
autotuning. (Applies to Loop Control Units of version 2.50 or later for both Basic PID
and Advanced PID blocks.)
About AT errors
AT errors are stored as execution error code 15 to ITEM003 of Basic PID block (Block
Model 011) and Advanced PID block (Block Model 012) if either of the following
execution errors occurs:
•The limit cycle cannot be generated.
•The appropriate PID constants cannot be calculated even if the limit cycle is
generated.
73
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Example of waveforms produced during AT execution
Operation by standard AT
a)When AT is started with PV outside the "judgment deviation for provisional
AT execution" range:
74
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
b)When AT is started with PV inside the "judgment deviation for provisional
AT execution" range:
*1: •When the PID constants are at their default settings (P=100%, I=0 s, D=0 s) with PV within
the judgment deviation for provisional AT execution range, it takes some time for PV to arrive
at the Set Point and for limit cycle to start.
•When integral time I is 0 s with PV within the judgment deviation for provisional AT
execution range, the Loop Control Unit converts the integral time to 240 s for execution of
PID constants to bring the PV closer to the Set Point excluding offsets.
75
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
Operation by short AT
76
2 Control blocks
<011> Basic PID 001 to 032
About 2 Degrees of Freedom PID Parameters α and β
2 degrees of freedom PID can be achieved based on the PID constants set
automatically (by AT) or manually in Basic PID block (Block Model 011) and Advanced
PID block (Block Model 012).
"2 degrees of freedom PID" is PID that adapts to the two characteristics of disturbance
response and trackability to changes in the Set Point. This type of PID is used as the
PID on the Loop Control Unit.
The various types of PID control shown in the figure below can be selected by the user
setting the two parameters α and β as desired. Selection in this way enables tracking to
changes in the Set Point without changing the disturbance response.
The setting values are:
α = 0.65
β = 1.0
β
PV differential priority type
Proportional priority type
1.00
Default
α=0.65, β =1.0
Deviation differential type
0.00
1.00
α
•Proportional priority type (I-PD):
Proportional and differential operations function on PV, and accumulation is
performed on the deviation. Tracking to changes in the Set Point is slower than the
PV differential priority type and deviation differential type. Bumps (sudden changes)
do not occur in MV even if the Set Point changes. This control type is effective when
overshooting is not allowed in the control.
•PV differential priority type:
Disturbance response is high as differential operation functions on the PV.
Trackability to changes in the Set Point is slower than the device differential type.
•Deviation differential type:
Trackability to changes in the Set Point is high as differential operation functions on
the deviation. This control type is effective when control is used for PID on the
secondary side in cascade control.
The default values of both parameters α and β enable satisfactory control in almost all
applications. However, adjustment is effective in the following instances.
•If the control waveform is flat and settling is slow when moving from a ramp to a soak
in program control, set parameter α to a smaller value.
•If tracking to changes in the Set Point is poor in Remote Set Point control, set
parameter α to a smaller value.
The following figure shows the response with respect to changes in the Set Point when
parameter α has been changed:
77
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<012>
Advanced PID
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Outline
This function block is provided with the functions required for achieving advanced PID.
•This function block has all of the functions provided in the Basic PID block.
•It is also provided with the following functions:
SP rate-of-change limit, PV compensation, manual reset/integration OFF, MV
compensation, MV rate-of-change limit, MV high/low limit, preset MV, MV hold, MV
tracking
•Auto-tuning of PID constants can be executed according to the limit cycle mode. (For
details, see "About the PID Constant AT (auto-tuning) Function" on page 39.)
Function block applications
Cascade control with tracking function, override control, dead time compensation,
sample PI control, feedforward control
78
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Block diagram
PV
006
008 to 012
Remote/Local switch
RSP
LSP
PV tracking switch
026
013
High/high PV alarm output
021
014
High PV alarm output
015
Low PV alarm output
SP
PV alarm
023
SP rate-of-change limit
SP
PV tracking at local
setting (Manual) ON/OFF
017
046
AT execution
035
SP
040
Alarm stop switch
PV
047
PV compensation
ON/OFF switch
Low/low PV alarm output
016
027
025
PV compensation input
PV alarm setting/hysteresis
029
Current SP
Deviation
044
Deviation output
Deviation alarm
042
Deviation alarm
PV
041
Deviation alarm setting
PID operation
AT type
Accumulator stop switch
059
MV
MV compensation input
MV compensation
ON/OFF switch
073
MV rate-of-change limit
075
Preset MV value
071
074
Output for MV
compensation
MV (after compensation)
MV rate-of-change limit
081
Preset MV switching
080
MV hold switch
082
MV hold
MV tracking input
083
MV tracking switch
085
High MV limit
076
Low MV limit
077
Manual MV
078
High MV limit output
079
Low MV limit output
High/low MV limit
089
089
Auto/Manual switch
086
PV error input
018
MV error input
090
MV
Host display of MV
087
MV
091
MV error display
79
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Advanced
012
012
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
PID
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
80
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
PV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
PV
PV input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
+115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00 to
115.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
009
High alarm setting
-15.00 to
100.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
010
Low alarm setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
-15.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
012
Hysteresis setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
Contact
013
HH High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
014
H
High alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
015
L
Low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
016
LL
Low/low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
Contact input 017
S1
Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
Connection 018
PV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
019
PVE PV execution error
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
indication
0: Normal, 1: Error →
MANUAL mode
Parameter 020
Alarm limit*2
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
*2: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 0.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the deviation alarm setting (ITEM 041) is set to a value over 100.00%, the alarm output will
not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the deviation range.
•If the high MV limit (ITEM 076) is set to a value over 100.00%, the high MV limit output will
not turn ON even if the high limit is reached. The high limit function, however, will work.
•If the low MV limit (ITEM 077) is set to a value below 0.00%, the low MV limit output will not
turn ON even if the low limit is reached. The low limit function, however, will work.
81
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Setting Value Set Point
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 021
Remote Set Point source BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
designation
information
Analog input 022
RSP Remote Set Point input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
+115.00%
Parameter 023
Local Set Point setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) W
W
–
R
2
+115.00%
024
Set Point setting mode
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) R
–
–
S/R
1
(default)
0: Local only, 1:
Remote/Local
Note: Setting to 0
invalidates ITEM026.
025
PV tracking at local setting 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(Manual)
0: Not used, 1: Used
Contact
026
R/L Remote/Local switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Local, 1: Remote
parameter
Note: Valid only when
ITEM024 is 1
Contact input 027
S2
PV tracking switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Not used,
1: Used (valid only in Local
mode)
Parameter 028
SP rate-of-change limit (0: 0 to
0.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
No restriction)
115.00%/Tim
Note: The time unit is set in e unit
ITEM 030.
Analog
029
SP
Current SP output
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
output
+115.00%
Parameter 030*2 TMU SP rate-of-change limit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
time unit
0: s, 1: min, 2: hr
Parameter 032
Bumpless output between 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
primary/secondary loops
(self node is secondary
side)
0: Not used, 1: Used
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver.2.50.
82
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
AT (auto-tuning)
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
*2
Parameter 035
AT command/AT
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
Executing
•0: Cancel AT, 1: Execute
AT as AT command
•AT Executing flag
remains at 1 during AT
execution. Flag returns to
0 automatically after AT
execution ends normally.
*2
036
Limit cycle MV amplitude 5.00 to 50.00 20.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
Note: Set as ±%.
*2
037
Limit cycle hysteresis
0 to 10.00% 0.20
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
038*2
At calculation gain
0.10 to 10.00 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
039*2
Judgment deviation for
0 to 100.00% 10.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
provisional AT execution
*2
040
AT type
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: Standard type, 1:
Reduced time type)
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver.1.50.
Deviation
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 041
Deviation alarm setting
0 to 115.00% 115.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
(hysteresis is set at
ITEM012)
Contact
042
DA Deviation alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
Parameter 043
Deviation alarm standby 0, 1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
sequence
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: Restart in standby
sequence by cold start
Analog
044
Y1
Deviation output (deviation ±115.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
= PV - SP)
Parameter 045
PV compensation mode
0 to 3
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Not used, 1: Addition, 2:
Subtraction,
3: Substitution
Contact input 046
S3
PV compensation ON/OFF 0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
switch
0: OFF, 1: ON
Analog input 047
X1
PV compensation source BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
designation
information
83
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Control
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 051
Processing cycle of PID
(0), 1, 2, 4, 8, 0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
control
16, 32, 64,
(0: cycle set at ITEM004) 128s
Note: When operation
cycle is set to value other
than "0", the setting value
of ITEM004 is
automatically changed to
"4".
052
Control action
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Reverse (MV decreases
by PV increase.),
1: Direct (MV increases by
PV increase.)
054
P
Proportional band
0.1 to
100.0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
999.9%
055
I
Integral time (0: No integral 0 to 9999s 0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
action)
056
D
Differential time (0: No
0 to 9999s 0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
differential action)
057
MRT Manual reset (enabled
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
when accumulator is OFF)
Contact input 059
S4
Input of accumulator stop 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
switch
0: Not used, 1: Stop
accumulation
Contact input 061
MIE Out-of-range processing at BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
the MV output destination
information
block
(BBB: Destination block
address, III: ITEM No.,
000000: Processing OFF)
Note: When contact turns
ON, accumulator in PID
control is stopped.
*3
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Parameter 062
MV Output Retrace Time 0 to 10
*4
for PV Error
0: Disabled
065
Advanced PID parameter 0.00 to 1.00 0.65
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
α
066
Advanced PID parameter 0.00 to 1.00 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
β
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver.1.50.
*3: These functions were added in Loop Control Unit Ver.2.00.
*4: Based on the value specified in ITEM062, the MV will be restored to the output value at the
times specified below when a PV error is detected.
If the operation cycle (ITEM004) is 1 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 1 s. If the operation
cycle is 2 s, the value specified in ITEM062 x 2 s
84
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog
071
Y2
Output for MV
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
output
compensation
Parameter 072
MV compensation mode 0 to 3
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Not used, 1: Addition,
2: Subtraction, 3:
Substitution
073
S5
MV compensation
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
ON/OFF switch
0: OFF, 1: ON
Analog input 074
X2
MV compensation source BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
designation
information
Parameter 075
MV rate-of-change limit (0: 0 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No restriction)
115.00%/s
076
MH High MV limit
±320.00%
105.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
077
ML Low MV limit
±320.00%
-5.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Contact
078
U1
High MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
1: High limit or higher, 0:
Lower than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
079
U2
Low MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
1: Low limit or lower, 0:
Higher than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
Contact input 080
S6
Preset MV switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
1: Select preset MV
Parameter 081
Preset MV value
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
Contact input 082
S7
MV hold switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Not used, 1: Hold MV
Analog input 083
X3
MV tracking source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
designation
information
Parameter 084
X3
MV tracking input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
Contact input 085
S8
MV tracking switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Not used, 1: Used
Contact
086
A/M Auto/Manual switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Manual, 1: Auto
parameter
Analog
087
MV MV output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
output
Parameter 088
Inversion of host display of 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
MV
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: "Inversion" changes
0 to 100% range to 100 to
0%.
089
Host display of MV
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
(Auto/Manual switch :
Auto, Manual)
or Manual MV
(Auto/Manual switch :
Manual)
Connection 090
MV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
091
MVE MV error display
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error
85
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 098
MV index position
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
86
Note1
The values of ITEMs that cannot be set (indicated as either "-" or "r/w" in the above list)
on CX-Process Tool such as the PV tracking switch, PV compensation ON/OFF switch
and alarm stop switch that were active before the instantaneous power interruption or
running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared when a cold start is
performed. When a hot start is performed, these values are held. The internally held
values for the standby states in standby sequences that were active before the
instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are
also cleared. When a hot start is performed, these values are held.
Note2
To send data of the Advanced PID block to CX-Process Monitor by the Block Send
Terminal to Computer blocks (Block Models 403 and 404), set the operation cycle of the
Send to Computer blocks to the same or longer than that of the Advanced PID block at
ITEM004. If the operation cycle of Send to Computer blocks is set to a shorter value,
the Set Point momentarily becomes 0 when a cold start is performed.
Bumpless output of MV functions when PID constants are changed in the Advanced
PID block (Block Model 012).
For this reason, MV is no longer updated and PID control is not executed correctly if
variables are written to PID constants at each operation cycle by the Variable ITEM
Setting block (Block Model 172).
If this happens, use the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301) to provide a time
interval for writing by the ITEM Setting block.
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
023
024
026
027
029
035
041
042
044
046
054
055
056
057
059
073
076
077
078
079
080
082
085
086
089
091
098
099
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Data Name
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
None
PV input
PV
High/high alarm setting
HH_SP
High alarm setting
H_SP
Low alarm setting
L_SP
Low/low alarm setting
LL_SP
High/high alarm output
HH
High alarm output
H
Low alarm output
L
Low/low alarm output
LL
Alarm stop switch
ALM_OFF
PV error indication
PV_ABN
Local Set Point setting
None
Set Point setting mode (default) CAS_SET
Remote/Local switch
R/L_SW
PV tracking switch
None
Current Set Point output
SP
AT command/AT Executing
AT
Deviation alarm setting
DVA_SP
Deviation alarm output
DVA
Deviation output
None
PV compensation ON/OFF switch None
Proportional band
P
Integral time
I
Differential time
D
Manual reset
None
Input of accumulator stop switch None
MV compensation ON/OFF
None
switch
High MV limit
MH_LMT
Low MV limit
ML_LMT
MV high limit output
MHA
MV low limit output
MLA
Preset MV switch
None
MV hold switch
None
MV tracking switch
None
Auto/Manual switch
A/M_SW
Host display of MV (Auto/Manual MV
switch : Auto, Manual)
or Manual MV (Auto/Manual
switch : Manual)
MV error display
MV_ABN
MV index position
MV_IDX
Label
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
PV_ABN
SP
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
S2
SP
AT
DVA_SP
DVA
DV
S3
P
I
D
MRT
S4
S5
MH_LMT
ML_LMT
MHA
MLA
S6
S7
S8
A/M_SW
MV
MV_ABN
MV_IDX
OP_MK
87
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Description of functions
Item
PV (Process
Variable) Input
Number of points
Input range
Operation function
Sampling cycle
PV error input
PV compensation
SP (Set Point)
Number of points
Setting range
Remote/Local
switching
SP rate-of-change limit
PV tracking at manual
setting of the Local Set
Point
PV tacking
Bumpless processing
between
primary/secondary
loops
88
Description
1
-15.00 to +115.00%
None (Calculation of square root, first-order-lag, bias, etc. Is required by
external blocks.)
According to the specified operation cycle of this block (one of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1,
2 seconds)
Note, however, that the external input refresh cycle of the entire
instrumentation system differs from this operation cycle. (See 3-2 Description
of Operation in the User's Manual.)
When the PV error contact turns ON, the Loop Control Unit is forced to enter
the Manual mode, and the MV value active at that moment is held. At the
same time, the PV error is transferred to the CX-Process Monitor.
The disconnected line detection output ITEM of analog input (AI) function
blocks is specified as the source designation for use. This enables forced
switching to the Manual mode when a disconnected line is detected on the
Analog Input Unit, and transfer of the PV error to CX-Process Monitor at the
same time.
When the PV compensation input switch is set to 1 (ON), arithmetic operation
is performed on the PV signal that is input to PID control. PV compensation is
enabled only in the Auto mode. One of the following three operations is
possible:
•Addition:
The external PV compensation input value is added to the PV signal, and
the result is assigned to PID control.
•Subtraction:
The external PV compensation input value is subtracted from the PV signal,
and the result is assigned to PID control.
•Substitution:
The PV signal is substituted with the external PV compensation input value,
and the result is assigned to PID control.
When the PV compensation input switch is OFF, the PV signal is returned
to.
Example: This operation is used for dead time compensation control
(additive).
1
-15.00 to +115.00%
Possible
Possible (0 to 115.00%/s)
The Local Set Point can be made to track PV when the mode is switched to
the Manual mode. When the mode is returned to the Auto mode, control is
started with PV equaling the Set Point. Sudden changes in the MV caused at
switching back to the Auto mode do not occur.
Matches the SP (Set Point) to the PV (Process Variable) when the PV
tracking switch is set to 1 (ON), and hold SP and PV in this matched
relationship.
When the PV tracking switch is OFF, the Loop Control Unit can be run in a
bumpless manner from the PV value.
When the self node is performing cascade control as the secondary
controller, processing is performed on the MV of the primary controller to be
input as follows:
•When the Set Point of the self node is Local (LSP): The primary controller is
switched to the Manual mode, and the Local Set Point of the self node is
overwritten on the MV of the primary controller.
•When the Set Point of the self node is Remote (RSP): The primary controller
is switched to the Auto mode, and the MV of the primary controller is input
as the Remote Set Point as per normal.
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Item
PID Control
Control method
Control action
PID Constant
Manual reset
MV
(Manipulated
Variable)
Number of points
Output range
Output refresh cycle
Auto/manual switching
High/low MV limit
Description
Advanced PID
Various PID methods (proportional priority type, PV differential priority type,
deviation differential type, etc.) can be selected according to the settings of
parameters α and β.) (For details, refer to the description for the Basic PID
block.)
Direct/reverse switchable
1 set
AT (auto-tuning) can automatically set according to limit cycle mode. (For
details, see page 39 "About PID Constant AT Functions. ")
Proportional band
0.1 to 999.9% (0.1% increments)
Integral time
0 to 9999 sec. (1 second increments) 0: No
accumulator
Integral stop can be indicated from external contacts.
Differential time
0 to 9999 sec. (1 second increments) 0: No
differentiation
-320.00 to +320.00% (0.00% increments)
Bumpless output at manual reset
1
-320.00 to +320.00%
According to the specified operation cycle of this block (one of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1,
2 seconds)
Possible (according to CX-Process Monitor, CX-Process Tool or correct
signal from Step Ladder Program block/Contact Distributor block)
High limit: -320.00 to +320.00%, low limit: -320.00 to +320.00%
Note:The default low limit is -5.00% and default high limit is 105.00% to ensure that the valve
becomes fully open or fully closed. If output less than 0.00% or more than 100% is
meaningless, for example, in the case of time-proportional ON/OFF control for a heater,
set these limits to 0.00% and 100.00, respectively, to prevent overshoot.
MV rate-of-change
limit
Preset MV switching
MV hold
MV tracking
MV compensation
0 to 115.00%/s
Possible (according to contacts from other function blocks)
When the preset MV switch is set to ON, the MV switches to the preset MV
(fixed value) and control is continued at this value. When the PV tracking
switch is OFF, the Loop Control Unit can be run in a bumpless manner from
the preset MV value.
Preset MV switching is enabled only in the Auto mode.
Possible (according to contacts from other function blocks)
The MV (Manipulated Variable) is held at the current value when the MV hold
switch is set to 1 (ON). When the MV hold switch is OFF, the MV is returned
to from in a bumpless manner from the MV hold value. (MV hold is enabled
only in the Auto mode.)
Possible (according to contacts from other function blocks)
The MV is switched (tracks) to the input value from other function blocks.
When the MV tracking switch is set to 1 (ON), the MV is made to match the
value of the external MV tracking input, and the MV and MV tracking input are
held in this matched relationship. When the switch is OFF, MV is returned to
on a bumpless manner from the value of the MV tracking input. MV tracking is
enabled only in the Auto mode. MV output is also bumpless when switching
between the Auto and Manual modes.
Possible (according to contacts from other function blocks)
When the MV compensation input switch is set to 1 (ON), arithmetic
operation is performed on the MV signal that is input to PID control. MV
compensation is enabled only in the Auto mode.
One of the following three operations is possible:
•Addition:
The external MV compensation input value is added to the MV signal.
•Subtraction:
The external MV compensation input value is subtracted from the MV
signal.
•Substitution:
The MV signal is substituted with the external MV compensation input value.
When the MV compensation input switch is OFF, the MV signal from the
PID control is returned to. MV at this time changes in a bumpless manner.
89
2 Control blocks
<012> Advanced PID 001 to 032
Item
MV
(Manipulated
Variable)
Alarm
Out-of-range
processing MV output
destination block
MV error input
PV alarm
Deviation alarm
State Output
90
Description
PID integral action is stopped when the range is exceeded on the function
block to which MV is connected, and unnecessary fluctuation of MV is
prevented.
MV error is transferred to CX-Process Monitor when the MV error contact
turns ON.
The disconnected line detection output ITEM of analog output (AO) function
blocks is specified as the source designation for use. This enables transfer of
the MV error to CX-Process Monitor when a disconnected line is detected on
the Analog Output Unit.
4 (high/high limit, high limit, low limit, low/low limit), setting range: -15.00 to
+115.00%
Hysteresis: 0 to +115.00%
1 (ON outside deviation)
Standby sequence can be provided: standby started at power ON (alarm
OFF even outside deviation range), alarm ON outside deviation range after
entering deviation
1 deviation output (-115.00 to +115.00%)
1 output for MV compensation (-320.00 to +320.00%)
Note1
About PID Constant AT (auto-tuning) Function
For details on this function, see the item of the same description in the Basic PID block
(Block Model 011).
Note2
About 2 Degrees of Freedom PID Parameters α and β
"2 degrees of freedom PID" is PID that adapts to the two characteristics of disturbance
response and trackability to changes in the Set Point. This type of PID is used as the
PID on the Loop Control Unit. For details, see the description for the Basic PID block
(Block Model 011).
2 Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<013>
Blended PID
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
Outline
This function block performs PID control on the cumulative value (cumulative deviation)
between the accumulated value PV and accumulated value Remote Set Point. Ratio
control of flowrate accumulated values is possible as this function block is provided
with a ratio to accumulated Remote Set Point function.
•This function block is provided with cumulative deviation alarm output.
•It is also provided with an accumulation counter for converting PV four digits to eight
digits.
•It is also provided with PV and Remote Set Point instantaneous value output.
Note: As this function block is a Remote Set Point input type function block, it is generally used
as the slave for a Batch Flowrate Capture block (Block Model 014) as the master.
Function block applications
The PV is input in series as the Remote Set Point with the Batch Flowrate Capture
block (Block Model 014) set as the master. Accumulated values (0 to 9999) from a
container type flowmeter (e.g. oval type) are input as the PV to perform ratio control
between multiple function blocks.
Note: The value obtained by accumulating the pulse input from a Pulse Input Unit
(CS1W-PPS01) by the PI 4-point Terminal block (Block Model 562) is input as the
accumulated value PV.
Example Control while maintaining the ratio between batch capture amounts of liquids B and C at
a constant ratio in response to the batch capture amount of liquid A.
91
2 Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
Block diagram
accumulated
value P1
006
mulation counter
reset switch S1
014
accumulated
value P2
021
Digit shift
Exchange of
instantaneous
values
016
Y1 instantaneous value
output
Accumulation
counter
012
Q1 accumulated value
(lower 4 digits)
013
Q2 accumulated value
(upper 4 digits)
029
Y2 instantaneous value
output
Digit shift
Ratio
RSP
PV
Cumulative deviation
ulative deviation
reset switch S2
Exchange of
instantaneous
values
044
043
031 to 035
036
Cumulative deviation
alarm
037
038
039
017
PID operation
MV
High MV limit
076
DVQ cumulative
deviation
Cumulative deviation alarm
setting/hysteresis
Cumulative deviation High/high alarm
output
Cumulative deviation High alarm
output
Cumulative deviation Low alarm
output
Cumulative deviation Low/low alarm
output
Alarm stop switch
078
High MV limit output
079
Low MV limit output
High/low MV limit
Low MV limit
Manual MV
077
089
089
o/Manual switch
MV error input
92
086
090
MV
Host display of MV
087
MV
091
MV error
display
2 Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
ITEM list
Note
The values of ITEMs that cannot be set (indicated as either "-" or "r/w" in the above list)
on CX-Process Tool such as the alarm stop switch that were active before the
instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are
cleared when a cold start is performed. When a hot start is performed, these values are
held. The internally held values for the standby states in standby sequences that were
active before the instantaneous power interruption or running of the Loop Control Unit
was stopped are also cleared. When a hot start is performed, these values are held.
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Blended PID 013
013
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
PV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Accumu-late 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
d value input
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
wiring
information
Accumu-late 007
P1
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
d value input
Parameter 009
Digit shift
-3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(10x, -3: x0.001, -2: x0.01,
*2
-1: x0.1, 0: x1, 1: x10)
010
PV instantaneous value
0 to
100.000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
conversion coefficient
99999.9999 0
(number of pulses per
second at instantaneous
value output 100% is set)
011
Number of moving average 1 to 16
16
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
data at PV instantaneous
value conversion
Accumu-late 012
Q1
Accumulated value (lower 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
d value
4 digits)
output
013
Q2
Accumulated value (upper 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
4 digits)
Contact input 014
S1
Accumulation counter
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
reset switch
(1: Reset)
93
2 Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 015
PR Pulse rate (for host
0 to 10.000 1.000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
display: scale unit/pulse)
Analog
016
Y1
Instantaneous value output 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
Contact input 017
Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
*3
Parameter 020
Alarm limit
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
*2: When decimal point shift is set to -3 to -1, only integer pulses are used for instantaneous
value calculation. Digits past the decimal point are added to the next calculation.
*3: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high MV limit (ITEM 076) is set to a value over 100.00%, the high MV limit output will
not turn ON even if the high limit is reached. The high limit function, however, will work.
•If the low MV limit (ITEM 077) is set to a value below 0.00%, the low MV limit output will not
turn ON even if the low limit is reached. The low limit function, however, will work.
Setting Value Set Point
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Accumu-late 021
P2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
d value input
BBB: Block address, III:
wiring
ITEM No.
information
Accumu-late 022
P2
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
–
2
d value input
Parameter 024
Digit shift
-3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(10x, -3: x0.001, -2: x0.01,
-1: x0.1, 0: x1, 1: x10)
Note 1
025
SP instantaneous value
0 to
100.000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
conversion coefficient
99999.9999 0
(number of pulses per
second at instantaneous
value output 100% is set)
026
Number of moving average 1 to 16
16
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
data at SP instantaneous
value conversion
027
K1
Ratio
0 to 3.2000 1.0000 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
029
Y2
Current SP instantaneous 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
output
value output
Parameter 031
Cumulative deviation
±32000
32000 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
–
2
High/high alarm setting
032
Cumulative deviation
±32000
32000 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
–
2
High alarm setting
Parameter 033
Cumulative deviation
±32000
-32000 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
–
2
Low alarm setting
034
Cumulative deviation
±32000
-32000 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
–
2
Low/low alarm setting
035
Hysteresis setting
0 to 32000 0
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
94
2 Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
Deviation
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/R
eceive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
036
HH Cumulative deviation
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
output
High/high alarm output
037
H
Cumulative deviation
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
High alarm output
038
L
Cumulative deviation
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
Low alarm output
039
LL
Cumulative deviation
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
Low/low alarm output
Parameter 040
Cumulative deviation value 1 to 32000 10000 –
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
normalization constant
041
S3
Operation mode at
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
cumulative deviation
High/High and Low/Low
alarm
0: Normal, 1: Stop
cumulative deviation
counter at alarm
042
S4
Cumulative deviation
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
operation mode at Auto
start
0: Normal, 1: Reset
Contact input 043
S2
Cumulative deviation reset 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
switch
Analog
044
DVQ Cumulative deviation
±32000
0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
output
output
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
Control
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 052
Control action
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Reverse (MV decreases
by PV increase.),
1: Direct (MV increases by
PV increase.)
054
Proportional band
0.1 to
100.0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
999.9%
055
Integral time (0: No integral 0 to 9999s 0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
action)
056
Differential time (0: No
0 to 9999s 0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
differential action)
95
2 Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sy
Data
Data
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM mb Data Description
Default
Length
Range
setting data, (O): Operation data
ol
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter
076
High MV limit
±320.00% 105.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
077
Low MV limit
±320.00% -5.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Contact
078 U1 High MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
1: High limit or higher, 0: Lower
than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
079 U2 Low MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
1: Low limit or lower, 0: Higher
than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
Contact input/ 086 A/M Auto/Manual switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
parameter
0: Manual, 1: Auto
Analog output 087 MV MV output
±320.00% 0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
Parameter
088
Inversion of host display of MV 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: "Inversion" changes 0 to
100% range to 100 to 0%.
089
Host display of MV (Auto/Manual ±320.00% 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
switch : Auto, Manual)
or Manual MV (Auto/Manual
switch : Manual)
Connection 090
MV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
091 MV MV error display
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
E
0: Normal, 1: Error
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter
098
MV index position
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Note
96
To send data of the Blended PID block to CX-Process Monitor by the Block Send
Terminal to Computer blocks (Block Models 403 and 404), set the operation cycle of the
Send to Computer blocks to the same or longer than that of the Blended PID block at
ITEM004. If the operation cycle of Send to Computer blocks is set to a shorter value,
the Set Point momentarily becomes 0 when a cold start is performed.
Bumpless output of MV functions when PID constants are changed in the Blended PID
block (Block Model 013).
For this reason, MV is no longer updated and PID control is not executed correctly if
variables are written to PID constants at each operation cycle by the Variable ITEM
Setting block (Block Model 172).
If this happens, use the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301) to provide a time
interval for writing by the ITEM Setting block.
2 Control blocks
<013> Blended PID 001 to 032
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
012
013
014
015
016
017
027
029
036
037
038
039
043
044
054
055
056
076
077
078
079
086
089
091
098
099
CSV Tags in
CX-Process Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
Stop block operation command
MT_ST
Execution error display
None
PV input
PV
Accumulated value Q1
Q1
Accumulated value Q2
Q2
Accumulation counter reset switch S1
Pulse rate
PR
Instantaneous value output
Y1
Alarm stop switch
ALM_OFF
Ratio
K1
Current SP instantaneous value
Y2
output
Cumulative deviation High/high DHH
alarm output
Cumulative deviation High alarm DH
output
Cumulative deviation Low alarm DL
output
Cumulative deviation Low/low
DLL
alarm output
Cumulative deviation reset switch S2
Cumulative deviation output
DEV_Q
Proportional band
P
Integral time (0: No integral action) I
Differential times (0: No differential D
action)
High MV limit
MH_LMT
Low MV limit
ML_LMT
High MV limit output
MHA
Low MV limit output
MLA
Auto/Manual switch
A/M_SW
Host display of MV (Auto/Manual MV
switch : Auto, Manual)
or Manual MV (Auto/Manual
switch : Manual)
MV error display
MV_ABN
MV index position
MV_IDX
Label
OP_MK
Data Name
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
Q1
Q2
S1
None
Y1
AOF
K1
Y2
DHH
DH
DL
DLL
S2
DEV_Q
P
I
D
MH_LMT
ML_LMT
MHA
MLA
A/M_SW
MV
MV_ABN
MV_IDX
OP_MK
97
2 Control blocks
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<014>
Batch Flowrate Capture
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032
Outline
This function block functions to open the valve at a fixed opening until a fixed batch
accumulated value is reached in batch capture processing to a tank, for example.
4-digit accumulated value signals (batch accumulated values) are input as the PV, and
the analog signal (MV value) to the valve controlling the capture volume is gradually
increased proportionately to the accumulated value to maintain MV at a fixed value
(regular setting). When the fixed value reaches the fixed capture volume (that is, when
the accumulated value signals reach the "regular setting - pre-batch setting"), the
analog signals (MV value) to the valve controlling the capture volume are gradually
decreased to 0% so that the batch accumulated value finally matches the fixed value.
•This function block is provided with a pre-batch function.
•It is also provided with a program MV output function exclusively for batch capture
processing.
•It is also provided with a contact output for action timing notification.
•The local SP and remote SP can be set to a fixed preset value (BM).
•The local SP, remote SP, preset value (BM), and batch accumulated value can be set
to 8 digits (supported from Loop Control Unit version 2.50).
Note: When a cold start is performed, the accumulated values of operation results that were held
before output OFF or before running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values
are held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
Valve operation in batch capture processing in a tank
Block diagram
Exchange of
instantaneous
values
P1 accumulated
value input
006
RSP (lower 4 digits)
RSPU (upper 4
LSP
(lower 4 digits)
LSPU
(upper 4 digits)
021
027
98
Digit shift
Accumulation
counter
SP
016
Y1 instantaneous value output
012
Q1 accumulated value (lower 4 digits)
013
Q2 accumulated value (upper 4 digits)
014
S3 accumulation counter reset switch
086
Auto/Manual switch
023
024
BM
S1 run switch
036
S2 control
interrupt switch
037
SM
089
Batch Controller
087
035
065
Manual MV
MV program output
SM batch accumulated values
(lower 4 digits)
SM batch accumulated values
(upper 4 digits)
039
U1 pre-batch output
038
U2 main batch output
2 Control blocks
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032
S1 run/stop command
S2 control interrupt switch
When batch accumulated value (SM) comes to
(equal flowrate limitation (B1), MV once again
MV program output
starts to increase by the rise ramp value (K1).
A3 regular setting
value (BM) minus the pre-batch setting (BP), MV once again
start to decrease by fall ramp value (K2).
~
~
)
* When batch accumulated value (SM) comes to equal preset
K1
, When batch accumulated value (SM) comes
K2
'
A1 flowrate limitation
to equal preset value (BM) minus the overrun
setting (B0), the MV is shut down to 0%.
+
A2 slowdown setting
&
K1
A0 initial valve opening
setting 0
Time
U2 pre-batch output
U1 main batch output
SM batch accumulated
value
BM preset value
B0 overrun setting
BP pre-batch setting
~
~
~
~
B1 flowrate limitation
0
Time
n
n+1
n+2
Operation cycle
& When S1 run/stop command is set to 1 (ON), capture operation is started. At next
operation cycle, U1 contact (main batch output) is set to 1 (ON). At the following
operation cycle, the MV value is made to increase from A0 (initial valve opening
setting) to K1 (rise rate).
' When MV value reaches A1 (flowrate limitation setting), MV is maintained at that
value (opening).
( When SM (batch accumulated value) reaches BI (flowrate limitation setting), U2
contact (pre-batch output) is set to 1 (ON), and the MV value is made to increase by
K1 (rise ramp rate) again.
) When the MV value reaches A3 (regular setting), MV is maintained at that value
(opening), and accumulation (capture) operation is performed.
* When SM (batch accumulated value) reaches "BM (regular setting) - BP (pre-batch
setting)", the MV value is made to decrease at K2 (fall ramp rate). At this time, the
setting of U2 contact (pre-batch output) changes from 1 (ON) to 0 (OFF).
+ When the MV value reaches A2 (slowdown setting), MV is maintained at that value
(opening).
, When SM (batch accumulated value) reaches "BM (regular setting) - B0 (overrun
setting)", MV is set to 0%. At this time, the setting of U1 contact (main batch output)
changes from 1 (ON) to 0 (OFF).
Note: When S2 control interrupt switch is set to 1 (ON) during accumulation (capture) operation,
the MV value decreases by K2 (fall ramp rate) until A0 (initial valve setting) until it reaches
0%. At this time, U1 contact (main batch output) and U2 contact (pre-batch output) are set
to 0 (OFF). When S2 control interrupt switch is reset to 0 (OFF), the MV value is made to
increase from A0 (initial valve setting) by K1 (rise ramp rate), and the state that was active
before the interruption is returned to when the MV value reaches A3 (regular setting). At
this time, the settings of U1 contact (main batch output) and U2 contact (pre-batch output)
return to 1 (ON).
99
2 Control blocks
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032
ITEM list
Note
When decimal point shift is set to -3 to -1, only integer pulses are used for
instantaneous value calculation. Digits past the decimal point are added to the next
calculation.
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Batch
014
014
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Flowrate Capture
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Accumulated value input P1
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Accumulated 006
P1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
value input
BBB: Block address, III:
connection
ITEM No.
information
Accumulated 007
P1
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
value input
Parameter 009
Digit shift (10 x, -3: x0.001, -3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
-2: x0.01,
-1: x0.1, 0: x1, 1: x10)
(Note 1)
010
Instantaneous value
0 to
1.0000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
conversion coefficient
99999.9999
(number of pulses per
second at instantaneous
value output 100% is set)
011
Number of moving average 1 to 16
16
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
data at instantaneous
value conversion
Accumu-late 012
Q1
Accumulated value (lower 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
d value
4 digits)
output
013
Q2
Accumulated value (upper 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
4 digits)
Contact input 014
S3
Accumulation counter
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
reset switch (1: Reset)
Analog
016
Y1
Instantaneous value output 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
output
Parameter 017
Pulse rate (for host
0 to 10.000 1.000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
display: scale unit/pulse)
100
2 Control blocks
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032
Setting Value Set Point
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 021
Remote SP source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
designation
information
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 022
RSP Remote SP input (lower 4 0 to 9999
0
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
digits)
Parameter 023
Local SP setting (lower 4 0 to 9999
0
–
R/W(O) W
W
–
R
1
digits)
024*2
Local SP setting (upper 4 0 to 9999
0
–
R/W (O) W
W
–
R
2
digits)
Contact
026
R/L Remote/Local switching
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Local, 1: Remote
parameter
Analog input 027*2
Remote SP source
BBBIII
00000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
designation
information
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
*2
Analog input 028
RSP Remote SP input (upper 4 0 to 9999
0
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
U
digits)
Accumulated 029
CSP Current SP output (lower 4 0 to 9999
0
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
value output
digits)
Parameter 030*2 CSP Current SP output (upper 4 0 to 9999
0
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
2
U
digits)
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.50.
Batch controller (lower 4 digits)
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 031
Preset value (lower 4
0 to 9999
9999
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
S
2
digits, current SP is
entered)
032
Overrun setting (value
0 to 9999
0
–
–
–
W
–
S/R
2
subtracted from BM)
033
Pre-batch setting (value
0 to 9999
0
–
–
–
W
–
S/R
2
subtracted from BM)
034
Flowrate limitation
0 to 9999
0
–
–
–
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
035
SM Batch accumulated value 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
Yes
Yes
W
–
S
2
output
(lower 4 digits)
Contact input 036
S1
Run/stop command (0:
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
R/W
S/R
1
Reset, 1: Run)
037
S2
Control interrupt switch (1: 0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
R/W
S/R
1
Interrupt)
Contact
038
U1
Main batch output
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
R
S
1
output
039
U2
Pre-batch output
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
R
S
1
101
2 Control blocks
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032
Program output
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 041
A0
Initial valve opening setting 0 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
320.00 %
042
A1
Flowrate limitation setting 0 to
10.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
320.00 %
043
A2
Slowdown setting
0 to
10.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
320.00 %
044
A3
Regular setting
0 to
30.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
320.00 %
045
K1
Rise ramp value
0 to
1.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
320.00 %/s
046
K2
Fall ramp value
0 to
1.00
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
320.00 %/s
Batch controller (upper 4 digits)
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
*3
Parameter 061
Preset value (upper 4
0 to 9999
0
Yes
R
–
–
–
S
2
digits, current SP is
entered)
Analog
065*3 SMU Batch accumulated value 0 to 9999
0
Yes
r/w
R
W
–
S
2
output
(upper 4 digits)
Contact
086
A/M Auto/Manual switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0:Manual, 1:Auto
parameter
Analog
087
MV Program output
±320.00 % 0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
output
Parameter 088
Inversion of host display of 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
MV
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: “Inversion” changes
0 to 100% range to 100 to
0%.
089
Host display of MV
±320.00 % 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
–
S/R
2
*2
Source
MV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
090
designationc
designation
ontact input
Contact
091*2 MVE MV Error Display
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
*3: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.50.
102
2 Control blocks
<014> Batch Flowrate Capture 001 to 032
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 098
MV index position
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
–
S/R
2
115.00 %
099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
–
S/R
2
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
012
013
014
016
017
023
024
026
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
061
065
086
089
091
098
099
Note
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Data Name
Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
Stop block operation command
MT_ST
Execution error display
None
Input
P1
Accumulated value (lower 4 digits)
Q1
Accumulated value (upper 4 digits)
Q2
Accumulation counter reset switch
S3
Instantaneous value output
Y1
Pulse rate (for host display: scale unit/pulse) PR
Local Set Point setting (lower 4 digits)
None
Local Set Point setting (upper 4 digits)
None
Remote/Local switch
R/L_SW
Current Set Point output (lower 4 digits)
SP
Current Set Point output (upper 4 digits)
SPU
Preset value (lower 4 digits)
None
Overrun setting (value subtracted from BM)
B0
Pre-batch setting (value subtracted from BM) BP
Flowrate limitation
B1
Batch accumulated value (lower 4 digits)
SM
Run/stop command
S1
Control interrupt switch
S2
Main batch output
U1
Pre-batch output
U2
Preset value (upper 4 digits)
None
Batch accumulated value (upper 4 digits)
SMU
Auto/Manual switch
A/M_SW
Host display of MV
MV
MV error display
MV_ABN
MV index position
MV_IDX
Label
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
P1
Q1
Q2
S3
Y1
PR
SP
SPU_W
R/L_SW
SP
SPU
BM
B0
BP
B1
SM
S1
S2
U1
U2
BMU
SMU
A/M_SW
MV
MV_ABN
MV_IDX
OP_MK
Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 404).
103
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<016>
Fuzzy Logic
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 03 2
Outline
This function block outputs up to two analog outputs based on fuzzy logic performed on
up to 8 analog inputs, X1 to X8.
Using fuzzy logic enables applying the Loop Control Unit to control applications using
the knowledge of experienced workers expressed as ambiguous expressions, such as
"a little" or "quite a lot."
The membership functions of a Fuzzy Logic block can be displayed as graphs on
version 2.50 or later of the CX-Process Tool.
The specifications of the Fuzzy Logic block are as follows:
•I/O: 8 inputs and 2 outputs
•Rule format: 8 conditions and 2 conclusions
•Number of rules: 64 max.
•Five labels (NL, NS, ZR, PS, and PL)
•Inference method: Max.-Min. logical ANDs
•Deterministic output calculations: Center of gravity
•Output when rules not fulfilled: Constant or previous value (selectable)
The specifications fo the membership functions are as follows:
Conditions
•Resolution: 64, 000 max.
•Continuous functions: 4 inflection points max. (S, Z, Λ, and Π)
•Height: 0 or 10, 000
Conclusions
•Resolution: 64, 000 max.
•Height: Always 10, 000
Function block applications
•Controlling systems with excessive external interference.
•Replacing an OMRON C200H-FZ001 Fuzzy Logic Unit.
104
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Block Diagram
Fuzzy logic
S1
023
X1 input
015
X2 input
016
X3 input
017
X4 input
018
X5 input
019
X6 input
020
X7 input
021
X8 input
022
S2
Rules not fulfilled
027
Rules not fulfilled
028
031
Y1 output
032
Y2 output
036
FT output
024
Number of rule
that was fulfilled
035
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Fuzzy Logic 016
016
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix
“Execution Error Code
List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Special
006
Operation error details
41 to 90
0
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
Indicates the ITEM number 101 to 164
when execution error 19
occurs.
105
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Measured PVs
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
008
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
009
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
010
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
011
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
012
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
013
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
014
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog
015
X1
X1 input value
±32000
0
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
inputs
016
X2
X2 input value
±32000
0
–
r
R
–
–
S
2
017
X3
X3 input value
±32000
0
–
r
R
–
–
S
2
018
X4
X4 input value
±32000
0
–
r
R
–
–
S
2
019
X5
X5 input value
±32000
0
–
r
R
–
–
S
2
020
X6
X6 input value
±32000
0
–
r
R
–
–
S
2
021
X7
X7 input value
±32000
0
–
r
R
–
–
S
2
022
X8
X8 input value
±32000
0
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
Outputs when rules are not fulfilled
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 023
S1
Output value selection
0, 1
0
–
R/W (O) –
W
R/W
S/R
1
parameter
switch for output 1 when
rules are not fulfilled
0: Maintain previous, 1:
Fixed value
024
S2
Output value selection
0, 1
0
–
R/W (O) –
W
R/W
S/R
1
switch for output 2 when
rules are not fulfilled
0: Maintain previous, 1:
Fixed value
Parameter 027
A1
Fixed value for output 1
±32000
0
–
R/W (O) –
W
–
S/R
2
when rules are not fulfilled
028
A2
Fixed value for output 2
±32000
0
–
R/W (O) –
W
–
S/R
2
when rules are not fulfilled
106
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Output values: MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog
031
Y1
Y1 output value
±32000
0
Yes
r
R
W
–
S
2
outputs
032
Y2
Y2 output value
±32000
0
Yes
r
R
W
–
S
2
Parameter 035
FN
Read rule numbers for
1 to 64
1
R/W (O) –
W
–
S/R
2
fulfilled rules
Analog
036
FT
Applicability for each rule 0 to 10000 0
Yes
–
–
W
–
S
2
outputs
Applicability for rules
specified in ITEM 035
Condition membership functions
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Symb
Data Description
ol
Data Range
Parameters •Input 1, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
041
Input 1 NL
20 characters max.
042
Input 1 NS
27 characters max.
043
Input 1 ZR
27 characters max.
044
Input 1 PS
27 characters max.
045
Input 1 PL
20 characters max.
•Input 2, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
046
Input 2 NL
20 characters max.
047
Input 2 NS
27 characters max.
048
Input 2 ZR
27 characters max.
049
Input 2 PS
27 characters max.
050
Input 2 PL
20 characters max.
•Input 3, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
051
Input 3 NL
20 characters max.
052
Input 3 NS
27 characters max.
053
Input 3 ZR
27 characters max.
054
Input 3 PS
27 characters max.
055
Input 3 PL
20 characters max.
•Input 4, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
056
Input 4 NL
20 characters max.
057
Input 4 NS
27 characters max.
058
Input 4 ZR
27 characters max.
059
Input 4 PS
27 characters max.
060
Input 4 PL
20 characters max.
•Input 5, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
061
Output 5 NL
20 characters max.
062
Output 5 NS
27 characters max.
063
Output 5 ZR
27 characters max.
064
Output 5 PS
27 characters max.
065
Output 5 PL
20 characters max.
•Input 6, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
066
Output 6 NL
20 characters max.
067
Output 6 NS
27 characters max.
068
Output 6 ZR
27 characters max.
069
Output 6 PS
27 characters max.
070
Output 6 PL
20 characters max.
Parameters •Input 7, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
071
Output 7 NL
20 characters max.
072
Output 7 NS
27 characters max.
073
Output 7 ZR
27 characters max.
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S) : Initial
Default
Length
setting data, (O) : Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
28
21
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
28
21
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
28
21
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
28
21
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
28
21
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
28
21
–
–
–
R/W (O) –
R/W (O) –
R/W (O) –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
107
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Symb
Data Description
ol
Data Range
074
Output 7 PS
27 characters max.
075
Output 7 PL
20 characters max.
•Input 8, Separate horizontal coordinates with colon to specify.
076
Output 8 NL
20 characters max.
077
Output 8 NS
27 characters max.
078
Output 8 ZR
27 characters max.
079
Output 8 PS
27 characters max.
080
Output 8 PL
20 characters max.
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S) : Initial
Default
setting data, (O) : Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
–
R/W (O) –
–
–
–
–
R/W (O) –
–
–
–
28
21
–
–
–
–
–
21
28
28
28
21
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
Conclusion membership functions
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Symb
Data Description
ol
Parameters •Output 1, Specify horizontal axis.
081
Output 1 NL
082
Output 1 NS
083
Output 1 ZR
084
Output 1 PS
085
Output 1 PL
•Output 2, Specify horizontal axis.
086
Output 2 NL
087
Output 2 NS
088
Output 2 ZR
089
Output 2 PS
090
Output 2 PL
Data Range
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S) : Initial
Default
Length
setting data, (O) : Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7
7
7
7
7
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
6 characters max.
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7
7
7
7
7
Rules:
IF Input 1=**: Input 2=**: Input 3=**: Input 4=**: Input 5=**: Input 6=**: Input 7=**: Input
8=** THEN Output 1=**: Output 2=**
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameters 101
Rule 1
29
–
R/W (O) –
–
–
–
30
characters
max.
102
Rule 2
29
–
R/W (O) –
–
–
–
30
characters
max.
to
to
–
164
Rule 64
29
–
R/W (O) –
–
–
–
30
characters
max.
108
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461) /Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input value
X1
X2 input value
X2
X3 input value
X3
X4 input value
X4
X5 input value
X5
X6 input value
X6
X7 input value
X7
X8 input value
X8
Output value selection switch for
output 1 when rules are not fulfilled
Output value selection switch for
output 2 when rules are not fulfilled
Fixed value for output 1 when rules
are not fulfilled
Fixed value for output 2 when rules
are not fulfilled
Y1Output value
Y1
Y2Output value
Y2
Read rule numbers for fulfilled rules FN
Applicability for each rule
FT
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
S1
S2
A1
A2
Y1
Y2
FN
FT
109
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Setting fuzzy logic parameters
Rules
Rules express experience and know-how in IF-THEN statements. For example, IF
(you're close to the car in front of you) & (you're going very fast) THEN (you have to
step on the brake very hard).
Up to 8 conditions can be set for inputs X1 to X8, and up to two conclusions can be set
for outputs Y1 and Y2.
Rules 1 to 64 can be set for ITEM 101 to ITEM 164. The following elements are
specified for each rule.
1. Conditions
The labels that will be used for inputs X1 to X8 are listed in order separated by colons.
For example, if label NS is used for input X1 and labels ZR, PL, PL, NS, ZR, PL, and
PL are likewise used for inputs X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, and X8, then
NS:ZR:PL:PL:NS:ZR:PL:PL is specified.
Note: Labels are used to express conditions for the above rules for some applications, for
example "close, " "very fast, " and "very hard" in the above example. The following 5 labels
can be used in a Fuzzy Logic block.
NL: Negative Large
NS: Negative Small
ZR: Approximately Zero
PS: Positive Small
PL: Positive Large
2. Conclusions
The labels that will be used for outputs Y1 and Y2 are listed in order separated by
colons. For example, if ZR is used for output Y1 and PL is used for output Y2, then
ZR:PL is specified
•A slash is placed between the conditions and conclusions. For example, the above
rule would be specified as follows:
NS:ZR:PL:PL:NS:ZR:PL:PL/ZR:PL
Set a hyphen for inputs or outputs for which labels are not set. For example, to set ZR
for input X2, ZR and input X4, and PL for output Y2, then the rule "IF (Input X1 is NL
and Input X2 is PL), THEN (Output Y1 is ZR)" would be specified as follows for ITEM
101:
NL:PL:-:-:-:-:-:-/ZR:Execution error 19 will occur if this standard is not followed.
110
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Membership functions
Membership function must be set for each rule that is being used. Membership
functions determine the applicability of a status to the labels set for inputs and outputs.
There are membership functions for both conditions and for conclusions.
There are four typical membership functions for conditions: S, Z, Λ, and Π. These are
specified by the inflection points for the labels.
S
Z
Λ
Π
Membership functions are set as follows:
1. Membership functions for conditions
Condition membership functions can be set for up to 5 labels for inputs X1 to X8.
The inflection points for each input, X1 to X8, for the labels NL, NS, ZR, PS, and PL are
set in ITEM 041 to ITEM 080 as values along the X axis. (Up to 40 settings are possible,
i.e., 8 inputs x 5 labels.)
Note1: There can be two or three inflection points for the membership functions for labels NL
and PL. For labels NS, ZR, and PS, there can be three or four inflection points. Execution
error 19 will occur if more than two values are the same.
Note 2: Values along the X axis have 1 sign character and up to 5 numeric characters.
(Execution error 19 will occur is a + sign is attached.) Leading zeros may be entered or
omitted (e.g., either 50 or 050 is acceptable.) Values are separated by colons.
NL
Three X coordinates
Example) 0:1000:2300
Two X coordinates
Example) 0:1000
Applicability
Applicability
10000
10000
0
0
0
1000
2300
Input
0
1000
Input
111
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
NS, ZR, and PS
Three X coordinates
Example) 3000:4000:4500
Four X coordinates
Example) 3000:4000:6000:7000
Applicability
Applicability
10000
10000
0
0
3000
4000
4500
3000
Input
4000
6000
7000
Input
Example) 4000:4000:6000:6000
Applicability
10000
0
4000
6000
Input
PL
Three X coordinates
Example) (X1:X2:X3) = (7000:9000:10000)
Two X coordinates
Example) 9000:10000
A pplicability
Applicability
10000
10000
0
0
90000
7000
10000
Input
9000
10000
Input
2. Membership functions for conclusions
Conclusion membership functions can be set for up to 5 labels for outputs Y1 and Y2.
Singletons for labels NL, NS, ZR, PS, and PL are set in ITEM 081 to ITEM 090 as
values along the Y axis. (Up to 10 settings are possible, i.e., 2 outputs x 5 labels.)
Fuzzy output
Label
0
NL
NS ZR PS
PL
0 NL
NS ZR PS
PL
Specify these values
Singletons
112
Output Y
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Outlineof fuzzy logic processing
Inferences are processes as follows: 1) Conditions, 2) Conclusions, 3) Deterministic
output calculations.
1. Conditions
Inputs X1 to X8 and the condition membership functions are used to find the
applicability for each label for each input. Although there are from 1 to 8 conditions for
inputs X1 to X8, the minimum applicability for all conditions for each is found and used
as the applicability for the rule.
Example)
Condition membership functions:
Setting NL for input X1) 0:100:500 is specified for ITEM 041.
Setting PL for input X2) 300:700:1000 is specified for ITEM 050.
Applicability
Applicability
10000
10000
Applicabilit
y
6000
Applicability
3000
0
0
0
100
500
Input X1
0
300
700
1000
Input X2
The minimum value (example:
3,000) is found and used as the
applicability for rule 1.
The applicability is thus found for all rules for use in the conclusions.
113
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
2. Conclusions
The applicability found for each rule in the conditions is compared to the labels for the
conclusions, and the maximum value is found for each label. The maximum value is
used as the fuzzy output for that label.
For these, the horizontal singletons for outputs Y1 and Y2 are specified on the
horizontal axis as values Y1 and Y2 as specified by the conclusion membership
functions. The results are shown for the following conclusion membership functions.
ZR singleton for output Y1 is set to 3000 by setting ITEM 083 to 3, 000.
If label ZR is used in the conclusions for other rules, the maximum value is used as the
fuzzy output value for ZR. Here, the singleton for ZR is 3, 000.
Rule 1 applicability
3000
Rule 2 applicability
5000
Maximum value
Label ZR
5000
0
3000
0
Output Y1
Singleton
3. Deterministic output calculations
The center of gravities of up two five labels is found for outputs 1 and 2 and these are
output as analog values Y1 and Y2.
Example) As shown below, the maximum value is found for other conclusion
membership functions, the center of gravity of the fuzzy outputs for a maximum of five
labels is found, and it is output to Y1 as the deterministic output value.
Fuzzy output
Label ZR
5000
Label NL
Label PL
0
0
3000
Output Y1
Singleton
Center of gravity
Output to Y1
Note: The center of gravity method adds the coordinates for the labels for each membership
funtion weighted by the applicability of each and then divides the total by the total sum of
the applicabilities to find the deterministic output. The results corresponds to the center of
gravity when the membership functions are thought of as graphic figures, using this center
of gravity as the final output.
114
2 Control blocks
<016> Fuzzy Logic 001 to 032
Execution error codes
When an execution error occurs, outputs 1 and 2 will be controlled by the setting of
ITEM 023 and ITEM 024 (Output value selection switch for output 1/2 when rules are
not fulfilled).
Code
Meaning
Description
1
Source/
destination
not
specified
Inappropria
te operation
Connection is not possible as
specified.
19
There is a syntax error in a Fuzzy
Logic block (Block Model 016) that
prevents operation.
1) There is not one sign character
and 5 numeric characters
maximum (e.g., a + sign is
specified).
2) Values are not separated by
colons.
3) The values that are set are not
sufficient.
4) More than two inflection points
in membership functions are the
same.
5) Inflection points in membership
functions do not increase to the
right.
6) A membership function used in
a rule has not been defined.
Operation when
error occurs
Execution of
Fuzzy Logic block
will stop.
Countermeasure
Check the block
address or ITEM
number of
sources.
Check the
membership
functions and
rules.
The number of the
ITEM causing the
problem will be
provided in ITEM
006 (operation
error details).
115
2 Control blocks
<031> Indication and Setting 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<031>
Indication and Setting
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<031> Indication and Settin g 001 to 032
Outline
This function block is the manual setter with PV indication and Set Point setting
functions.
•This function block is provided with four PV alarms (high/high, high, low and low/low).
•It is also provided with a remote setting function that allow Remote/Local switching.
Block diagram
008 to 012
PV
Remote/Local switch
026
RSP
021
LSP
PV error input
116
PV
006
023
018
SP
PV alarm
PV alarm setting/hysteresis
013
High/high PV alarm output
014
High PV alarm output
015
Low PV alarm output
016
Low/low PV alarm output
017
Alarm stop switch
029
Current SP
2 Control blocks
<031> Indication and Setting 001 to 032
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Indication
031
031
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
and Setting
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
PV
PV input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
+115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00 to
115.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
009
High alarm setting
-15.00 to
100.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
010
Low alarm setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
-15.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
012
Hysteresis setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
Contact
output
013
HH
High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
014
015
016
Contact input 017
H
L
LL
S1
High alarm output
Low/low alarm output
Low alarm output
Alarm stop switch
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
PV error contact source
designation
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
0
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
R/W(O)
R
R
R
R/W
–
–
–
–
R
R
R
R/W
S
S
S
S/R
1
1
1
1
Connection 018*2
BBBIII
terminal
contact input
Contact
019*2 PVE PV error indication
0, 1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error →
MANUAL mode
Parameter 020
Alarm limit*3
0, 1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
*3: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 00.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
117
2 Control blocks
<031> Indication and Setting 001 to 032
Setting Value Set Point
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/R
eceive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 021
Remote Set Point source BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
connection
designation
information
Analog input 022
RSP Remote Set Point input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
–
+115.00%
Parameter 023
Local Set Point setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) W
W
–
R
+115.00%
024
SP setting mode (default) 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) R
–
–
S/R
0: Local only, 1:
Remote/Local
Note: Setting to 0
invalidates ITEM026.
Contact
026
R/L Remote/Local switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
input/
0: Local, 1: Remote
parameter
Note: Valid only when
ITEM024 is 1
Analog
029
CSP Current SP setting
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
R
–
–
S
output
+115.00%
Data
Length
(bytes)
4
2
2
1
1
2
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
eceive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
118
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2 Control blocks
<031> Indication and Setting 001 to 032
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
023
024
026
029
099
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
PV input
High/high alarm setting
High alarm setting
Low alarm setting
Low/low alarm setting
High/high alarm output
High alarm output
Low alarm output
Low/low alarm output
Alarm stop switch
PV error display
Local Set Point setting
Set Point setting mode (default)
Remote/Local switch
Current Set Point output
Label
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
None
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
ALM_OFF
PV_ABN
None
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
SP
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
PV_ABN
SP
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
SP
OP_MK
119
2 Control blocks
<032> Indication and Operation 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<032>
Indication and Operation
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<032> Indication and Operation 001 to 032
Outline
This function block is the manual setter with PV indication and MV operation functions.
•This function block is provided with four PV alarm outputs (high/high, high, low and
low/low).
•It is also provided with a remote setting function that allows Remote/Local switching.
Block diagram
008 to 012
PV
006
X1 auto input
083
High MV limit
076
PV
PV alarm
PV alarm setting/hysteresis
013
High/high PV alarm output
014
High PV alarm output
015
Low PV alarm output
016
Low/low PV alarm output
017
Alarm stop switch
078
High MV limit output
079
Low MV limit output
High/low MV limit
Low MV limit
077
Manual MV
089
Auto/Manual switch
086
MV
087
120
PV error input
018
MV error input
090
089
MV output
Host display of MV
2 Control blocks
<032> Indication and Operation 001 to 032
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Indication
032
032
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
and Operation
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
PV
PV input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
+115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00 to
115.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
009
High alarm setting
-15.00 to
100.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
010
Low alarm setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
-15.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
012
Hysteresis setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
Contact
013
HH High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
014
H
High alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
015
L
Low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
016
LL
Low/low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
Contact input 017
S1
Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
Connection 018*2
PV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
*2
Contact
019
PVE PV error indication
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error →
MANUAL mode
Parameter 020
Alarm limit*3
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
*3: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between
0.00% and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 0.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the high MV limit (ITEM 076) is set to a value over 100.00%, the high MV limit output will
not turn ON even if the high limit is reached. The high limit function, however, will work.
•If the low MV limit (ITEM 077) is set to a value below 0.00%, the low MV limit output will not
turn ON even if the low limit is reached. The low limit function, however, will work.
121
2 Control blocks
<032> Indication and Operation 001 to 032
MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 076
High MV limit
±320.00%
105.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
077
Low MV limit
±320.00%
-5.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
*2
Contact
078
U1
High MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
1: High limit or higher, 0:
Lower than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
079*1 U2
Low MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
1: Low limit or lower, 0:
Higher than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
Analog input 083
Auto input source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
designation
information
Analog input 084
X1
Auto input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
Contact
086
A/M Auto/Manual switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Manual, 1: Auto
parameter
Analog
087
MV MV output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
output
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 088
Inversion of host display of 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
MV
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: "Inversion" changes
0 to 100% range to 100 to
0%.
089
Host display of MV
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Connection 090*2
MV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
091*2 MVE MV error display
0, 1
0
–
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error
Parameter 098
MV index position
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
122
2 Control blocks
<032> Indication and Operation 001 to 032
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
076
077
078
079
084
086
089
091
098
099
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Data Name
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
None
PV input
PV
High/high alarm setting
HH_SP
High alarm setting
H_SP
Low alarm setting
L_SP
Low/low alarm setting
LL_SP
High/high alarm output
HH
High alarm output
H
Low alarm output
L
Low/low alarm output
LL
Alarm stop switch
ALM_OFF
PV error display
PV_ABN
High MV limit
MH_LMT
Low MV limit
ML_LMT
High MV limit output
MHA
Low MV limit output
MLA
Auto input
X1
Auto/Manual switch
A/M_SW
Data for host display
MV
MV error display
MV_ABN
MV index position
MV_IDX
Label
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
PV_ABN
MH_LMT
ML_LMT
MHA
MLA
X1
A/M_SW
MV
MV_ABN
MV_IDX
OP_MK
123
2 Control blocks
<033> Ratio Setting 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<033>
Ratio Setting
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<033> Ratio Setting 001 to 032
Outline
This function block is the ratio and bias setter with PV indication and ratio setting
function.
•Ratio can be set externally.
•Input bias and output bias can be set.
•This function block is provided with engineering unit setting data for ratio and
engineering unit setting data for PV for display on the host.
Ratio calculation formula
where
SP
MV = K1
(PV- A1) - B1
100
MV:Output (-320.00 to +320.00%)
SP:Ratio setting (-15 to +115.00%)
PV: Reference input (%)
K1:Ratio gain (±10.000) .... Set the ratio to
SP=100%.
Example) Set "3.000" when the ratio range is 0
to 3 times.
A1:Input bias (±320.00%)
B1:Output bias (±320.00%)
External setting of ratio
Use external ratio setting source designation (ITEM021).
Actual graduation of ratio
To set the Set Point scale displayed on the host to the actual scale, set the range
corresponding to SP in the above ratio calculation formula on the host computer.
Block diagram
PV
006
Reference input
Operation result
Ratio
operation
Remote/Local switch
External ratio setting (RSP)
026
021
Local ratio setting (LSP)
023
Ratio gain
054
Input bias
055
Ratio setting
value
MV
high/low
limit
078
079
089
086
Output bias
124
056
High MV limit
076
Low MV limit
077
PV error input
018
MV error input
090
087
High MV limit output
Low MV limit output
Manual MV
Auto/Manual switch
MV output
2 Control blocks
<033> Ratio Setting 001 to 032
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Ratio Setting 033
033
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2,
Analog input 006
Reference input source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
designation
information
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
PV
Reference input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
+115.00%
Connection 018*2
PV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
019*2 PVE PV error indication
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error →
MANUAL mode
Parameter 020
Alarm limit*3
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
Analog input 021
External ratio setting
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
source designation
information
Analog input 022
RSP External ratio setting
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
–
2
+115.00%
Parameter 023
LSP Local ratio setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
R
2
+115.00%
024
Ratio setting mode
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
(default)
0: Local only, 1:
Remote/Local
Note: Setting to 0
invalidates ITEM026.
Contact
026
R/L Remote/Local switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Local, 1: Remote
parameter
Note: Valid only when
ITEM024 is 1
Analog
029
SP
Current SP output
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
+15.00%
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
*3: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high MV limit (ITEM 076) is set to a value over 100.00%, the high MV limit output will
not turn ON even if the high limit is reached. The high limit function, however, will work.
•If the low MV limit (ITEM 077) is set to a value below 0.00%, the low MV limit output will not
turn ON even if the low limit is reached. The low limit function, however, will work.
125
2 Control blocks
<033> Ratio Setting 001 to 032
Ratio operation
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 054 K1 Ratio range (sets signal ratio
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
range corresponding to
SP=100%)
055 A1 Input bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
056 B1 Output bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
MV
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 076 MH High MV limit
±320.00%
105.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
077 ML Low MV limit
±320.00%
-5.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
*2
Contact
078 U1 High MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
1: High limit or higher, 0: Lower
than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
*2
079 U2 Low MV limit output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
1: Low limit or lower, 0: Higher
than limit
Valid only for AUTO mode;
always 0 for Manual mode.
Contact
086 A/M Auto/Manual switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Manual, 1: Auto
parameter
Analog
087 MV Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
2
output
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 088
Inversion of host display of MV 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Not used, 1: Used
Note: "Inversion" changes 0 to
100% range to 100 to 0%.
089
Host display of MV
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
*2
Connection 090
MV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact
input
126
2 Control blocks
<033> Ratio Setting 001 to 032
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
*2
Contact
091 MVE MV error display
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error
Parameter 098
MV index position
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
*3: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high MV limit (ITEM 076) is set to a value over 100.00%, the high MV limit output will
not turn ON even if the high limit is reached. The high limit function, however, will work.
•If the low MV limit (ITEM 077) is set to a value below 0.00%, the low MV limit output will not
turn ON even if the low limit is reached. The low limit function, however, will work.
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
019
023
024
026
029
054
055
056
076
077
078
079
086
089
091
098
099
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Reference input
PV error display
Local ratio setting
Ratio setting mode (default)
Remote/Local switch
Current SP output
Ratio range
Input bias
Output bias
High MV limit
Low MV limit
High MV limit output
Low MV limit output
Auto/Manual switch
Data for host display
MV error display
MV index position
Label
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
None
PV
PV_ABN
SP
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
None
K1
A1
B1
MH_LMT
ML_LMT
MHA
MLA
A/M_SW
MV
MV_ABN
MV_IDX
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
PV_ABN
SP
CAS_SET
R/L_SW
SP
K1
A1
B1
MH_LMT
ML_LMT
MHA
MLA
A/M_SW
MV
MV_ABN
MV_IDX
OP_MK
127
2 Control blocks
<034> Indicator 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<034>
Indicator
001 to 032
2
Control blocks
<034> Indicator 001 to 0 32
Outline
This function block is the PV indicator.
•This function block is provided with four PV alarm outputs (high/high, high, low and
low/low).
Block diagram
008 to 012
013
PV
PV error input
006
PV
PV alarm
High/high PV alarm output
014
High PV alarm output
015
Low PV alarm output
016
Low/low
PV
alarm
018
017
128
PV alarm setting/hysteresis
Alarm stop switch
2 Control blocks
<034> Indicator 001 to 032
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Indicator
034
034
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
PV
PV input
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
+115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00 to
115.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
009
High alarm setting
-15.00 to
100.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
010
Low alarm setting
-15.00 to
0.00
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00 to
-15.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
+115.00%
012
Hysteresis setting
0 to 115.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
Contact
013
HH High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
014
H
High alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
015
L
Low/low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
016
LL
Low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
Contact input 017
S1
Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
parameter
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
Connection 018*2
PV error contact source
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
terminal
designation
contact input
Contact
019*2 PVE PV error indication
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error
MANUAL mode
*3
Parameter 020
Alarm limit
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
*3: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between 0.00%
and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 0.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
129
2 Control blocks
<034> Indicator 001 to 032
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
130
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
099
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
PV input
High/high alarm setting
High alarm setting
Low alarm setting
Low/low alarm setting
High/high alarm output
High alarm output
Low alarm output
Low/low alarm output
Alarm stop switch
PV error display
Label
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
None
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
ALM_OFF
PV_ABN
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
PV_ABN
OP_MK
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<045>
ES100X Controller Terminal
065 to 096
3
External Con troller block
<045> ES100X Con troller Terminal 0 65 to 096
Outline
This function block is used to monitor values such as the SP, PV, and MV and set
values such as the SP and PID constants for an ES100X Controller (a digital set-value
controller) connected to the Loop Control Unit via serial communications.
One ES100X Controller
Loop Control Unit
ES100X Controller
Terminal Block
RS-232C serial communications
(Model 045)
Monitoring SP,
PV, MV, etc
Setting SP,
PID, etc.
ES100X Controller
(with RS-232C serial communications)
More than One ES100X Controller
Loop Controller Unit
RS-232C serial communications
ES100XController
Terminal Block
(Model 045) #1
RS-232C to RS-485 Conversion
RS-485 serial communications
ES100X Controller
Terminal Block
(Model 045) #2
ES100X Controller
Terminal Block
(Model 045) #32
#1
#2
#32
ES100X Controllers
(with
RS-422A/485
serial
Applicable Controllers
The following digital set-value controllers are supported: ES100X-□□□01□ (RS-232C
serial communications) and ES100X-□□□04□ (RS-422A/485 serial communications).
Number of ES100X Controllers per Function Block
Each ES100X Controller Terminal Block can monitor or set one ES100X Controller.
Number of ES100X Controllers per Loop Control Unit
•With ES100X Controllers supporting RS-232C connections, only one ES100X
Controller can be connected to each Loop Control Unit.
•With ES100X Controllers supporting RS-422A/485 connections, each Loop Control
Unit can be connected to up to 32 ES100X Controller. The ES100X unit number set in
ITEM 006 is used to differentiate the ES100X Controller with which to communicate.
Connecting the Loop Control Unit to ES100X Controllers
The RS-232C port on the Loop Control Unit is connected to the RS-232C terminals or
RS-422A/485 terminals on the ES100X Controllers.
131
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
Data Transfer Contents
Operating the Controller (Function Block to ES100X)
Switching between RUN and STOP, switching between automatic and manual
operation, executing autotuning, and switch ES100X parameter setting modes.
Setting the Controller (Function Block to ES100X)
Setting the local SP, PID constants, MV (manipulated variable) upper/lower limits,
manual mode MV, and inputting a remote SP within this function block to output to the
ES100X.
Monitoring the Controller (ES100X to Function Block)
Monitoring the PV, current SP, MV, RUN/STOP status, automatic/manual status,
remote/local parameter setting mode (serial communications/front panel keys),
autotuning status, scaling settings (upper/lower limits and decimal point location).
You can also create outputs from within the function block, such as alarm outputs
based on the PV (deviation, HH, H, L, and LL) or based on the MV upper/lower limits.
Data Update Cycle for Setting and Monitoring
Data will be updated every second for each ES100X Controller when the execution
cycle of the function block is 0.1 second.
When more than one ES100X Controller Terminal Block is used, multiply 1 second by
the number of ES100X Controllers connected.
It is possible, however, to use an interrupt transfer function to write to an ES100X
Controller even when a different ES100X Controller Terminal Block is being executed.
ES100X Requirements
•Normal control must be set (set specifications setting mode C033 to 0).
Note:Cascade control can be set as long as primary loop PID is set for communications.
•The local SP mode must be set (set operation mode P008 in the ES100X to 0 for a
local SP).
Note 1:Even if the ES100X is set for a remote SP (RSP), the ES100X will be force-set to a
local SP (LSP) by this function block the first time it is executed.
Note 2:If a remote SP is set, the remote SP can be read.
•Remote parameter setting mode must be set (enabling setting parameters via serial
communications).
(Set operation mode P007 to 1 for remote setting.)
Note 1: The ES100X must be set to the remote parameter setting mode (in P007) to change
the following parameters:
Set point (ITEM 029), MV output for host display (ITEM 089), MV upper limit (ITEM
052), MV lower limit (ITEM 053), proportional band (ITEM 056), integral time (ITEM
057), and differential time (ITEM 058).
Note 2: The following specifications can be changed regardless of the ES100X parameter
setting mode: ES100X operation command (ITEM 080), A/M switch (ITEM 081),
EX100 parameter setting method switch (ITEM 082) and AT command (ITEM 083).
•The bank number must be 0 (set operation mode P006 in the ES100X to 0).
Note: Data in bank 0 will be read and written even if a different bank number is specified.
•The PID group number must be 1 (set the PID group number in bank number 0 in the
ES100X to 1).
Note:If the PID group number is not 1, the following cannot be set: P, I, D, and MV limits.
•Communications must be set to a data length of 7 bits, even parity, and two stop bits.
Note: Communications will not be possible unless the above communications settings are
made.
•Communications with the ES100X will be stopped when downloading the initial setting
data from the CX-Process Tool (i.e., when the ITEM list read/write method is set to
R/W(S) data from the CX-Process Tool). (Cold starts are automatically used for
other function blocks.) Execute a hot or cold start to start the communications.
132
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
Block diagram
ES100X Controller Terminal Block
RSP/LSP switch in this block
084
RSP
070
006
Target ES100X unit number
007
Interrupt transfer enable
SP
029
Current SP
022
SP read value
Deviation
038
Deviation output(PV - SP)
Deviation
alarm
045
Deviation alarm
021
PV read value
LSP
072
ES100X
Local SP
SP
039
Deviation alarm seting
PV
Communications
040
PV H/H alarm setting
046
PV high/high alarm
041
PV high alarm setting
047
PV high alarm
042
PV low alarm setting
048
PV low alarm
043
PV L/L alarm setting
049
PV low/low alarm
044
Alarm hysteresis setting
PV alarm
050
Alarm stop switch
MH read value
054
MV upper limit
ML write vaule
055
MV lower limit
023
MV reading
MLH
052
MH (MV upper limit setting)
MLL
053
ML (MV lower limit setting)
027
028
MV
MV
051
MV setting
089
Manual MV (MV output
value for host display)
A/M
Parameter setting method
AT
P
024
Proportional band reading
I
025
Integral time reading
D
026
Diffrential time reading
056
Proportional band setting
057
Integral time setting
058
Diffrential time setting
Scaling lower limit setting
Scaling lower limit
011
Scaling upper limit
012
Scaling upper limit setting
Scaling decimal point
position
014
Scaling decimal point position
Controller status
RUN/STOP
081
A/M switch
082
ES100X parameter setting method switch
083
AT command
031
A/M status
032
ES100X parameter setting
033
AT status
035
Valid PID group number
030
Operating status
080
ES100X operation command
133
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: ES100X
045
045
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Controller Terminal
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (seconds) 0 to 5
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Communications between Controllers
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 006
Target ES100X unit
0 to 99
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
number
(0 to 99, connection
possible to 32 Controllers)
007
Interrupt transfer enable 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
008
Baud rate (kbits/s)
0 to 4
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
(0: 1.2, 1:2.4, 2: 4.8, 3: 9.6,
4: 19.2)
Special
009
Controller error level
0 to 3
See
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
display
note.
010
Response code (response 0000 to 2714 See
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
code for commands
Hex
note.
addressed to ES100X)
134
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
Data
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Parameter
011
012
014
021
022
SP
Set point
023
MV
Manipulated
variable
Proportional band
024
025
026
027
028
029
Contact
output
030
031
032
033
Parameter
035
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
Contact
output
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
COLD action or monitor run status by
Sym
start
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
initializ setting data, (O): Operation data
ation
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Scaling lower limit Read -1999 to
See
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
note.
value 9998
Scaling upper limit from
-1998 to
See
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
the
9999
note.
ES100 0 to 3
Scaling decimal
See
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
X
point position
note.
PV Process variable
-10.00% to See
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
110.00%
note.
045
046
Integral (reset)
time
Diffrential (rate)
time
MV upper limit
0.00% to
100.00%
-5.00%to
105.00%
0.0% to
999.9%
0 to 9999 s
0 to 9999 s
-4.90% to
105.00%
MV lower limit
-5.00% to
104.90%
CSP Current SP setting LSP or 0.00% to
RSP in 100.00%
this
block
RUN Operating status Value 0, 1
display
read
0: STOP, 1: RUN from
ES100 0, 1
A/M Auto/manual
X
status display
0: Manual, 1: Auto
RMT EX100 parameter
0, 1
setting method
0: Local (front
panel keys), 1:
Remote (serial
communications)
AT AT status
0, 1
0: AT not being
executed
(including normal
end)
1: AT being
executed
Valid PID group
1 to 8
number
Deviation output Result ±110.00%
(deviation = PV - calculat
SP)
ed in
this
block
Value 0% to
Deviation alarm
set in 110.00%
setting
this
PV high/high
-10.00% to
block 110.00%
alarm setting
PV high alarm
-10.00% to
setting
110.00%
PV low alarm
-10.00% to
setting
110.00%
PV low/low alarm
-10.00% to
setting
110.00%
Hysteresis setting
0.00% to
110.00%
DVA Deviation alarm
Result 0, 1
value
calculat
ed in
HH PV high/high
0, 1
this
alarm value
See
note.
See
note.
See
note.
See
note.
See
note.
See
note.
See
note.
See
note.
Data
Length
(bytes)
2
2
2
2
Yes
r
–
–
–
–
2
Yes
r
–
–
–
–
2
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
See
note.
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
See
note.
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
See
note.
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
See
note.
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
See
note.
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
2
110.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
110.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
100.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
-10.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
135
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Sym
Data Description
bol
047
H
048
L
049
LL
Contact input 050
AS
Analog
output
Parameter
051
052
053
Contact
output
Parameter
054
MHA
055
MLA
056
057
058
Analog input 070
connection
information
Analog input 071
Parameter
072
Contact input 080
136
RUN
081
A/M
082
RMT
083
AT
Contact input 084
parameter
R/L
PV high alarm
value
PV low alarm
value
PV low/low alarm
value
Alarm stop switch
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
MV setting
block
Value
written
to
ES100
X
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
COLD action or monitor run status by
start
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
Data Range Default
initializ setting data, (O): Operation data
ation
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
See
note.
See
note.
See
note.
0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
R
2
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
R
2
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
See
note.
See
note.
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
R
2
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
R
2
See
note.
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
R
2
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
2
See
note.
See
note.
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
R
2
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
R
1
See
note.
See
note.
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
R
1
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
R
1
See
note.
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
R
1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
-5.00% to
105.00%
MV upper limit
-4.90% to
setting
105.00%
MV lower limit
-5.00% to
setting
104.90%
MV upper limit
Results 0, 1
output
calculat
1: Above upper
ed in
limit
this
Valid only for auto block
mode (always 0 for
manual mode).
MV lower limit
0, 1
output
1: Below lower
limit
Valid only for auto
mode (always 0 for
manual mode).
P (proportional
Value 0.0% to
band) setting
written 999.9%
to
I (integral time)
0 to 9999 s
ES100
setting
X
0: No integral
control
D (differential time)
0 to 9999 s
setting
0: No differential
control
Remote SP source Value BBB or III
designation
set in
this
block
Remote SP input Value 0.00% to
value
written 100.00%
Local SP setting to
0.00% to
ES100 100.00%
ES100X operation X
0, 1
command
0: Stop, 1: Run
A/M switch
0, 1
0: Manual, 1: Auto
EX100 parameter
0, 1
setting method
switch
0: Local (front
panel keys), 1:
Remote (serial
communications)
AT command
0, 1
0: Stop AT , 1:
Execute AT
RSP/LSP switch in In this 0, 1
this block
block
0: Local SP, 1:
Remote SP
Note: Valid only
when ITEM 085 is
1 (RSP/LSP
switching
enabled).
–
–
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
085
088
089
098
099
MV
SP setting method In this
(default)
block
0: LSP only, 1:
RSP/LSP
switching enabled
(ITEM 084 will be
disabled if “LSP
only” is set.)
Inverted MV
display at host
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Inversion
means to take 0%
to 100% and
convert it to 100%
to 0%.
MV output for host
display
MV manual pointer
position
Label
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
COLD action or monitor run status by
start
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
Data Range Default
initializ setting data, (O): Operation data
ation
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
-5.00% to
105.00%
-5.00% to
105.00%
0 to 15
See
note.
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Note:
•If more than one ES100X Controller is used, only the baud rate (ITEM 008) set in the block with
the lowest block address is used. If the baud rate is changed, the new setting will become
effective the next time the Loop Controller Unit is restarted.
•When reading the PV or SP from the ES100X, the scaling lower limit (ITEM 011) and scaling
upper limit (ITEM 012) will be used to convert the data to between 0.00% and 100.00% in the
Loop Control Unit.
When writing data to the ES100X, the scaling lower limit (ITEM 011) and scaling upper limit
(ITEM 012) will be used to convert the data from between 0.00% and 100.00% before writing to
the ES100X.
When the Loop Controller Unit is started (hot or cold), data is read from the ES100X and used
for the initial ITEM settings in the function block instead of using the ITEM settings originally in
the function block. This is done for safety. The ITEMs to which this applies are listed as "See
note." in the default column in the ITEM table given above.
•ES100X Data Read/Write Timing
Only one ES100X Controller Terminal Block is executed each cycle.
If there are n ES100X Controller Terminal Blocks, each block will be executed only once every
n cycles.
1)Reading Data from the ES100X to the Loop Control Unit
Data is read when the ES100X Controller Terminal Block is executed.
2)Writing Data from the Loop Control Unit to the ES100X
•When Interrupt Transfer Enable (ITEM 007) is OFF
Data is written when the ES100X Controller Terminal Block is executed.
•When Interrupt Transfer Enable (ITEM 007) is ON
The ES100X Controller Terminal Block with interrupt transfer enabled will be executed even
if another ES100X Controller Terminal Block is scheduled to be executed that cycle. For
remote SP setting (with ITEM 084 and ITEM 085 both set to 1), the SP is written to the
ES100X only when the ES100X Controller Terminal Block is executed.
137
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
•ES100X Data Update Cycle
The ES100X Controller Terminal Block must be executed more than once to read and write all
the data for the ES100X.
Approximately one second will be required to update the data for one ES100X Controller when
the execution cycle of the function block is 0.1 second. If the execution cycle increases, the
update cycle will increase as a multiple of the execution cycle.
If n ES100X Controllers are connected, the time required for each Controller will be
approximately n seconds.
•Response Code (ITEM 010)
If communications with the ES100X are normal, a communications command will be sent to the
ES100X and the response code that is returned will be indicated.
Refer to the ES100X user's manual for communications for details.
•Controller Error Level Display (Levels 0 to 3, ITEM 009)
The error level of the ES100X classifies errors groups into error levels 0 to 3 for errors read by
sending the variable read command to the ES100X.
0: No error
1: Group 0 or 1 (calibration data error, internal voltage error, etc.)
2: Groups 2 and 3 (PV errors, etc.)
3: Group 9 (motor calibration setting error, etc.)
Refer to the ES100X user's communications manual for details.
Execution Error Table
Code
29
30
31
138
Name
Action when
error occurs
External
A communications frame error Communications
with the ES100X
device
has occurred in the data
reception error received from the ES100X for stopped and
communications
the ES100X Controller
with another
Terminal Block. (Either an
ES100X
FCS check error or frame
error occurred three times in a attempted.
row.)
Response
A response is not returned for Communications
timeout
data sent to the Controller for with the ES100X
stopped and
an ES100X Controller
communications
Terminal Block. (A response
with another
was not received for 5
ES100X
seconds three times.)
attempted.
Controller unit
number
duplication
Description
The unit number (ITEM 006)
of the Controller to
communicate with in the
ES100X Controller Terminal
Block is the same as the unit
number in another ES100X
Controller Terminal Block.
A timeout error (30) will occur
if the specified unit number is
not set for any ES100X
Controller.
Measure to be taken
Check the
communications path.
Check the
communications
settings: Data length of
7 bits, even parity, and
two stop bits.
Check the
communications path.
Check the
communications
settings: Data length of
7 bits, even parity, and
two stop bits.
Check the restrictions
for the ES100X (e.g.,
parameter setting
mode).
Communications Set the unit numbers
with the ES100X (ITEM 006) so that each
are stopped.
number is set for only
one ES100X Controller.
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
Hardware Connections to ES100X Controllers
1:1 Connections between Loop Control Unit and ES100X via RS-232C
System Configuration
Loop Control Unit
CS1 CPU Unit
RS-232C port
(D-Sub 9-pin male)
RS-232C
15 m
Hood: XM2S-0911-E
Plug: XM2A-0901
(Provided with Loop Control Unit)
ES100X (with RS-232C serial communications)
ES100 01
Wiring
Loop Control Unit
ES100X
RS-232C
Signal
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
5V
DR
ER
SG
Pin
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D-Sub 9-pin female
Shield
(Cable connector:
male)
RS-232C
Signal
Terminal
SD
17
RD
16
SG
15
Terminal block
(Cable connector:
male)
Recommended RS-232C Cables
UL2464 AWG28 x 5P IFS-RVV-SB (UL-conforming product) (Fujikura)
AWG28x5P IFVV-SB (not UL-conforming product)
UL2464-SB(MA)5Px28AWG(7/0.127) (UL-conforming product) (Hitachi)
CO-MA-VV-SB 5Px28AWG(7/0.127) (not UL-conforming product)
Applicable Connectors
RS-232C 9-pin Connector for Loop Control Unit
Name
Plug
Hood
Model
number
XM2A-0901
XM2S-0911-E
Specifications
9-pin, male
For 9-pin
connector,
mini screws
Used together.
(One connector included
with Loop Control Unit)
139
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
1:N Connections between Loop Control Unit and ES100X Controllers via
RS-232C/RS-485 Conversion (N = 1 to 31)
System Configuration
Loop Control Unit
CS1 CPU Unit
RS-232C port
(D-Sub 9-pin
male)
Hood: XM2S-0911-E
Plug: XM2A-0901
(Provided with Loop Control Unit)
RS-232C
(15 m max.)
RS-485 2-wire connection (500 m max.)
RS-232C port
(D-Sub 9-pin female)
RS-232C/422A Conversion Unit
NT-AL001
ES100X (with RS-422A/485 serial communications)
ES100 04
32 Controllers max.
Wiring
NT-AL001
RS-232C/RS-422A Conversion Unit
Loop Control Unit
RS-232C
Pin
No.
FG
1
SD
2
RD
3
RS
4
CS
5
+5V
6
DR
7
ER
8
SG
9
D-Sub 9-pin female
Signal
Shield
XW2Z-070T-1
(Cable connector: male) (0.7 m)
XW2Z-200T-1
(2 m)
RS-232C
Pin
Signal
No.
1
Not used
2
SD
3
RD
4
RS
5
CS
6
+5V
7
DR
8
ER
9
SG
D-Sub 9-pin female
(Cable connector: male)
Note: Set the DIP switch as follows
for 2-wire RS-485 connections :
SW1-3: ON, SW1-4: ON
(2-wire, RS-485)
ES100X (unit No. 0)
RS-485
Signal
Pin
No.
GRD
1
SG
2
SDB
3
SDA
4
RDB
5
RDA
6
Terminal block
・
RS-485
Signal
SG
RDBRDA+
Terminal
15
17
16
Terminal block
Shield
ES100X (unit No. 30)
RS-485
Signal
SG
RDB
RDA
Terminal
15
17
16
Terminal block
Note:
Do not connect pin 6 (+5 V) on the RS-232C port on the Loop Control Unit to any device
other than the NT-AL001. The external device or the Loop Control Unit may be damaged.
Set the 2-wire/4-wire setting on the NT-AL001 to a 2-wire connection (RS-485).
Set the DIP switch as shown below.
SW1-3: ON, SW1-4: ON (2-wire, RS-485)
140
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
Recommended RS-232C Cables between Loop Control Unit and NT-AL001
Name
NT-AL001 Connecting
Cables
Model number
XW2Z-070T-1
Length
0.7 m
XW2Z-200T-1
2.0 m
Applicable Connector
The RS-232C 9-pin Connector on the Loop Control and the NT-AL001 is listed in the
following table.
Name
Plug
Hood
Model number
XM2A-0901
XM2S-0911-E
Specifications
9-pin, male
For 9-pin
connector, mini
screws
Used together.
(One connector
included with
Loop Control
Unit)
Recommended RS-485 Cable
CO-HC-ESV-3Px7/0.2(Hirakawa-Huddic)
141
3 External Controller block
<045> ES100X Controller Terminal 065 to 096
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
142
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
009
010
021
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
039
040
041
042
043
045
046
047
048
049
050
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
072
080
081
082
083
084
085
089
098
099
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Controller error level display
Response code
PV measured value
P (proportional band)
I (integral time)
D (differential time)
MV upper limit
MV lower limit
SP (setting)
Operating status display
A/M status display
ES100X parameter setting mode
AT status
Deviation alarm setting
PV high/high alarm setting
PV high alarm setting
PV high alarm setting
PV low/low alarm setting
Deviation alarm setting
PV high/high alarm value
PV high alarm value
PV low alarm value
PV low/low alarm value
Alarm stop switch
MV upper limit
MV lower limit
MV upper limit output
MV lower limit output
P (proportional band)
I (integral time)
D (differential time)
SP (setting)
ES100X operation command
A/M switch
ES100X parameter setting mode
AT command
RSP/LSP switch in this block
SP setting method
Manipulated output value
MV manual pointer position
Label
CSV Tags in SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM (Fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
ERR1
RES
PV
P
I
D
MH
ML
SP
RUN
A/M_SW
RMT
AT
DVA_SP
HH_SP
H_SP
L_SP
LL_SP
DVA
HH
H
L
LL
AOF
MH
ML
MHA
MLA
P
I
D
SP
RUN
A/M_SW
RMT
AT
R/L_SW
CAS_SET
MV
MV_IDX
OP_MK
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<110> 4-Point Warning Indicator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<110>
4-Point Warning Indicator
100 to 349
4
Alarm/Signal restriction/Ho ld block s
<110> 4-Poin t Warning Indicator 10 0 to 34 9
Outline
This function block is a PV indicator with four alarm points.
•This function is provided with four PV alarm outputs (high/high, high, low, and
low/low).
•This function block provides the same function as the Indicator block (model 034).
Function block applications
This function block is allocated to block addresses 100 to 349 as an Operation Block.
The Indicator block (model 034) is allocated to block addresses 001 to 032 as a Control
Block.)
Block model 110 can be used when reading/writing using standard SCADA software
when the maximum number of Control Blocks (32) have already been used.
Note:This function block cannot be used as the destination of 1-Block Send Terminal to
Computer (model 403) or 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer (model 404). Use the
Indicator block (model 034) when the block is going to be used in the CX-Process Monitor
software.
Block diagram
008t to 012
PV
006
PV
PV alarm
013
PV high/high alarm
014
PV high alarm
015
PV low alarm
016
PV error contact input
018
PV alarm set value/hysteresis
017
PV low/low alarm
Alarm stop switch
143
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<110> 4-Point Warning Indicator 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block model: 4-Point
110
110
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Warning Indicator
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (seconds) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 01, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 006
PV source designation
BBB or III
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM number
Analog input 007
PV
PV input
-15.00% to 0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
115.00%
Parameter 008
High/high alarm setting
-15.00% to 115.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
115.00%
009
High alarm setting
-15.00% to 100.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
115.00%
010
Low alarm setting
-15.00% to 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
115.00%
011
Low/low alarm setting
-15.00% to -15.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
115.00%
012
Hysteresis setting
0% to
1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
–
2
115.00%
Contact
013
HH High/high alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
014
H
High alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
015
L
Low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
016
LL
Low/low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
Contact input 017
S1
Alarm stop switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Parameter
0: Alarm, 1: Stop
Source
018
PV error contact source
BBB or III
000000 –
–
–
–
–
–
4
designation
designation
contact input
Contact
019
PV error display
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
1
output
0: Normal, 1: Error
*2
Parameter 020
Alarm limit
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
1
0: No, 1: Yes
Note: Limits the alarm set
value to between 0.00%
and 100.00%.
*1: If ITEM 020 (alarm limit) it set to 1 (ON), the alarm set range will be limited to between
0.00% and 100.00% as follows (supported by Loop Control Unit version 2.50 or later):
•If the high/high alarm setting (ITEM 008) or the high alarm set value (ITEM 009) is set to a
value over 100.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
•If the low/low alarm setting (ITEM 011) or the low alarm set value (ITEM 010) is set to a
value below 0.00%, the alarm output will not turn ON even if the PV exceeds the alarm set
value.
144
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<110> 4-Point Warning Indicator 100 to 349
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
013
014
015
016
017
019
099
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (Fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
ERR
PV input
PV
High/high alarm setting
HH_SP
High alarm setting
H_SP
Low alarm setting
L_SP
Low/low alarm setting
LL_SP
High/high alarm output
HH
High alarm output
H
Low alarm output
L
Low/low alarm output
LL
Alarm stop switch
AOF
PV error display
PV_ABN
Label
OP_MK
Data Name
145
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<111> High/Low Alarm 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<111>
High/Low Alarm
100 to 349
4
Alarm/Signal restriction/Ho ld block s
<111> High/Low A larm 100 to 349
Outline
This function block provides the alarm contact outputs for the high and low limits of
single analog outputs.
•High and low limits have hysteresis.
•The high limit can be set to a value lower than the low limit.
Block diagram
1
A3
012
U1 high alarm
013
U2 low alarm
0
X1 input
007
1
A3
A1 high setting value
009
A2 low setting value
010
A3 hysteresis setting
011
146
0
A2
A1
X1 input
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<111> High/Low Alarm 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: High/Low
111
111
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
alarm
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code Tables.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
A1
High setting
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
010
A2
Low setting
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
011
A3
Hysteresis setting
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
2
Contact
012
U1
High alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
013
U2
Low alarm output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 4-Block Send Terminal to
Computer (Block Model 404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software when
sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block Model
461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
Note
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
High setting
Low setting
Hysteresis setting
High alarm output
Low alarm output
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
None
PV
H_SP
L_SP
None
H
L
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
PV
H_SP
L_SP
A3
H
L
This function block cannot be sent using 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer (Block
Model 403).
147
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<112> Deviation Alarm 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<112>
Deviation Alarm
100 to 349
4
Alarm/Signal restriction/Ho ld block s
<112> Deviation Alarm 1 00 to 349
Outline
This function block provides the alarm contact outputs for the deviation of two analog
signals.
The deviation high alarm output changes to 1 (turns ON) when "X2 input - X1 reference
input" is at or higher than the deviation high setting. The deviation low alarm output
changes to 1 (turns ON) when "X1 input – X2 reference input" is at or lower than the
deviation low setting.
•The deviation high and low limits have hysteresis.
•The deviation high limit can be set to a value lower than the deviation low limit.
Block diagram
1
X1 reference input
007
A3
014
U1 high alarm
015
U2 low alarm
0
X2 input
008
1
A3
A1 deviation high
setting value
011
A2 deviation low setting
value
012
A3 hysteresis setting
013
148
0
A2
0
A1
Deviation (reference input X2 - input X1)
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<112> Deviation Alarm 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Deviation
112
112
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Alarm
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code Tables.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
008
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 009
X1
Reference input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
010
X2
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
W
–
S
2
Parameter 011
A1
Deviation high setting
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
012
A2
Deviation low setting
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
013
A3
Hysteresis setting
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
2
Contact
014
U1
Deviation high alarm
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
output
015
U2
Deviation low alarm output 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Reference input
Input
Deviation high setting
Deviation low setting
Hysteresis setting
Deviation high alarm output
Deviation low alarm output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
A1
A2
A3
U1
U2
149
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<113> Rate-of-change Operation and Alarm 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<113>
Rate-of-change Operation and
100 to 349
Alarm
4
Alarm/Signal restriction/Ho ld block s
<113> Rate-of-change Operation and Alarm 100 to 349
Outline
This function block provides the alarm contact outputs for the high and low limits of
rate-of-change operation when the analog signal rate-of-change is output.
By how many percent (%) X1 input changes per second, minute or hour is output as
the rate-of-change. Judgment of the change in alarm signal is performed by comparing
the value of X1 input with the data of H x N seconds previous currently held in memory.
U1 output changes to 1 (turns ON) if X1 is greater than A1 positive direction alarm
setting.
U2 output changes to 1 (turns ON) if X1 is greater than A2 negative direction alarm
setting.
Each of the alarm settings has A3 hysteresis.
Block diagram
X1 input
007
H sampling cycle
009
N number of samples
010
A1 positive direction alarm
setting value
012
A2 negative direction
alarm setting value
013
A3 hysteresis setting
014
150
Rate-of-change
operation
015
Y1 output
(rate-of-change)
016
U1 positive
direction alarm
017
U2 negative
direction alarm
Rate-of-change
alarm
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<113> Rate-of-change Operation and Alarm 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model:
113
113
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Rate-of-change Operation
and Alarm
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code Tables.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 4
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
H
Sampling cycle (0:
0 to 320s
0
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
2
Operation cycle)
010
N
Number of samples
1 to 8
8
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
1
011
Unit (0:%/s, 1:%/min,
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
2:%/h)
012
A1
Positive direction alarm
0 to 320.00 320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
setting
013
A2
Negative direction alarm 0 to 320.00 320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
setting
014
A3
Hysteresis setting
0 to 320.00 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
015
Y1
Output rate-of-change
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
Contact
016
U1
Positive direction alarm
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
output
017
U2
Negative direction alarm 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Sampling cycle
Number of samples
Unit
Positive direction alarm setting
Negative direction alarm setting
Hysteresis setting
Output rate-of-change
Positive direction alarm output
Negative direction alarm output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
H
N
TM
A1
A2
A3
Y1
U1
U2
151
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<115> High/Low Limit 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<115>
High/Low Limit
100 to 349
4
Alarm/Signal restriction/Ho ld block s
<115> High/Low L imit 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block limits the high and low limits of single analog signals.
Block diagram
Y1 output
A1 high limit value
X1 input
007
011
A2 low limit value
A1 high limit value
009
A2 low limit value
010
152
X1 input
Y1 output
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<115> High/Low Limit 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Model name: High/Low
115
115
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Limit
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code Tables.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
A1
High limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
010
A2
Low limit
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
011
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
High limit
Low limit
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
A1
A2
Y1
153
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<116> Deviation Limit 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<116>
Deviation Limit
100 to 349
4
Alarm/Signal restriction/Ho ld block s
<116> Deviation Limit 100 to 349
Outline
This function block calculates the deviation (X2 - X1) between two analog signals, limits
the deviation within than range, and outputs that value.
Block diagram
Y1 output
X1 input
X2 reference
input
007
A1 high limit value
013
008
Deviation (reference input X2 - input
A2 low limit value
A1 hgh limit value
011
A2 low limit value
012
154
Y
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<116> Deviation Limit 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Deviation
116
116
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Limit
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code Tables.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
008
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 009
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
010
X2
Reference input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 011
A1
High deviation limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
012
A2
Low deviation limit
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
013
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
009
010
011
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Reference input
High deviation limit
Low deviation limit
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (Fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
A1
A2
Y1
155
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<118> Analog Signal Hold 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<118>
Analog Signal Hold
100 to 349
4
Alarm/Signal restriction/Ho ld block s
<118> Analog Signal Hold 100 to 349
Outline
This function block holds the maximum, minimum or instantaneous value of single
analog signals, and outputs that value.
•The maximum value is held and output.
•The minimum value is held and output.
•The instantaneous value is held and output.
•This function block has a reset switch for resetting held values.
When the hold mode is set to instantaneous value, the instantaneous value when S1
reset switch changes from 1 (ON) to 0 (OFF) is held and output to Y1.
When the hold mode is set to either maximum value or minimum value, the maximum
value or minimum value is held and output to Y1 when S1 reset switch is 0 (OFF).
When S1 is set to 1 (ON), the value is not held.
When S1 reset switch is set to 1 (ON), X1 input equals Y1 output.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before CPU Unit output OFF or
before running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared from memory. These
values are held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
Peak hold or hold at fall of contact state
Block diagram
X1 input
007
Hold
•
value
•
value
Maximum
Minimum
010
One of:
•
Maximum
value
• Minimum value
• Instantaneous
009
156
Y1 output
S1 reset switch
4 Alarm/Signal restriction/Hold blocks
<118> Analog Signal Hold 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Analog
118
118
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Signal Hold
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code Tables.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
1 to 4
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1
006
Hold mode (1: Maximum 1 to 3
2
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
value, 2: Instantaneous
value, 3: Minimum value)
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
(BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.)
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Contact
009
S1
Reset switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
Contact inputs and
parameter
parameters are reset when
set to 1. When the switch
setting changes to 0 from 1
when ITEM006 is set to 2,
inputs and parameters are
held. When ITEM006 is set
to either 1 or 3, contacts
and parameters are held
when the switch setting is
1 and are not held when
the switch setting is 0.
Analog
010
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
006
008
009
010
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Hold mode
Input
Reset switch
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
KN
X1
S1
Y1
157
5 Arithmetic blocks
<121> Addition or Subtraction 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<121>
Addition or Subtraction
100 to 349
5
Arithmetic b locks
<121> Additio n or Subtraction 1 00 to 349
Outline
This function block performs addition/subtraction with gain and bias on up to four
analog signals.
Y1 = K1 x X1 + K2 x X2 + K3 x X3 + K4 x X4 + A1
•Internal operation is executed at double precision (32 bits).
Note: Calculate 100% in the calculation formula as 1.0.
Example: If X1 = 20%, X2 = -10%, X3 = 70%, X4 = -30%, K1 = 1.0,
K2 = 5.0, K3 = 0.5, K4 = -0.5, and A1 = -40%,
Y1 = {1.0 x 0.2 + 5.0 x (-0.1) + 0.5 x 0.7 + (-0.5) x (-0.3) - 0.4} x 100%
= {0.2 - 0.5 + 0.35 + 0.15 - 0.4} x 100%
= -20%
Block diagram
X1 input
007
X2 input
008
X3 input
009
X4 input
010
K1 gain
015
K2 gain
016
K3 gain
017
K4 gain
018
A1 bias
019
Addition/
subtraction *1
*1: Y1 = K1 x X1 + K2 x X2 + K3 x X3 + K4 x X4 + A1
158
020
Y1 output
5 Arithmetic blocks
<121> Addition or Subtraction 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
input
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Addition or Subtraction
121
121
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
008
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
009
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
010
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
Analog input 011 X1 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
012 X2 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
013 X3 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
014 X4 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 015 K1 K1 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
016 K2 K2 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
017 K3 K3 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
018 K4 K4 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
019 A1 A1 bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
020 Y1 Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 Input
X2 Input
X3 Input
X4 Input
K1 gain
K2 gain
K3 gain
K4 gain
A1 bias
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
X3
X4
K1
K2
K3
K4
A1
Y1
159
5 Arithmetic blocks
<122> Multiplication 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<122>
Multiplication
100 to 349
5
Arithmetic b locks
<122> Multiplicatio n 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs multiplication with gain and bias on up to two analog
signals.
Y1 = (K1 x X1 + A1) (K2 x X2 + A2) + A3
•Internal operation is executed at double precision (32 bits).
Note: Calculate 100% in the calculation formula as 1.0. When there is no X2 input, take A2 to be
100.00%.
Block diagram
X1 input
007
Multiplication *1
X2 input
008
K1 gain
011
K2 gain
012
A1 bias
013
A2 bias
014
A3 bias
015
*1: Y1 = (K1 x X1 + A1) (K2 x X2 + A2) + A3
160
016
Y1 output
5 Arithmetic blocks
<122> Multiplication 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Multiplication 122
122
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
008
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 009
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
010
X2
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
S
2
Parameter 011
K1
K1 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
012
K2
K2 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
013
A1
A1 bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
014
A2
A2 bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
015
A3
A3 bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
016
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 Input
X2 Input
K1 gain
K2 gain
A1 bias
A2 bias
A3 bias
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
K1
K2
A1
A2
A3
Y1
161
5 Arithmetic blocks
<123> Division 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<123>
Division
100 to 349
5
Arithmetic b locks
<123> Division 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs division with gain and bias on up to two analog signals
Y1 =
K1 × X1 + A1
K2 × X2 + A2
•Internal operation is executed at double precision (32 bits).
Note: Calculate 100% in the calculation formula as 1.0. When there is no X2 input, take A2 to be
100.00%.
Block diagram
X1 input
007
Division *1
X2 input
162
008
K1 gain
011
K2 gain
012
A1 bias
013
A2 bias
014
A3 bias
015
016
Y1 output
5 Arithmetic blocks
<123> Division 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Division
123
123
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
008
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 009
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
010
X2
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 011
K1
K1 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
012
K2
K2 gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
013
A1
A1 bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
014
A2
A2 bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
015
A3
A3 bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
016
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 Input
X2 Input
K1 gain
K2 gain
A1 bias
A2 bias
A3 bias
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
K1
K2
A1
A2
A3
Y1
163
5 Arithmetic blocks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<126>
Arithmetic Operation
100 to 349
5
Arithmetic b locks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
Outline
This function performs various math operations using industrial units. Not only basic
arithmetic, but also special math, such as trigonometric functions, exponent functions,
and logarithmic operations, is possible.
Note: The arithmetic functions blocks (Addition or Subtraction, Multiplication, and Division)
operated on percentage units from 0% to 100%. The Arithmetic Operation block first
scales input values X1 to X8 to real numbers and operates on industrial units.
The result of a conditional statement or the status of a contact input (S1) can be used
to switch between two expressions (THEN/ELSE expressions) to calculate and output
the operation results Y0.
It is also possible to set just one expression (the THEN expression) and use it
unconditionally.
•Up to eight analog input values, X1 to X8, can be scaled to floating-point numbers and
then used in the conditional statement or calculation expressions.
•The operators (arithmetic, trigonometric, etc), floating-point values A1 to A8, and the
B1 to B4 intermediate buffers can be used in the conditional statement or calculation
expressions. The conditional statement and calculation expressions must each be 32
characters or less.
•A comparison operator (<, >, etc.) must be used in the conditional statement.
•The specified calculation results can also be stored in the B1 to B4 intermediate
buffers.
•The source data for inputs X1 to X8 is automatically detected inside the Loop Control
Unit as normalized data or floating point data. (If floating point data is detected,
scaling is disabled.) This enables specification of floating point data as the source
data. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
If floating point data is detected for inputs X1 to X8, X1 to X8 input values (ITEM 021
to ITEM 028) will always be 0.
Note: The operation result Y0 is output in both normalized form as Y1 for use in the Loop Control
Unit (0.00% to 100.00% fixed decimal point data) and as floating-point data (Y2 and Y3).
Block diagram
Input X2
012
Input X3
013
Input X4
014
Input X5
Input X6
015
Arithmetic Operation
THEN/ELSE expression
switching method
Conditional
statement *1*2
(ITEM 070)
016
Criteria Mode (ITEM 010)
0: Conditional statement, 1:Contact input
Set
Condition
judgement
1 or condition met
THEN expression*2
(ITEM 081)
Y0
(operation result)
Output scaling
011
Input scaling
Input X1
093
Y1 Normalized output
094
Y2 Upper digits of floating-point
decimal output value
095
Y3 Lower digits of floating-point
decimal output value
0 or condition not met
Contact input
ELSE expression*2
(ITEM 082)
Input X7
017
Input X8
018
080
U0 Condition judgement
Contact
input S1
061
083
Y0 Operation result
Operation
reset
command
062
*1: Only the Then expression is calculated if there is no conditional
statement.
*2: Inputs X1 to X8, constants A1 to A8, intermediate buffers B1 to B4, and
operators can be used. A comparison operator is required in the
conditional statement.
164
5 Arithmetic blocks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
Description
The criteria mode set in ITEM 010 is used to designate the method for switching
between the THEN and ELSE expressions.
1) Criteria Mode Set to Conditional Statement
The THEN expression is used when the conditional statement is satisfied (i.e., the
judgement is 1).
The ELSE expression is used when the conditional statement is not satisfied (i.e., the
judgement is 0).
The conditional statement is an expression using a comparison operator. It must
consist of 32 characters max.
The left side of the THEN expression must consist of 32 characters max. (i.e., not
including the operation results Y0=).
The left side of the ELSE expression must consist of 32 characters max. (i.e., not
including the operation results Y0=).
Note:The THEN expression will be used if there is no conditional statement or there is no
comparison operator in the conditional expression.
2) Criteria Mode set to Contact Input S1
The THEN expression is used when contact input S1 is 1 (i.e., the judgement is 1).
The ELSE expression is used when contact input S1 is 0 (i.e., the judgement is 0).
The left side of the THEN expression must consist of 32 characters max. (i.e., not
including the operation results Y0=).
The left side of the ELSE expression must consist of 32 characters max. (i.e., not
including the operation results Y0=).
The comparison operators that can be used in the conditional statement are as follows:
=, >, <, <>, >=, <=
Note: Using Equals (=) in the Conditional Statement
Internal calculations are performed using signal precision floating-point decimal.
Floating-point error will result from division for scaling, division, numeric functions, etc. The
possibility of error must be considered when using the equals operator (=). A <= or >=
operator should be used whenever the size relationship can be expressed in the
conditional statement.
The operators that can be used in the conditional statement and calculation
expressions are as follows:
Symbol
+
*
/
ABS(x)
ACOS(x)
ASIN(x)
ATAN(x)
COS(x)
SIN(x)
TAN(x)
Operator
Addition
Subtration
Multiplication
Division
Absolute value
Arccosine
Arcsine
Arctangent
Cosine
Sine
Tangent
Symbol
EXP(x)
LN(x)
LOG(x)
P10(x)
SQRT(x)
Operator
Exponent
Natural log
Common log (log10)
Exponent of 10
Square root
Note: The analog input signals (X1 to X8), constants (A1 to A8), intermediate buffers (B1 to B4),
and operation results (Y0) can be used for the argument (x).
Setting Examples
ITEM
010
070
071
072
073
074
081
082
Name
Criteria mode
Conditional statement
Intermediate buffer B1=
Intermediate buffer B2=
Intermediate buffer B3=
Intermediate buffer B4=
THEN expression Y0=
ELSE expression Y0=
Data
0 (conditional expression)
(X1+X2+X3+X4+A5+A6+A7+A8)/A1>=A2
LN(X1)+EXP(X2)
B2+SQRT(Y0)
B2+X1*(-1.2345E-9)
SQRT(A8*(X1+X2)+A7)
X1+B3+B4
X2+B3-B4
165
5 Arithmetic blocks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range
Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
input
0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop
Parameter 001
Comment
23 characters
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
name
002
Block Model: Arithmetic Operation
126
126
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: error
(See Appendix “Execution Error
Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (seconds)
0 to 5
4
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 01, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1,
5: 2
Contact
010
Criteria mode
0, 1
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
input
0: Conditional statement (If ITEM 070
is blank, a THEN statement will be
executed.)
1: Contact input (ITEM 061)
Analog input 011
X1 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
information
number)
012
X2 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
number)
013
X3 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
number)
014
X4 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
number)
015
X5 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
number)
016
X6 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
number)
017
X7 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
number)
018
X8 source designation
BBB or III
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM
number)
Analog input 021 X1 X1 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
022 X2 X2 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
023 X3 X3 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
024 X4 X4 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Analog input 025 X5 X5 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
026 X6 X6 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
027 X7 X7 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
028 X8 X8 input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 031
X1 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
032
X1 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
033
X2 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
034
X2 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
166
5 Arithmetic blocks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range
Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
035
X3 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
036
X3 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
037
X4 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
038
X4 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
039
X5 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
040
X5 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
041
X6 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
042
X6 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
043
X7 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
044
X7 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
045
X8 scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
046
X8 scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
051
A1
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
052
A2
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
053
A3
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
054
A4
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
055
A5
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
056
A6
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
167
5 Arithmetic blocks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range
Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
057
A7
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
058
A8
10 characters max.
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
Contact
061 S1 Contact input
0, 1
–
–
–
R/W
S/R
1
input
062 S2 Operation reset command
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Parameter 070
Conditional statement
32 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
34
071
B1 intermediate buffer
32 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
34
072
B2 intermediate buffer
32 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
34
073
B3 intermediate buffer
32 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
34
074
B4 intermediate buffer
32 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
34
Contact
080 U0 Condition judgement
0, 1
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
0: Criteria not met or contact input
OFF, 1: Criteria met or contact input
ON
Parameter 081
THEN expression
32 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
34
082
ELSE expression
32 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
34
Analog
083 Y0 Operation result (result of THEN
Floating-point value
r
–
–
–
–
4
output
expression or result of ELSE
expression)
Parameter 091
Output reverse scaling upper limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
092
Output reverse scaling lower limit
10 characters max.
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
12
Floating point decimal: Sign + 5
numeric digits + Decimal point, + E +
Sign + 1 numeric digit
Analog
093 Y1 Normalized output value (value after ±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
output
reverse scaling for Y0)
094 Y2 Floating-point decimal output value 0 to 65535
0
r
–
–
–
S
2
(upper digits of Y0)
095 Y3 Floating-point decimal output value 0 to 65535
0
r
–
–
–
S
2
(lower digits of Y0)
Note:
•The normalized output (Y1, ITEM 093) is the operation result (Y0, ITEM 083) scaled back to
between 0% and 100% (fixed floating-point value) using the output reverse scaling upper and
lower limits (ITEM 091 and ITEM 092). Y1 is rounded to two decimal places.
•The upper and lower digits of the floating-point decimal output value (Y2 and Y3, ITEM 094 and
ITEM 095) use the IEEE754 format (bits 00 to 22: mantissa, bits 23 to 30: exponent, bit 31:
sign). This enables outputting the results to I/O memory in the CPU Unit using an AO Terminal
to CPU Unit Block for application in floating-point data conversion and math instructions in the
CPU Unit ladder program. It also enables monitoring the data as floating-point decimal data on
the CX-Programmer's I/O memory editing window.
•Turning ON the operation reset command (S2, ITEM 062) will clear the operation result (Y0),
normalized output value (Y1), and the floating-point output value (Y2 and Y3) to zero before
processing calculations. (From version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit, the operation result Y0
will be 0 as long as the operation reset command S2 is 1 (ON).)
For example, this can be used to reset a total when inputting Y0 in accumulative calculations for
the THEN or ELSE expression.
•Floating-point decimal data must be within the following ranges as well as within the range
specified for each ITEM.
This applies to the scaling upper and lower limits for X1 to X8, constants A1 to A8, the
conditional statement, intermediate buffers B1 to B4, the THEN expression, the ELSE
expression, and the output reverse scaling upper and lower limits.
38
–45
–45
38
Range: -3.402823 x 10 to -1.401298 x 10 , +1.401298 x 10 to +3.402823 x 10
168
5 Arithmetic blocks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
•Floating-point decimal data can be given in any of the following formats (x = 0 to 9):
xxx, x.x, xxxxx.xxxxx, +x.xxxxEx, x.xxxx+Ex. +x.xxxxExx, x.xxxx+Exx, x.xxxxE-x, x.xxxxE-xx,
-x.xxxxE-x, -x.xxxxE-xx
In all of these formats, the mantissa is to the left of E and the exponent is to the right of E.
7
Example: +1.2345E7 would be 1.2345 x 10
•The order of calculations of the ITEMs is as follows:
B1, B2, B3, B4, conditional statement, THEN expression, ELSE expression.
•When the Loop Control Unit is cold-started, B1 to B4, the condition judgement (U0), and the
operation result (Y0) are cleared to 0. If an intermediate buffer is used as the denominator in a
division operation without placing a suitable value in the buffer, a division by 0 error (execution
error 10) will occur.
• When the source data for input Xn is the Loop Control Unit’s internal data (0.00% to 100.00%:
fixed decimal point), always set the Xn scaling value (ITEM 031 to 046) to lower limit 0.00 and
upper limit 100.00.
If the Xn scaling value is blank, operations will be performed using the lower limit 0 and upper
limit 10,000. Therefore, if the Xn scaling value is left blank, Xn = 30.00% will be arithmetically
converted to 3,000.0.
If the source data for input Xn is a cumulative value or other integer, however, and using the
lower limit 0 and upper limit 10,000 are not a problem, the Xn scaling value can be left blank.
For example, Xn = 3,000 will be treated arithmetically as 3,000.
•Execution Errors
If an execution error occurs, execution of the Arithmetic Operation block will be stopped. If this
occurs, check all operators, arguments, and the operation result and correct the conditional
statement or calculation expressions as necessary. The execution errors that can occur for this
block are described below.
Execution error 3 will occur if constants A1 to A8 or the intermediate buffers (B1 to B4) are used
in the conditional statement or calculation expressions but not defined. (Definition is not
required for ITEMs that are not used.)
•Execution error 19 (unsuitable operation) will occur if there is a syntax error in the conditional
statement or a calculation expression or if the THEN expression, ELSE expression, or output
reverse scaling upper/lower limits are not defined.
The execution errors that can occur for this operators are listed in the following table.
Symbol
+
Operator
Addition
Execution error
None
*
/
Subtration
Multiplication
Division
ABS(x)
Absolute value
ACOS(x)
Arccosine
ASIN(x)
Arcsine
ATAN(x)
COS(x)
SIN(x)
TAN(x)
EXP(x)
Arctangent
Cosine
Sine
Tangent
Exponent
LN(x)
Natural log
LOG(x)
Common log
(log10)
P10(x)
SQRT(x)
Exponent of 10
Square root
None
None
Execution error 10 (division by 0) will occur if an attempt is
made to divide by 0.
Execution error 11 (operation exceeded) will occur if x is
negative and the result exeeded the range of numbers for
single-percision floating-point.
Execution error 12 (augment beyond definition) will occur if
the arugment is not between -1.0 and 1.0.
Execution error 12 (augment beyond definition) will occur if
the arugment is not between -1.0 and 1.0.
None
None
None
None
Execution error 11 (operation exceeded) will occur the result
exeeded the range of numbers for single-percision
floating-point.
Execution error 11 (operation exceeded) will occur if x is 0.0.
Execution error 12 (augment beyond definition) will occur if x
is negative.
Execution error 11 (operation exceeded) will occur if x is 0.0.
Execution error 12 (augment beyond definition) will occur if x
is negative.
None
Execution error 12 (augment beyond definition) will occur if x
is negative.
169
5 Arithmetic blocks
<126> Arithmetic Operation 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM <0}
000
003
010
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
061
062
080
093
094
095
170
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (Fixed)
Stop block operation command
MT_ST
Execution error display
ERR
Criteria mode
S0
Input
X1
Input
X2
Input
X3
Input
X4
Input
X5
Input
X6
Input
X7
Input
X8
Contact input
S1
Operation reset command
S2
Judgement
U0
Normalized output value
Y1
Floating-point decimal output value Y2
(upper digits of Y0)
Floating-point decimal output value Y3
(lower digits of Y0)
Data Name
5 Arithmetic blocks
<127> Range Conversion 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<127>
Range Conversion
100 to 349
5
Arithmetic b locks
<127> Range Conversion 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block converts ranges for analog signals simply by setting the values for
0% and 100% inputs and 0% and 100% outputs. Range conversions are possible for
up to eight analog inputs.
Applications
Used between function blocks. Using a range conversion eliminates the need to
calculate coefficients and biases.
Block diagram
Range conversion
Input
Top: 0%
Bottom: 100%
Input X1
Input X2
Input X3
Input X4
Input X5
Input X6
Input X7
Input X8
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
Output
Top: 0%
Bottom: 100%
031
051
032
052
033
053
034
054
035
055
036
056
037
057
038
058
039
059
040
060
041
061
042
062
043
063
044
064
045
065
046
066
071
Output Y1
072
Output Y2
073
Output Y3
074
Output Y4
075
Output Y5
076
Output Y6
077
Output Y7
078
Output Y8
171
5 Arithmetic blocks
<127> Range Conversion 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
input
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Range Conversion
127
127
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution Error Code
List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 011
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
012
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
013
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
014
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
015
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
016
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
017
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
018
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
Analog
021 X1
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
inputs
022 X2
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
023 X3
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
024 X4
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
025 X5
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
026 X6
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
027 X7
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
028 X8
Input value
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameters 031
Input range 0%
(Input value X1)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
032
Input range 100% (Input value X1)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
033
Input range 0%
(Input value X2)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
034
Input range 100% (Input value X2)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
035
Input range 0%
(Input value X3)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
036
Input range 100% (Input value X3)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
037
Input range 0%
(Input value X4)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
038
Input range 100% (Input value X4)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
039
Input range 0%
(Input value X5)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
040
Input range 100% (Input value X5)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
041
Input range 0%
(Input value X6)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
042
Input range 100% (Input value X6)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
043
Input range 0%
(Input value X7)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
044
Input range 100% (Input value X7)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
045
Input range 0%
(Input value X8)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
046
Input range 100% (Input value X8)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
051
Output range 0%
(Output valueY1)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
052
Output range 100% (Output value Y1)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
053
Output range 0%
(Output value Y2)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
054
Output range 100% (Output value Y2)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
055
Output range 0%
(Output value Y3)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
056
Output range 100% (Output value Y3)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
057
Output range 0%
(Output value Y4)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
058
Output range 100% (Output value Y4)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
059
Output range 0%
(Output value Y5)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
060
Output range 100% (Output value Y5)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
061
Output range 0%
(Output value Y6)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
062
Output range 100% (Output value Y6)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
063
Output range 0%
(Output value Y7)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
172
5 Arithmetic blocks
<127> Range Conversion 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
064
Output range 100% (Output value Y7)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
065
Output range 0%
(Output value Y8)
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
066
Output range 100% (Output value Y8)
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Analog
071 Y1
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
outputs
072 Y2
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
073 Y3
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
074 Y4
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
075 Y5
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
076 Y6
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
077 Y7
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
078 Y8
Output value
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(Block Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and
cannot be changed.
ITEM
000
003
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
Data Name
CSV Tags in SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
Stop block execution command MT_ST
Execution error display
ERR
Input value
X1
Input value
X2
Input value
X3
Input value
X4
Input value
X5
Input value
X6
Input value
X7
Input value
X8
Output value
Y1
Output value
Y2
Output value
Y3
Output value
Y4
Output value
Y5
Output value
Y6
Output value
Y7
Output value
Y8
173
6 Function blocks
<131> Square Root 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<131>
Square Root
100 to 349
6
Functio n blocks
<131> Square Root 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs square root extraction (with low-end cutout) on single
analog signals.
Y1=K1
X1
Y1 = K1 x X1 when X1 is at the input low-end cutout setting or a minus value.
•Provided with input dropout function
•Method of use:To extract the square root signal from a differential pressure flowmeter,
set K1 to equal 1. To change the span, change the value of K1.
Note: Calculate 100% in the calculation formula as 1.0.
Block diagram
X1 input
174
007
K1 gain
009
A1 input low-end
cutout setting value
010
Square root
011
Y1 output
6 Function blocks
<131> Square Root 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Square Root 131
131
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
K1
Gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
010
A1
Input low-end cutout
0 to 320.00% 0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
setting
Analog
011
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 Input
Gain
Input low-end cutout setting
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
K1
A1
Y1
175
6 Function blocks
<132> Absolute Value 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<132>
Absolute Value
100 to 349
6
Functio n blocks
<132> Absolute Value 10 0 to 3 49
Outline
This function block outputs the absolute value of single analog signals.
Y1 = |X1|
Block diagram
Y1 output
X1 input
007
009
Y1 output
X1 input
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Absolute Vlaue
132
132
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Analog input 008 X1 Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Analog
009 Y1 Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
176
6 Function blocks
<132> Absolute Value 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
Y1
177
6 Function blocks
<133> Non-linear Gain (Dead Band) 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<133>
Non-linear Gain (Dead Band)
100 to 349
6
Functio n blocks
<133> Non-linear Gain (Dead Band) 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs non-linear (three gain values K1, K2, K3) operation on
single analog signals. Analog signals can also be set as a dead band (with differential
gap) by setting K2 to equal 0.
Function block applications
Non-linear control.
Block diagram
Y1 output
K3
X1 input
K2
007
-A1
Segment point
A1
K1
178
K1 gain
009
K2 gain
010
K3 gain
011
A1 segment point
012
013
0
X1 input
Y1 output
6 Function blocks
<133> Non-linear Gain (Dead Band) 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Model name: Non-linear 133
133
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Gain (Dead Band)
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
K1
K1 gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
010
K2
K2 gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
011
K3
K3 gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
012
A1
Segment point
0 to 320.00% 0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
013
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input
K1 gain
K2 gain
K3 gain
Segment point
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
K1
K2
K3
A1
Y1
179
6 Function blocks
<134> Low-end Cutout 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<134>
Low-end Cutout
100 to 349
6
Functio n blocks
<134> Low-end Cuto ut 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block sets output to zero close to the zero point of single analog signals.
Block diagram
Y1 output
Output
X1 input
007
010
Input
A1 low-end cutout
setting value
009
Y1 output
X1 input
Low-end cutout
setting value A1
(at this time,
output Y1 /=0)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23 characters Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
name
002
Block Model: Low-end Cutout
134
134
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
R
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Analog input 008 X1 Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009 A1 Low-end cutout setting
0 to 320.00% 0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
010 Y1 Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
180
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input
Low-end cutout setting
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
A1
Y1
6 Function blocks
<135> Segment Linearizer 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<135>
Segment Linearizer
100 to 349
6
Functio n blocks
<135> Segment L inearizer 100 to 349
Outline
This function block converts single analog signals to 15 segments before the signal is
output.
•15 segments (16 segment points) are possible.
•When the input signal value is out of the setting range, Y1 output becomes the value
of B0 or final Bn, and can be used jointly with the high/low limit function.
•Set so that the following input condition is satisfied:
A1<A2<A3< ... <An
For example, if input is set as follows:
A1<A2<A3>A4 ... > An
Then, input A4 onwards up to An becomes a fixed output value.
Function block applications
•Control of control targets having non-linear static characteristics (e.g. variable gain
control)
•Compensation of control targets having non-linear characteristics
Block diagram
Y1 output
B15
B6
B5
B4
B3
X1 input
006
008
B2
B1
Y1 output
A0
A0 to A15
009 to
B0 to B15
010 to
A1
B0
A2 A3
A4
A5
A6
A15
X1 input
181
6 Function blocks
<135> Segment Linearizer 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
eceive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
input
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Segment Linearizer
135
135
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 006
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
connection
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Analog input 007 X1 Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
Analog
008 Y1 Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
output
Parameter 009 A0 A0 input
±320.00%
-320.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
010 B0 B0
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
011 A1 A1 input
±320.00%
-280.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
012 B1 B1 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
013 A2 A2 input
±320.00%
-240.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
014 B2 B2 output
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
015 A3 A3 input
±320.00%
-200.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
016 B3 B3 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
017 A4 A4 input
±320.00%
-160.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
018 B4 B4 output
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
019 A5 A5 input
±320.00%
-120.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
020 B5 B5 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
021 A6 A6 input
±320.00%
-80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
022 B6 B6 output
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
023 A7 A7 input
±320.00%
-40.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
024 B7 B7 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
025 A8 A8 input
±320.00%
40.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
026 B8 B8 output
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
027 A9 A9 input
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
028 B9 B9 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
029 A10 A10 input
±320.00%
120.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
030 B10 B10 output
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
031 A11 A11 input
±320.00%
160.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
032 B11 B11 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
033 A12 A12 input
±320.00%
200.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
034 B12 B12 output
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
035 A13 A13 input
±320.00%
240.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
036 B13 B13 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
037 A14 A14 input
±320.00%
280.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
038 B14 B14 output
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
039 A15 A15 input
±320.00%
320.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
040 B15 B15 output
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
182
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6 Function blocks
<135> Segment Linearizer 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
Y1
183
6 Function blocks
<136> Temperature and Pressure Correction 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<136>
Temperature and Pressure
100 to 349
Correction
6
Functio n blocks
<136> Temperature and Pressure Correction 100 to 349
Outline
This function block corrects for the influence of temperature and pressure differences
in measuring a gaseous flow by a differential pressure flowmeter.
Y1 = K1 × X1
K2 × X2 + A2
K3 × X3 + A3
•Internal operation is executed at double precision (32 bits).
•Temperature or pressure can also be corrected individually.
•X1 flow signal must be converted to a linear signal by extracting the square root before
input.
Note: Calculate 100% in the calculation formula as 1.0. Output becomes 0 when the result in
becomes a minus number.
Block diagram
X1
007
X2 pressure
008
X3 temperature
009
184
K1 gain
013
K2 gain
014
K3 gain
015
A2 bias
016
A3 bias
017
Temperature and
pressure
correction
018
Y1 output
6 Function blocks
<136> Temperature and Pressure Correction 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Temperature 136
136
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
and Pressure Correction
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
008
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
009
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 010
X1
Flow input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
011
X2
Pressure input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
012
X3
Temperature input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 013
K1
K1 gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
014
K2
K2 gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
015
K3
K3 gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
S/R
2
016
A2
A2 bias
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
017
A3
A3 bias
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Analog
018
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 flow input
X2 pressure input
X3 temperature input
K1 gain
K2 gain
K3 gain
A2 bias
A3 bias
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
X3
K1
K2
K3
A2
A3
Y1
185
7 Time Function blocks
<141> First-order Lag 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<141>
First-order Lag
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<141> First-order Lag 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs first-order lag operation on single analog signals that is
required for reducing pulsation in the input signal.
•When S1 reset switch is set to 1 (ON), the output equals input.
Y1(s) =
X1(s)
1+ T ⋅s
Note:Calculate 100% in the calculation formula as 1.0.
Note:When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before output OFF or before
running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values are held when a hot start is
performed.
Function block applications
Filtering of PV input (elimination of noise or pulsation)
Block diagram
X1 input
007
T time constant
009
S1 reset switch
First-order lag
011
010
X1
1
During step
operation
Time
Y1
1
0.632
Time
T (time constant)
186
Y1 output
7 Time Function blocks
<141> First-order Lag 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: First-order
141
141
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Lag
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
T
Time constant (0: No
0 to 999.9s 0.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
delay)
Contact input 010
S1
Reset switch (1: Y1=X1) 0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Analog
011
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Time constant
Reset switch
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
T
S1
Y1
187
7 Time Function blocks
<143> Rate-of-change Limit 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<143>
Rate-of-change Limit
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<143> Rate-of-change Limit 10 0 to 3 49
Outline
This function block performs rate-of-change limiting on single analog signals to reduce
pulsation in the input signal.
When S1 reset switch is set to 1 (ON), the output equals input.
The time unit for the rate-of-change setting can be set to seconds, minutes, or hours.
(Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
Note: When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before output OFF or before
running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values are held when a hot start is
performed.
Block diagram
X1 input
X1
007
Time
012
Y1 output
S1 reset switch
A1 postive variable ramp rate
Rate-of-change
011
009
Rate-of-change
A2 negative variable ramp rate
010
Time
188
Y1 output
7 Time Function blocks
<143> Rate-of-change Limit 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model:
143
143
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Rate-of-change Limit
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
A1
Positive ramp rate
0.00 to
320.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Note: Time unit set in ITEM 320.00%/tim
013.
e unit
(Rate-of-change limit OFF
when 0.00)
010
A2
Negative ramp rate
0.00 to
320. 00
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Note: Time unit set in ITEM 320.00%/tim
013.
e unit
(Rate-of-change limit OFF
when 0.00)
Contact
011
S1
Reset Switch (1: Y1=X1) 0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
parameter
Analog
012
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
–
–
–
–
S
2
output
2
Parameter 013* TMU Time unit
0 to 2
0
R/W (S) –
–
–
S/R
1
0: sec, 1: min, 2: hr
*2: This ITEM was added in Loop Control Unit Ver.2.50.
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Positive ramp rate
Negative ramp rate
Reset Switch
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
A1
A2
S1
Y1
013
Time unit
TMU
189
7 Time Function blocks
<145> Moving Average 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<145>
Moving Average
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<145> Moving A verage 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs moving average operation on single analog signals.
•There are two data sampling modes: sampling at fixed time intervals, and sampling of
individual data items each time that an external contact turns ON. Selective use of
these modes allows you to easily execute moving average operation on signals
outputs from a batch type analyzer, for example.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before output OFF or before
running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values are held when a hot start is
performed.
Block diagram
X1 input
007
Moving average
operation
S1 reset switch
011
• Time sampling
• Contact sampling
S2 external
sync contact
012
013
Y1 output
Supplementary note
By the moving average operation, the average value of n number of samples is taken
and output with the oldest item of data discarded when a new item of data is added.
190
7 Time Function blocks
<145> Moving Average 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Moving
145
145
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Average
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
1 to 4
4
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1
006
M
Sampling mode
0, 1
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Time, 1: Sync with
external contact S2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
H
Sampling cycle
0, 1 to 9999s 0
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
2
0: Sample on operationg
cycle,
1 to 9999: Sample every 1
to 9999 s
Note: This setting is
ignored if the sampling
mode is set to 1 (sync with
external contact S2)
010
N
Number of samples
1 to 20
16
W(S)
–
–
–
S/R
1
Contact input 011
S1
Reset switch (1: Y1=X1) 0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
012
S2
External sync contact
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
(DIFU/DIFD commands
used)
Analog
013
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Sampling cycle
Number of samples
Reset switch
External sync contact
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
H
N
S1
S2
Y1
191
7 Time Function blocks
<147> Lead/Delay 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<147>
Lead/Delay
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<147> Lead/Delay 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block performs lead/delay operation of control signals on single analog
signals.
Y1(s) = K
1 + T1 ⋅ s
1 + T2 ⋅ s
Note: When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before output OFF or before
running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values are held when a hot start is
performed.
Function block applications
Feedforward control, non-interacting control (e.g. used when counteracting the
influence of disturbance)
Block diagram
X1 input
007
K gain
009
T1 lead time
constant
010
T2 delay time
constant
011
S1 reset switch
X1 input
Lead/delay
operation
013
012
1
Time
T1>T2
T1=T2
T1
Y1 output
K•
T1<T2
T1=T2
T2
Time
T1<T2
T1>T2
192
Y1 output
7 Time Function blocks
<147> Lead/Delay 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Lead/Delay 147
147
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cyce (s)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
K
Gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
0010 T1
Time constant (0: No
0 to 999.9s 1.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Lead)
0011 T2
Time constant (0: No
0 to 999.9s 10.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
delay)
Contact input 012
S1
Reset switch (1:Y1=X1)
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Analog
013
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Gain
Time constant (No Lead)
Time constant (No delay)
Reset switch
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
K
T1
T2
S1
Y1
193
7 Time Function blocks
<148> Dead Time 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<148>
Dead Time
001 to 032
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<148> Dead Time 001 to 032
Outline
This function block performs dead time and first-order lag operations on single analog
signals.
Y1(s) =
e − Ls
X1(s)
1+ T ⋅s
•New data is sampled at each sampling cycle H (seconds) for number of samples (N)
on the data to be held. The data previous to dead time L seconds (= H x N seconds) is
output as the output signal. In other words, the output is delayed by L seconds after
the input.
•When the lag time constant is set, the first-order lag operation is performed after time
L (dead time) has elapsed.
Note: •The sampling cycle (ITEM010) takes priority over operation cycle (ITEM004).
•When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before output OFF or before
running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values are held when a hot start is
performed.
Block diagram
X1 input
007
T delay time
constant
009
H sampling cycle
010
N number of
samples
011
S1 reset switch
Dead time
operation
013
012
X1
1
During step
operation
Time
Y1
1
0.632
Time
L (dead time)
194
T (time constant)
Y1 output
7 Time Function blocks
<148> Dead Time 001 to 032
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Dead Time 148
148
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
T
Time constant (0: No
0 to 999.9s 0.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
delay)
010
H
Sampling cycle (0:
0 to 9999s 0
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
2
Operation cycle)
011
N
Number of samples (0: No 0 to 20
20
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
dead time)
Contact input 012
S1
Reset switch (1:Y1=X1)
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Analog
013
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Time constant (0: No delay)
Sampling cycle
Number of samples
Reset switch
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
T
H
N
S1
Y1
195
7 Time Function blocks
<149> Dead Time Compensation 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<149>
Dead Time Compensation
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<149> Dead Time Co mpensation 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs PID control using the Smith predictor.
Y1(s) = K
1 − e − Ls
X1(s)
1+ T ⋅S
•This function block is applied to processes with long dead time and processes whose
dead time does not change much.
•Set dead time (L) and time constant (T) to the same values as the dead time and time
constant of the process (control target).
Note: When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before output OFF or before
running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values are held when a hot start is
performed.
Function block applications
Control using the Smith predictor
Block diagram
196
X1 input
007
S1 reset switch
013
K gain
009
T delay time constant
010
H sampling cycle
011
N number of samples
012
Dead time
compensation
014
Y1 output
7 Time Function blocks
<149> Dead Time Compensation 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
eceive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Dead Time 149
149
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Compensation
0000
r
–
–
–
S
Special
003
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
X1 source designation
Analog input 007
BBB: Block address, III:
connection
ITEM No.
information
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
Parameter 009
K
Gain
±10.000
1.000
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
010
T
Time constant (0: No
0 to 999.9s 0.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
delay)
011
H
Sampling cycle (0:
0 to 9999s 0
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
Operation cycle)
012
N
Number of samples (0: No 0 to 20
20
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
dead time)
Contact input 013
S1
Reset switch (1:Y1=X1)
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
Analog
014
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
r/w
–
–
–
S
output
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Gain
Time constant
Sampling cycle
Number of samples
Reset switch
Output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
K
T
H
N
S1
Y1
197
7 Time Function blocks
<150> Accumulator for instantaneous value input 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<150>
Accumulator for instantaneous value
100 to 349
input
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<150> Accumulator for instan taneous value in put 10 0 to 3 49
Outline
This function block accumulates (totalizes) instantaneous analog signals (e.g. flowrate
signals) and outputs 8-digit accumulated value signals within the range 00000000 to
99999999. This function block can also be used for batch control.
•Q2 and Q1 accumulated values become QR preset value (counter rate) assuming that
100% values are continuous as analog signal inputs for the preset time unit (TU: one
of seconds, minutes, hours or days).
By accumulation (totalization), analog signals are totalized according to the 0 to 100%
range of the actual analog signal input, and accumulated values Q2 and Q1
proportional to these inputs are output at all times.
•Accumulated values are divided into upper four digits and lower four digits before they
are output. If necessary, join these two sets of digits together for display on a host
computer.
•When Qn accumulated value output is used as analog input for other function blocks,
the count 9999 is processed as 99.99%.
•When S1 reset switch is set to 1 (ON), the accumulated values Q1 and Q2 are
returned to count 0.
•When S3 batch controller reset switch is input, Q3 batch accumulated value becomes
count 0, and U1 arrival at preset value is reset to 0 (OFF).
•S2 interrupt switch stops all count operations.
•Minus inputs are regarded as 0% input.
Note: Internally held accumulated values are cleared when a cold start is performed, and are
held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
Accumulation (totalization) of instantaneous flowrate signals that have been converted
to analog values
198
7 Time Function blocks
<150> Accumulator for instantaneous value input 100 to 349
Block diagram
X1 input
007
S1 reset switch
014
QR counter rate
009
TU time unit
010
S2 interrupt switch
015
Preset value
021
S3 batch controller
reset switch
Counter rate
setting
Accumulation
counter
Batch
controller
012
Q1 accumulated value
(lower 4 digits)
013
Q2 accumulated value
(upper 4 digits)
022
Q3 batch accumulated
value
024
U1 arrival at preset value
023
S3 reset switch
S2 interrupt switch
Q3 batch
accumulated value
Preset value
0
U1 arrival at preset value
199
7 Time Function blocks
<150> Accumulator for instantaneous value input 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Accumulator 150
150
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
for instantaneous value
input
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Instantaneous value input X1
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
r
–
–
–
S
2
0 to
100.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
Parameter 009
QR Counter rate
10000.00
Assuming that input is
100% for time unit setting
TU, set the accumulated
value to be displayed.
Example) Set TU: 2 and
QR:
1500 for 0 to 1500 m3.
010
TU Time unit (0:S, 1:min, 2:hr, 0 to 3
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
3:day)
Accumulated 012
Q1
Accumulated value (lower 0 to 9999
0
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
value output
4 digits)
013
Q2
Accumulated value (upper 0 to 9999
0
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
4 digits)
Contact input 014
S1
Reset switch (1: Reset)
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
015
S2
Interrupt swiitch (1:
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Interrupt)
200
7 Time Function blocks
<150> Accumulator for instantaneous value input 100 to 349
Batch controller
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 021
Preset value
0000 to 9999 9999
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Accumu-late 022
Q3
Batch accumulated value 0000 to 9999 0
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
d value
output
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Contact input 023
S3
Batch controller reset
switch
(1: Reset)
Contact
024
U1
Arrival at preset value
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
010
012
013
014
015
021
022
023
024
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Input
Time unit
Accumulated value
Accumulated value
Reset switch
Interrupt switch
Preset value
Batch accumulated value
Batch controller reset switch
Arrival at preset value
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
TU
Q1
Q2
S1
S2
BM
Q3
S3
U1
201
7 Time Function blocks
<151> Run Time Accumulator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<151>
Run Time Accumulator
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<151> Run Time Accumulator 1 00 to 349
Outline
This function block accumulates the running time of machinery such as pumps, and
outputs the accumulated running time as a number of pulses.
•The accumulated running time is expressed as number of pulses per unit time.
•Counting of time accumulated values is performed each pulse unit when S1 input is
set to 1 (ON). Counting is not dependent on the operation cycle.
Note: •Set the operation cycle of ITEM004 to a value shorter than the pulse unit of ITEM007.
•Internally held accumulated values are cleared when a cold start is performed, and are
held when a hot start is performed.
Block diagram
S1 input
010
Time
accumulation
S2 stop
013
U1 unit pulse output
008
Q1 accumulated time
(lower 4 digits)
009
Q2 accumulated time
(upper 4 digits)
011
S3 reset
012
Pulse unit
007
S1 input
S3 reset switch
S2 interrupt switch
Q3 batch
accumulated value
Preset value
0
U1 unit pulse output
202
Pulse
conversion
7 Time Function blocks
<151> Run Time Accumulator 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Run time
151
151
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
accumulator
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
007
Pulse unit
0 to 4
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
(0: s, 1: 10s, 2: min, 3:
10min, 4: h)
Accumu-late 008
Q1
Accumulated time (lower 4 0000 to 9999 0
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
d value
digits)
output
009
Q2
Accumulated time (upper 4 0000 to 9999 0
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
digits)
Contact input 010
S1
Input
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
011
S2
Stop
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
012
S3
Reset
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Contact
013
U1
Unit pulse output (1: ON 0, 1
0
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
during operation cycle)
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
ERR
Pulse unit
PT
Accumulated time (lower 4 digits) Q1
Accumulated time (upper 4 digits) Q2
Input
S1
Stop
S2
Reset
S3
Unit pulse output
U1
Data Name
203
7 Time Function blocks
<153> Time Sequence Data Statistics 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<153>
Time Sequence Data Statistics
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<153> Time Sequence Data Statistics 100 to 349
Outline
This function block records up to 400 time sequence values from analog signals and
calculates statistics, such as the average and standard deviation.
Supported Statistical Calculations
Average value Y1 = X1(k)/N
Smallest value Smallest value of Y2 = X1(k)
Largest value Largest value of Y3 = X1(k)
Range Y5 (upper), Y4 (lower) = Y3 - Y2
Standard deviation Square root of (Y9 = Y8 (upper), Y7 (lower))
Average deviation
Y6 = |Y1 - X1(k)| / N
2
Distribution Y8 (upper), Y7 (lower) = {Y1 - X1(k)} / N
Note: X1(k) denotes the time sequence values input for statistical calculations.
k = A to A+N-1 (A: Number of first data in range, N: Number of samples)
The number of samples, N, is specified between 1 and 400 in ITEM 011. When N
samples have been collected, the oldest sample is discarded each time a new sample
is taken before making statistical calculations.
It is also possible to use previous data as the starting point for statistical calculations
rather than the most recent data. The starting data number is specified in ITEM 010.
Input data
X1
Time
Data No. A + N - 1
(ending data, see note.)
Data No. A
(starting data)Data No. 1
(newest)
N (number of samples) data values
N (number of samples) data values
The function block internally stores data samples 1 to 400 as shown above.
When monitoring data samples using ITEM 041 to ITEM 240 or when inputting data
number 1 to 400 directly into the buffers, the bank must be set. Switching between
bank 0 and 1 can be executed using FINS commands or by using the Expanded AI
Terminal from CPU Unit block to change ITEM 040. Calculations can also be
performed on data in both banks, as shown below.
204
7 Time Function blocks
<153> Time Sequence Data Statistics 100 to 349
Input data
X1
Calculations possible for data in both banks
No. 400
No. 1
No. 201 No. 200
Bank 1
Time
Bank 0
Set in ITEM 040.
Note: A = Number of first data in range, N = Number of samples. A + N - 1 must be less than or
equal to 400. If A + N -1 is greater than 400, a parameter error (execution error code 71)
will occur.
Any of the following three methods can be used to sample data. The sampling method
is set in ITEM 006.
Each cycle (1 to 9, 999 s) (set ITEM 006 to 0).
Sync on external sync contact (sample on OFF to ON transition) (set ITEM 006 to 1).
Direct buffer input using values set in ITEMs 041 to 204 as sampling data (set ITEM
006 to 2).
Function block applications
Analyzing inconsistency in a process value that should be constant, such as a
temperature or flow rate.
205
7 Time Function blocks
<153> Time Sequence Data Statistics 100 to 349
Block diagram
Input X1
007
Time Sequence Data Statistics
Statistical calculations for N data
Direct
buffer
input
041
· Each sampling cycle
· Sync on external sync
switch
· Direct buffer input
Bank 0
Data No. 1 to 200
240
021
Y1 Average
022
Y2 Smallest value
023
Y3 Largest value
024
Y4 Lower 4 digits of
range
025
Y5 Upper 4 digits of
range
026
Y6 Average
deviation
027
Y7 Lower 4 digits of
variance
028
Y8 Upper 4 digits of
variance
029
Y9 Standard deviation
Bank 1
Reset command
S1
012
Data No. 201 to
400
Statistical calculations are possible for
data in both banks at the same time.
External sync S2
013
Sample taken on rising edge.
Bank number switch
040
0: Data No. 1 to 200
1: Data No. 201 to t400
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Time Sequence Data
153
153
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Statistics
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: error
(See Appendix “Execution Error Code
List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (seconds)
1 to 4
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
1: 01, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1
006
Sampling method
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(S)
–
1
0: Each sampling cycle
1: Sync on external sync switch (Sample
when ITEM 013 goes from 0 to 1.)
2: Direct buffer input (Use values set in
ITEMs 041 to 204 as sampling data.)
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBB or III
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM number)
information
Analog input 008 X1 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 009
Sampling cycle
0 or 1 to
0
–
R/W(S) –
S/R
2
0: Sampling on operation cycle
9999 s
1 to 9999: Sample every 1 to 9, 999 s.
Note: This setting is ignored if ITEM 006
(sampling method) is set to 1 (sync on
external sync contact) or 2 (direct buffer
input).
010
First data number in range
1 to 400
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
011
Number of samples
1 to 400
100
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
Contact input 012 S1 Reset command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
1: Set all ITEMs from 041 to 240 to X1
value.
013 S2 External sync switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
0 to 1: Take sample
(Valid only when ITEM 006 is set to 1.)
Parameter 021 Y1 Average
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
022 Y2 Smallest value
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
206
7 Time Function blocks
<153> Time Sequence Data Statistics 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
023 Y3 Largest value
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
024 Y4 Lower 4 digits of range (= Largest value - 0% to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
smallest value)
99.99%
025 Y5 Upper 4 digits of range (= Largest value - 0% to 9999% 0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
smallest value)
026 Y6 Average deviation
0% to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
320.00%
027
Lower 4 digits of variance
0% to
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
99.99%
028
Upper 4 digits of variance
0% to 9999% 0
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
029 Y9 Standard deviation
0% to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
320.00%
040
Bank number
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
2
0: Data number 1 to 200
1: Data number 201 to 400
041
Newest data
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
–
–
R/W
–
–
2
Bank SW = 0: Number 1
Bank SW = 1: Number 201
to
to
–
240
Oldest data
±320.00%
0.00
–
–
–
R/W
–
–
2
Bank SW = 0: Number 200
Bank SW = 1: Number 400
Note: The contents of buffers for ITEMs 041 to 220 will not be initialized when the sampling
method (ITEM 006) is changed from direct buffer input to a sampling cycle or external
switch sync, and sampling will be started with the data currently in the buffers. To initialize
the buffers, turn ON the reset command in ITEM 012.
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
008
009
010
011
012
013
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Data Name
Tag ITEM
(Fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
ERR
Input
X1
Sampling cycle
H
First data number in range
A
Number of samples
N
Reset command
S1
External sync switch
S2
Average value
Y1
Smallest value
Y2
Largest value
Y3
Lower 4 digits of range
Y4
Upper 4 digits of range
Y5
Average deviation
Y6
Lower 4 digits of variance
Y7
Upper 4 digits of variance
Y8
Standard deviation
Y9
207
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<155>
Ramp Program
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
Outline
This function block is a ramp program setter for combining ramp and soak values.
Provided with a wait function
When X1 reference input has not arrived at A soak value±wait width value,
measurement of the soak time is stopped regardless of Y1 output having moved to the
soak process from the ramp process. At the same time, the value of Y1 output is held
at A soak value. When X1 reference input is in Y1 output±wait width, program
execution moves to the soak process, and measurement of the soak time is started.
When X1 reference input does not fall within Y1 output±wait width even though the
maximum wait time has elapsed, program execution moves to the soak process and
measurement of the soak time is started.
When the state of S3 move to next step command changes from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON)
during a wait, the wait operation is canceled, program execution moves to the soak
process, and measurement of the soak time is started.
•The wait width and maximum wait time can be set common to all steps in the ramp
program.
•Provided with a function for matching the setting value to X1 reference input at the
start of the ramp program
•Provided with process output ("Process output" here refers to state that makes a
distinction between ramp and soak.)
•Provided with elapsed time output for the entire program
•The desired process can be moved to when data is set by ITEM Setting blocks to
process output (ITEM011). (Setting by ITEM Setting blocks is valid only when S1
run/stop command is 1 (ON).)
The ramp program can also be returned to a process smaller than the current process.
(Note, however, that when the ramp program is started from the reference input, the
ramp program cannot return to a point before the point where the ramp program is
started by the reference input.)
When S1 run/stop command is 0 (OFF), Y1 output equals 0. When the setting of S1
run/stop command changes from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON), the ramp program starts with the
value of Y1 output at A0 default. (When X1 reference input is designated as the source,
and there is a point where X1 reference input matches the rise ramp rate or soak value,
the program starts from that point.) The ramp program outputs up to 15 steps, each
step comprising a ramp and soak value, to Y1 output for the duration that the S1
run/stop command is 1 (ON).
208
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
Block diagram
X1 reference input
006
S1 run switch
Program setting
012
S2 hold switch
008
Y1 program output
009
Y2 elapsed time output
011
Y3 process output (*1)
013
S3 move to next
step switch
014
016
U2 arrival at final step
017
U3 holding
015
U1 X1 input error
*1: Value of Y3 process output ("Process" here refers to state that
makes a distinction between ramp and soak.)
Process
Stop
K1
T1
K2
T2
K3
T3
K4
T4
Y3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Y3
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
to
29
30
Process
K5
T5
K6
T6
K7
T7
K8
T8
to
K15
T15
When the ramp program is started from A0 default:
S1 run switch
Y1
A3
K3
A2
K4
K2
A1
K1
A4
A0
0
0
T1
T2
T3
T4
Time
U1 soak
U2 arrival at final step
209
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
When the ramp program is started from X1 reference input:
The ramp program is started from a point where X1 reference input and rise ramp
match.
Note: The condition for start of the ramp program from X1 reference input is as follows: X1
reference input must match the first rise ramp (before ramp falls) or soak value. However,
a ramp that has risen after a fall is not accepted in this condition. In this case, Y1 output
remains at 0 (OFF).
S1 run switch
Y1
A3
K3
X1
reference
input
A2
K4
K2
A1
A4
K1
A0
0
T1
U1 soak
U2 arrival at final step
210
0
T2
T3
T4
Time
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
When wait operation is performed based on X1 reference input
When X1 reference input has not arrived at Y1 output±wait width value, program
execution does not move to the soak process and measurement of the soak time is
stopped regardless of Y1 output having moved to the soak process from the ramp
process. When X1 reference input arrives at Y1 output±wait width value, program
execution moves to the soak process and measurement of the soak width is started.
To cancel a wait operation midway, change the state of S3 move to next step
command from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON).
Note 1:Setting the wait width to 0.00% disables the wait operation. So, the wait width is actually
set within the range 0.01 to 320.00%.
Note 2:Even during a wait, Y2 elapsed time output continues and increases. Y2 stops only when
S2 hold switch is 1 (ON).
Y1 output does not move to the soak process and time measurement stops until X1
reference input falls in Y1±wait width. After the wait, T2 soak time in step 2 is secured.
Step 3
Step 2
Ramp process
Soak process
Waiting
Y1 output
Step 3 after wait
Soak time T2 after wait
Soak time T2
A2
K2
Wait
width
A1
X1 reference input
Time
Passage of Passage of time resumed
time stopped
(waited time)
U4 waiting
211
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
When X1 reference input does not fall within Y1±wait width even if the
maximum wait time is exceeded
When X1 reference input does not fall within Y1±wait width even if the maximum wait
time is exceeded, the wait operation is forcibly stopped, program execution moves to
the soak process, and time measurement starts.
Step 3
Step 2
Ramp process
Soak process
Waiting
Step 3 after wait
Soak time T2 after wait
Soak time T2
Max. wait time
Y1 output
A2
K2
Wait width
A1
X1 reference input
Time
Passage of
time stopped
(waited time)
U4 waiting
212
Passage of time resumed
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accord Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ing to ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
input
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23 characters Block –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
name
002
Block model: Ramp Program
155
155
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000 –
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
1 to 4
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1
Analog
006
X1 source designation (BBB: Block
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
contact
address, III: ITEM No.)
information
X1 equals Y1 at start when X1 is
connected.
Analog input 007 X1 Reference input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
(input for external setting of start point)
Analog
008 Y1 Program output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
009 Y2 Elapsed time output
0 to 3200.0
0.0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 010
Elapsed time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
(0: sec, 1: min, 2: hr)
Analog
011 Y3 Process output (Process distinguishes
0 to 30
0
Yes
r/w
–
W
–
S/R
2
output
between ramp and soak.)
Contact
012 S1 Run/stop command (0: Reset, 1: Run)
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
input
013 S2 Hold switch (1: Hold)
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
014 S3 Move to next step command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
(When the command state changes from 0
to 1, program execution jumps to the start
of the ramp process of the next step. This
command is automatically reset by the
system after the jump ends.)
Note: When the command state changes
from 0 to 1 during a wait, wait is canceled,
and program execution moves to the soak
process.
Contact
015 U1 X1 input error (1: Error. Output is 0 when 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
reference input X1 does not match the
ramp rate and soak value of the rise ramp.)
016 U2 Arrival at final step
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
017 U3 Holding
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
*2
019 U4 Waiting (0: Not waiting, 1: Waiting)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
Start step
Parameter 020 A0 Default (Note, however, that reference
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
input X1 is given priority and this value is
invalid when the source designation of X1
is specified.)
No.1 step
Parameter 021 K1 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H1 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
022 H1 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
023 A1 Soak value
±320.00%
100.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
024 T1 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
100.0 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
025 J1 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.2 step
Parameter 026 K2 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H2 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
027 H2 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
028 A2 Soak value
±320.00%
200.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
029 T2 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
100.0 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
030 J2 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
213
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accord Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ing to ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
No.3 step
Parameter 031 K3 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H3 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
032 H3 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
033 A3 Soak value
±320.00%
300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
034 T3 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
100.0 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
035 J3 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.4 step
Parameter 036 K4 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H4 -1.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
037 H4 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
038 A4 Soak value
±320.00%
150.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
039 T4 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
100.0 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
040 J4 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.5 step
Parameter 041 K5 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H5 -1.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
042 H5 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
043 A5 Soak value
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
044 T5 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
10.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
045 J5 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.6 step
Parameter 046 K6 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H6 -1.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
047 H6 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
048 A6 Soak value
±320.00%
-150.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
049 T6 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
10.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
050 J6 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.7 step
Parameter 051 K7 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H7 -1.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
052 H7 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
053 A7 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
054 T7 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
10.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
055 J7 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.8 step
*2
Parameter 056 K8 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H8 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
057*2 H8 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
058*2 A8 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
059*2 T8 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
060*2 J8 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.9 step
*2
Parameter 061 K9 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H9 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
062*2 H9 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
063*2 A9 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
064*2 T9 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
*2
065 J9 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
214
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accord Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ing to ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
No.10 step
Parameter 066*2 K10 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H10 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
067*2 H10 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
068*2 A10 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
*2
069 T10 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
*2
070 J10 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.11 step
Parameter 071*2 K11 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H11 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
072*2 H11 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
073*2 A11 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
*2
074 T11 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
*2
075 J11 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.12 step
Parameter 076*2 K12 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H12 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
077*2 H12 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
078*2 A12 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
*2
079 T12 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
080*2 J12 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.13 step
Parameter 081*2 K13 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H13 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
082*2 H13 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
083*2 A13 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
084*2 T13 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
085*2 J13 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.14 step
*2
Parameter 086 K14 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H14 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
087*2 H14 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
088*2 A14 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
089*2 T14 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
090*2 J14 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
No.15 step
*2
Parameter 091 K15 Ramp rate
±115.00%/H15 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
092*2 H15 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
093*2 A15 Soak value
±320.00%
-300.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
094*2 T15 Soak time
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
095*2 J15 Time unit
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
–
1
(0: sec [digits past decimal point ignored],
1: min, 2: hr)
Wait setting
*2
Parameter 096
Wait width (0: No wait operation)
0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
097*2
Max. wait time (0.0: Unlimited)
0 to 3200.0
0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Note: The time unit of this setting is the
same as that of the ramp in each step.
*2: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver.1.50.
215
7 Time Function blocks
<155> Ramp Program 100 to 349
Note 1
•The S3 move to next step command is enabled only during the soak process, and is invalid
during ramp processes.
When the S3 move to next step command changes state from 0 to 1 during the soak
process, program execution moves to the start of the ramp process of the next step.
Even if the S3 move to next step command changes state from 0 to 1 during the ramp
process, program execution does not move to the next step. Program execution moves to
the next step when execution arrives at the final value of that ramp process.
•When "+" (plus number) data and not "-" (minus number) data is set to Kx (any ramp rate)
regardless of a fall ramp (soak value lower than previous value), U2 arrival at final step
becomes 1 (ON) at that step. The same also applies to rise ramps.
•To stop execution of the ramp program, set Kn final ramp rate to 0.00%/Hn.
•When a hot start is performed, the ramp program starts midway through the process
immediately before the instantaneous power interruption occurred or immediately before the
program was stopped according to the elapsed time.
Note 2:ITEMs ITEM020 to ITEM097 can be changed while the ramp program is running (for the
duration that S1 run/stop command is 1). Any changes made are immediately reflected in
program execution.
A0 initial value, K□ ramp rate for each step, H□ ramp time unit for each step, A□ soak
value for each step, T□ soak time for each step, J□ soak time unit for each step, wait
width common to all steps and maximum wait time common to all steps
Note 3:Do not change the following ITEMs while the ramp program is running (for the duration
that S1 run/stop command is 1).
ITEM004 (operation cycle), ITEM010 (elapsed time unit)
Before you change the values of these ITEMs, temporarily set S1 run/stop command to 0
(OFF). After you have changed the values, set S1 run/stop command to 1 (ON) and
restart the program.
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
216
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
019
020
096
097
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Reference input
Program output
Elapsed time output
Elapsed time unit
Process output
Run/stop command
Hold switch
Move to next step command
X1 input error
Arrival at final step
Holding
Waiting
Default
Wait width
Max. wait time
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
Y1
Y2
H0
Y3
S1
S2
S3
U1
U2
U3
U4
A0
WB
WT
7 Time Function blocks
<156> Segment Program 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<156>
Segment Program
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<156> Segment Program 10 0 to 34 9
Outline
This function block is the segment program setter for setting time and output as
segments.
•Provided with a function for matching the setting value to X1 reference input at the
start of the segment program
•Provided with step output
•Provided with time axis output for the entire program
•The desired step (segment point) or point on the time axis can be moved when data is
set by ITEM Setting blocks to step output (ITEM011) or time axis output (ITEM009).
(Setting by ITEM Setting blocks is valid only when S1 run/stop command is 1 (ON).)
The segment program can also be returned to a step smaller than the current step.
(Note, however, that when the segment program is started from the reference input,
the segment program cannot return to a point before the point where the segment
program is started by the reference input.)
When S1 run/stop command is 0 (OFF), Y1 output equals 0. When the setting of S1
run/stop command changes from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON), the segment program starts with
the value of Y1 output at B0 default. (When X1 reference input is designated as the
source, and there is a point where X1 reference input matches the first segment point,
the program starts from that point.)
217
7 Time Function blocks
<156> Segment Program 100 to 349
Block diagram
X1 reference input
006
Segment Program
S1 run switch
013
S2 time axis hold
switch
014
008
Y1 program output
009
Y2 time axis
011
Y3 step output
(0 to 15)
016
U2 arrival at final
segment
015
U1 X1 input error
When the segment program is started from B0 default:
S1 run switch
S2 hold switch
Y1
B3
B1
Final segment
point
B0
0
0
Time
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
U2 arrival at final segment
When the segment program is started from X1 reference input:
The segment program is started from a point where X1 reference input and the first
segment (B0 to B1) match.
Note: The condition for start of the segment program from X1 reference input is as follows: X1
reference input must match the first segment (B0 to B1). However, a match with the
second segment onwards is not accepted in this condition. In this case, Y1 output remains
at 0 (OFF).
S1 run switch
Control starts from point where first
segment B0 matches segment B1.
Y1
B3
B1
X1 reference
input
B0
0
0
A1
U2 arrival at final segment
218
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Time
7 Time Function blocks
<156> Segment Program 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command (0:
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Segment Program
156
156
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
1 to 4
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1
Analog
006
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
contact
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
information
X1 equals Y1 at start when X1 is
connected.
Analog input 007 X1
Reference input (input for external setting ±320.00%
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
of start point)
Analog
008 Y1
Program output
±320.00%
0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
009 Y2
Time axis output
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S/R
2
Analog
011 Y3
Step output (0: Display only at end.)
0 to 15
0
Yes
r/w
–
W
–
S/R
2
output
Parameter 012 H1
Time axis unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hr)
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
Contact input 013 S1
Run/stop command (0: Reset, 1: Run)
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S/R
1
014 S2
Hold switch (1: Stop)
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S/R
1
Contact
015 U1
X1 input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
(1: Error. Output is 0 when reference
input X1 is not matching between No.1
segment B0 and B1.)
016 U2
Arrival at final segment (final arrival of
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
entered segments)
Parameter 022 B0
Default (Note, however, that reference
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
input X1 is given priority and this value is
invalid when the source designation of X1
is specified.)
023 A1
A1 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
024 B1
B1 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
025 A2
A2 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
026 B2
B2 output
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
027 A3
A3 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
028 B3
B3 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
029 A4
A4 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
030 B4
B4 output
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
031 A5
A5 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
032 B5
B5 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
033 A6
A6 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
034 B6
B6 output
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
035 A7
A7 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
036 B7
B7 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
037 A8
A8 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
038 B8
B8 output
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
039 A9
A9 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
040 B9
B9 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
041 A10 A10 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
042 B10 B10 output
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
043 A11 A11 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
044 B11 B11 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
045 A12 A12 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
046 B12 B12 output
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
047 A13 A13 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
Parameter 048 B13 B13 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
049 A14 A14 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
050 B14 B14 output
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
051 A15 A15 time
0 to 320.0
200.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
052 B15 B15 output
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
219
7 Time Function blocks
<156> Segment Program 100 to 349
Note: •To stop execution of the segment program, set An final time to "0". (U2 arrival at final
segment (ITEM016) turns ON.)
Execution ends when Y2 time axis output (ITEM009) reaches 3200.0.
•When a hot start is performed, the segment program starts midway through the segment
immediately before the instantaneous power interruption occurred or immediately before
the program was stopped according to the elapsed time.
Note
Do not change the following ITEMs while the segment program is running (for the
duration that S1 run/stop command is 1).
ITEM004 (operation cycle), ITEM012 (time axis unit), ITEM022 to ITEM052 (segment
pattern setting values, and values of currently executing or previous steps in segment
program)
Before you change the values of these ITEMs, temporarily set S1 run/stop command to
0 (OFF). After you have changed the values, set S1 run/stop command to 1 (ON) and
restart the program.
Note that in the case of ITEM022 to ITEM055 (segment pattern setting values), the
setting values of steps ahead of the currently executing step can be changed while the
segment program is running (for the duration that S1 run/stop command is 1).
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
220
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
011
012
013
014
015
016
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Reference input
Program output
Time axis output
Step output
Time axis unit
Run/stop command
Hold switch
X1 input
Arrival at final segment
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
Y1
H1
Y3
H1
S1
S2
U1
U2
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<157>
Segment Program 2
100 to 349
7
Time Fu nction blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 1 00 to 349
Outline
This function block is segment program setting with wait function for setting the output
values with respect to time.
•Provided with a wait function
•In the case of wait operation ON steps, program execution does not move to the
next step and time measurement stops if X1 reference input has not arrived at Y1
output±wait width (of current step) value. At the same time, the value of Y1 output
is held at the final value of the current step. When X1 reference input is in Y1
output±wait width, program execution moves to the next step, and time
measurement and changing of the Y1 output segment are started. When X1
reference input is not in Y1 output±wait width even though the maximum wait time
has elapsed, time measurement and changing of the Y1 output segment are
started.
•When the state of S4 move to next step command changes from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON)
during a wait, the wait operation is canceled, program execution moves to the next
step, and time measurement is started.
•When the state of S3 move to next wait changes from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON) during
execution of a certain step, program execution jumps to the final value of the
current step. If the current steps is a wait operation ON step, program execution
enters wait operation.
•The wait width and maximum wait time can be set common to all steps in the ramp
program.
•The time width can be set to each step.
•The time unit (seconds, minutes, hours) can be specified to all steps in the ramp
program.
•Provided with a function for matching the setting value to X1 reference input at the
start of the segment program
•Provided with step output
•Provided with elapsed time output for the entire program
•The desired step can be moved to when data is set by ITEM Setting block to step
output (ITEM011). (Setting by ITEM Setting blocks is valid only when S1 run/stop
command is 1 (ON).)
The segment program can also be returned to a step smaller than the current step.
(Note, however, that when the segment program is started from the reference input,
the segment program cannot return to a point before the point where the segment
program is started by the reference input.)
Even if reference input X1 is specified as the source, the program can be started from
the default B0 instead of X1 by setting the reference input disable switch. (Supported
from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
The soak value can be changed even after completing a step. If the soak value is
changed before the first step for reference input x1, however, it will be ignored.
(Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
1)When the Run/stop command (S1) is 0 (OFF), output Y1 will be 0.
2)The following will take place then the Run/stop command (S1) is changed from 0 to 1
(OFF to ON).
•If reference input X1 is not specified as the source, output Y1 will start from B0.
•If reference input X1 is specified as the source but the reference input disable
switch is 1 (ON), output Y1 will start from B0.
•If reference input X1 is specified as the source, the reference input disable switch
is 0 (OFF), and reference input X1 coincides with the rising step, output Y1 will
start from reference input X1.
221
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
Block diagram
X1 reference input
006
Segment Program 2
008
Y1 program output
009
Y2 elapsed time output
S1 run/stop command
013
011
Y3 step output (0 to 30)
S2 time axis hold switch
014
016
U2 arrival at final segment
015
U1 X1 input error
019
U10 waiting
221
U11 step 1 executing
250
U40 step 30 executing
S3 move to next wait
command
S4 move to next step
command
S5 reference input
disable switch
017
018
020
When the segment program is started from B0 default:
S1 run/stop
command
S2 hold switch
Y1 output
B3
B1
Final
segment
B0
0
0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Time
U2 arrival at final segment
When the segment program is started from X1 reference input:
The segment program is started from a point where X1 reference input matches the
start of the up ramp.
Note: The condition for start of the segment program from X1 reference input is as follows: X1
reference input must match the initial up ramp (before the down ramp). However, matches
are not accepted from a down ramp, and from an up ramp after a momentary down ramp.
In this case, Y1 output remains at 0 (OFF).
222
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
S1 run/stop command
Y1 output
Start from value when matches rise ramp step
B3
B1
X1 reference
input
B0
0
0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Time
U2 arrival at final segment
When a wait operation is performed based on X1 reference input
When X1 reference input has not arrived Y1 output±wait width (of current step) value at
the final point of each step, program execution does not move to the next step, and Y1
output is held. Program execution moves to the next step when X1 reference input
arrives at Y1 output±wait width (of current step) value.
To cancel a wait operation midway, change the state of S4 move to next step
command from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON).
Note1: The wait operation functions to hold output at the final value of the current step if wait
operation is set to ON for that step. For this reason, to enable wait operation when
moving from a ramp step to a soak step, wait operation is set not to the soak step but to
the ramp step.
Note2: Setting the wait width to 0.00% disables the wait operation. So, the wait width is actually
set within the range 0.01 to 320.00%.
Note3: Wait operation is canceled when the S4 move to next step command changes state from
0 (OFF) to 1 (ON).
Note4: Even during a wait, Y2 elapsed time output continues and increases. Y2 stops only when
S2 hold switch is 1 (ON).
223
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
When program execution moves from the ramp step (wait operation ON) to the
soak step
Y1 output does not move to step 3 and the program execution waits at the final value of step
2 until X1 reference input falls in Y1±wait width. After the wait, A3 set time of step 3 is
secured.
Waiting
A3 set time for step 3 after wait
A3 set time of step 3
Y1 output
Step 3
B2
Step 2
(with wait operation)
B1
Wait width of step 2
X1 reference input
Step 4
A2
Time
A3
Passage of time resumed
Passage of
time stopped
(waited time)
U10 waiting
When program execution moves from the ramp step (wait operation ON) to
another ramp step
Y1 output does not move to step 3 and program execution waits (value is held) at the final
value of step 2 until X1 reference input X1 falls in Y1± wait width (of step 2). After the wait, the
ramp of step 3 is started, and A3 set time is secured. Subsequent program operation shifts by
the time that wait operation was performed.
Waiting
A3 set time of step 3 after wait
A3 set time of step 3
Step 3
Y1 output
B2
Step 2
Step 4
(with wait operation)
Wait width of step 2
B1
X1 reference input
Time
A2
Passage of
time stopped
(waited time)
U10 waiting
224
A3
Passage of time resumed
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
When program execution jumps to wait operation in the current step by S3
move to next wait command
To disable waiting for the set time of the step until wait operation is entered though the
wait width must be entered, change the state of the S3 move to next wait command
from 0 (OFF) to (ON). When the state of the S3 move to next wait command changes
from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON), program execution jumps to the final value of the current step.
(This brings X1 reference input closer to the wait width more quickly.) Wait operation is
started from the current step if wait operation is set to ON for that step.
Note: The S3 move to next wait command functions to cause program execution to jump to the
final value of the current step. For this reason, if wait operation is set to OFF for the current
step, program execution moves to the next step as it is.
If S3 move to next wait command turns 0 (OFF) during execution of step 2, the program jumps to B2
the final value of that step.
(1) If wait operation is set to ON at step 2, B2 remains at it is, and program execution waits for X1
reference input to approach. When X1 reference input is in Y1±wait width, program execution
moves to step 3.
(2) If wait operation is set to OFF at step 2, program execution moves to step 3 as it is.
S3 move to next wait command*1
Waiting A3 set time of step 3 after wait
A3 set time of step 3
Y1 output
Step 3
B2
Step 2
(with wait
operation)
Wait width of step 2
Step 4
B1
X1 reference input
Time
A2
A3
Passage of Passage of time resumed
time stopped
(waited time)
U10 waiting
*1:
When S3 move to next wait command changes to 1 (ON), program execution jumps to
the final value of the current step, and the system automatically turns S3 to 0 (OFF)
immediately after the jump.
225
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
When X1 reference input is not in Y1 output±wait width even though the
maximum wait time has elapsed
When X1 reference input is not in Y1 output±wait width even though the maximum wait
time has elapsed, the wait operation is forcibly quit, program execution moves to the
next step, and time measurement is started.
A3 set time of step 3 after wait
A3 set time of step 3
Max. wait time
Y1 output
Step 3
B2
Step 2
Wait width
Step 4
B1
X1 reference input
A2
Passage of
time stopped
(waited time)
U10 waiting
226
Time
A3
Passage of time resumed
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
input
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Segment Program 2
157
157
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parame-ter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
1 to 4
4
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1
Analog
006
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
contact
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
informa-tion
X1 equals Y1 at start when X1 is
connected.
Analog input 007 X1
Reference input (input for external setting ±320.00%
0
r
–
–
–
S
2
of start point)
Analog
008 Y1
Program output
±320.00%
0
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
009 Y2
Elapsed time output
0 to 3200.0 0.0
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
Analog
011 Y3
Step output (0: Display only at end.)
0 to 30
0
r/w
–
W
–
S/R
2
output
Parameter 012 H1
Elapsed time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hr)
0 to 2
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
Contact
013 S1
Run/stop command (0: Reset, 1: Run)
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
input
014 S2
Hold switch (1: Stop)
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Contact
015 U1
X1 input error
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
(1: Error. Output is 0 when X1 reference
input does not match the first up ramp.)
016 U2
Arrival at final segment (final arrival of
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R
S
1
entered segments)
Contact
017 S3
Move to next wait command
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
input
(When the command state changes from
0 to 1, program execution jumps to the
final output value of the current step. This
command is automatically reset by the
system after the jump ends. After this
jump, program execution enters the wait
operation when wait operation is set to ON
for the current step.)
Note: This command is invalid during a
wait operation. (Note, however, that this
command is accepted after a wait ends if it
is left set to 1.)
018 S4
Move to next step command
0, 1
0
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
(When the command state changes from
0 to 1, program execution jumps to the
start of the next step. This command is
automatically reset by the system after the
jump ends.)
Contact
input
Parameter
019
U10
020*1 S5
022
B0
023
024
025
A1
B1
J1
026
A2
Note: When the command state changes
from 0 to 1 during a wait, wait is canceled,
and program execution moves to the next
step.
Waiting (0: Not waiting, 1: Waiting)
0, 1
Reference input disable switch
(0: Enabled, 1: Disabled)
Default (Note, however, that reference
input X1 is given priority and this value is
invalid when the source designation of X1
is specified.)
Step 1 A1 time width, 0.0: End
Step 1 B1 output value
Step 1 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
Step 2 A2 time width, 0.0: End
0
–
–
–
R
S
1
0, 1
0
R/W (O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
0 to 3200.0
±320.00%
0 to 2
200.0
10.00
0
R/W(O) –
R/W(O) –
R/W(O) –
W
W
W
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
1
0 to 3200.0
200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
227
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
027 B2
Step 2 B2 output value
±320.00%
20.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
028 J2
Step 2 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
029 A3
Step 3 A3 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
030 B3
Step 3 B3 output value
±320.00%
30.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
031 J3
Step 3 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
032 A4
Step 4 A4 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
033 B4
Step 4 B4 output value
±320.00%
40.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
034 J4
Step 4 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
035 A5
Step 5 A5 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
036 B5
Step 5 B5 output value
±320.00%
50.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
037 J5
Step 5 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
038 A6
Step 6 A6 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
039 B6
Step 6 B6 output value
±320.00%
60.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
040 J6
Step 6 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
041 A7
Step 7 A7 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
042 B7
Step 7 B7 output value
±320.00%
70.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
043 J7
Step 7 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
044 A8
Step 8 A8 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
045 B8
Step 8 B8 output value
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
046 J8
Step 8 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
047 A9
Step 9 A9 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
048 B9
Step 9 B9 output value
±320.00%
90.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
049 J9
Step 9 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
050 A10 Step 10 A10 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
051 B10 Step 10 B10 output value
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
052 J10 Step 10 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
053 A11 Step 11 A11 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
054 B11 Step 11 B11 output value
±320.00%
90.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
055 J11 Step 11 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
056 A12 Step 12 A12 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
057 B12 Step 12 B12 output value
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
058 J12 Step 12 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
059 A13 Step 13 A13 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
060 B13 Step 13 B13 output value
±320.00%
70.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
061 J13 Step 13 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
062 A14 Step 14 A14 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
063 B14 Step 14 B14 output value
±320.00%
60.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
064 J14 Step 14 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
065 A15 Step 15 A15 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
066 B15 Step 15 B15 output value
±320.00%
50.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
067 J15 Step 15 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
068 A16 Step 16 A16 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
069 B16 Step 16 B16 output value
±320.00%
40.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
070 J16 Step 16 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
071 A17 Step 17 A17 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
072 B17 Step 17 B17 output value
±320.00%
30.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
073 J17 Step 17 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
074 A18 Step 18 A18 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
075 B18 Step 18 B18 output value
±320.00%
20.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
076 J18 Step 18 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
077 A19 Step 19 A19 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
078 B19 Step 19 B19 output value
±320.00%
10.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
228
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
079 J19 Step 19 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
080 A20 Step 20 A20 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
081 B20 Step 20 B20 output value
±320.00%
0.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
082 J20 Step 20 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
083 A21 Step 21 A21 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
084 B21 Step 21 B21 output value
±320.00%
10.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
085 J21 Step 21 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
086 A22 Step 22 A22 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
087 B22 Step 22 B22 output value
±320.00%
20.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
088 J22 Step 22 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
089 A23 Step 23 A23 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
090 B23 Step 23 B23 output value
±320.00%
30.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
2
091 J23 Step 23 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
092 A24 Step 24 A24 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O)
W
–
–
2
093 B24 Step 24 B24 output value
±320.00%
40.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
094 J24 Step 24 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
095 A25 Step 25 A25 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
096 B25 Step 25 B25 output value
±320.00%
50.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
097 J25 Step 25 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
098 A26 Step 26 A26 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
099 B26 Step 26 B26 output value
±320.00%
60.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
100 J26 Step 26 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
101 A27 Step 27 A27 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
102 B27 Step 27 B27 output value
±320.00%
70.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
103 J27 Step 27 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
104 A28 Step 28 A28 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
105 B28 Step 28 B28 output value
±320.00%
80.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
106 J28 Step 28 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
107 A29 Step 29 A29 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
108 B29 Step 29 B29 output value
±320.00%
90.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
109 J29 Step 29 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
110 A30 Step 30 A30 time width, 0.0: End
0 to 3200.0 200.0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
111 B30 Step 30 B30 output value
±320.00%
100.00
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
112 J30 Step 30 Time unit (0: sec [digits past
0 to 2
0
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
decimal point ignored], 1: min, 2: hr)
229
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
Wait setting
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 121
Step 1 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
122
Step 1 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
123
Step 2 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
124
Step 2 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
125
Step 3 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
126
Step 3 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
127
Step 4 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
128
Step 4 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
129
Step 5 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
130
Step 5 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
131
Step 6 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
132
Step 6 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
133
Step 7 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
134
Step 7 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
135
Step 8 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
136
Step 8 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
137
Step 9 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
138
Step 9 Max. wait time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
139
Step 10 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
140
Step 10 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
141
Step 11 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
142
Step 11 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
143
Step 12 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
144
Step 12 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
145
Step 13 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
146
Step 13 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
147
Step 14 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
148
Step 14 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
149
Step 15 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
Parameter 150
Step 15 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
151
Step 16 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
152
Step 16 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
153
Step 17 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
154
Step 17 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
230
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
155
Step 18 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
156
Step 18 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
157
Step 19 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
158
Step 19 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
159
Step 20 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
2
No wait operation)
160
Step 20 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
161
Step 21 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
2
No wait operation)
162
Step 21 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
163
Step 22 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
164
Step 22 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
165
Step 23 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
166
Step 23 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
167
Step 24 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
168
Step 24 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
169
Step 25 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
170
Step 25 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
171
Step 26 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
172
Step 26 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
173
Step 27 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
174
Step 27 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
175
Step 28 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
176
Step 28 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
177
Step 29 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
178
Step 29 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
179
Step 30 Wait width (0.00: 0 to 320.00% 0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
No wait operation)
180
Step 30 Max. wait time 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
2
(0.0: Unlimited)
*1: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver.2.50.
231
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
Step Executing flag
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
221
U11 Step 1 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
output
222
U12 Step 2 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
Contact
223
U13 Step 3 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
output
224
U14 Step 4 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
225
U15 Step 5 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
226
U16 Step 6 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
227
U17 Step 7 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
228
U18 Step 8 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
229
U19 Step 9 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
230
U20 Step 10 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
231
U21 Step 11 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
232
U22 Step 12 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
233
U23 Step 13 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
234
U24 Step 14 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
235
U25 Step 15 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
236
U26 Step 16 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
237
U27 Step 17 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
238
U28 Step 18 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
239
U29 Step 19 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
240
U30 Step 20 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
241
U31 Step 21 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
242
U32 Step 22 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
243
U33 Step 23 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
244
U34 Step 24 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
245
U35 Step 25 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
246
U36 Step 26 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
247
U37 Step 27 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
248
U38 Step 28 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
249
U39 Step 29 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
250
U40 Step 30 Executing flag
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R
–
1
Note: •To stop execution of the segment program, set An time width to "0". (U2 arrival at final
segment (ITEM016) turns to ON.)
Execution ends when Y2 elapsed time output (ITEM009) reaches 3200.0.
•When a hot start is performed, the segment program starts midway through the segment
immediately before the instantaneous power interruption occurred or immediately before
the program was stopped according to the elapsed time.
232
Note
ITEMs ITEM022 to ITEM180 can be changed while the segment program is running (for
the duration that S1 run/stop command is 1). Any changes made are immediately
reflected in program execution.
B0 initial value, A□ time width for each step, B□ final output for each step, J□ time unit
for each step, wait width for each step, and maximum wait time for each step
Note
Do not change the following ITEMs while the segment program is running (for the
duration that S1 run/stop command is 1).
ITEM004 (operation cycle), ITEM012 (elapsed time unit)
Before you change the values of these ITEMs, temporarily set S1 run/stop command to
0 (OFF). After you have changed the values, set S1 run/stop command to 1 (ON) and
restart the program.
7 Time Function blocks
<157> Segment Program 2 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
Note
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Reference input
Program output
Elapsed time output
Step output
Elapsed time unit
Run/stop command
Hold switch
X1 input error
Arrival at final segment
Move to next wait command
Move to next step command
Waiting
Reference input disable switch
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag
ITEM(fixed)
MT_ST
None
X1
None
None
None
None
S1
S2
U1
U2
S3
S4
U10
S5
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag
ITEM(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
Y1
Y2
Y3
H1
S1
S2
U1
U2
S3
S4
U10
S5
Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 403).
233
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<161> Rank Selector 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<161>
Rank Selector
100 to 349
8
Signal Selection /Sw itchin g blocks
<161> Rank Selector 10 0 to 3 49
Outline
This function block specifies the rank of up to eight analog signals, and selects the data
of the specified rank.
The rank within analog signals having the same value is not specified.
Function block applications
High selector, low selector, specific rank selector control
Block diagram
X1 input
011
X2 input
012
X3 input
013
X4 input
014
X5 input
015
X6 input
016
X7 input
017
X8 input
018
Rank
(maximum/mini-m
um/specified
rank)
234
Selection
• Maximum value
• Minimum value
• Specified rank
007
One of:
• Maximum value
• Minimum value
• Specified rank
Y1 output
031
U1 (X1 selected)
032
U2 (X2 selected)
033
U3 (X3 selected)
034
U4 (X4 selected)
035
U5 (X5 selected)
036
U6 (X6 selected)
037
U7 (X7 selected)
038
U8 (X8 selected)
006
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<161> Rank Selector 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Rank
161
161
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Selector
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
006
X rank
1 to 8
8
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(1: Maximum value, 8:
Minimum value,
2 to 7: Specified rank [in
order of highest rank])
Analog
007
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
Analog input 011
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
(BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.)
012
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
013
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
014
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
015
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
016
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
017
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
018
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
Analog input 021
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
022
X2
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
023
X3
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
024
X4
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
025
X5
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
026
X6
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
027
X7
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
028
X8
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Contact
031
U1
X1 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
032
U2
X2 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
033
U3
X3 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
034
U4
X4 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
035
U5
X5 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
036
U6
X6 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
037
U7
X7 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
038
U8
X8 selected
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
Note: Connection of ITEM011 and ITEM012 are mandatory. ITEM013 to ITEM106 need not be
connected. (In this case, the input value becomes -320.00%.)
235
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<161> Rank Selector 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
236
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Output
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
X6 input
X7 input
X8 input
X1 selected
X2 selected
X3 selected
X4 selected
X5 selected
X6 selected
X7 selected
X8 selected
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
Y1
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
U1
U2
U3
U4
U5
U6
U7
U8
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<162> Input Selector 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<162>
Input Selector
100 to 349
8
Signal Selection /Sw itchin g blocks
<162> Input Selector 100 to 349
Outline
This function block selects a single analog signal specified by the contact signal from
up to eight analog signals.
This function block differs from the Constant Selector block (Block Model 165) in that
selection is made from analog values to be converted and not from fixed values.
Function block applications
Multiplexer
Block diagram
X1 input
011
X2 input
012
X3 input
013
X4 input
014
X5 input
015
X6 input
016
X7 input
017
X8 input
Input Selector
Outputs input
signals
specified by
S1 to S8.
007
Y1 output
One of inputs
X1 to X8
031
S1 (X1 select switch)
032
S2 (X2 select switch)
033
S3 (X3 select switch)
034
S4 (X4 select switch)
035
S5 (X5 select switch)
036
S6 (X6 select switch)
037
S7 (X7 select switch)
038
S8 (X8 select switch)
018
The analog signal is selected by the select switch changing to 1 (ON). When multiple
select switches are 1 (ON), the switch having the smallest number among S1 to S8 is
valid.
237
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<162> Input Selector 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command (0:
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Input Selector
162
162
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5:
2
Analog
007 Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
Analog input 011
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
information
012
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
013
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
014
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
015
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
016
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
017
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
018
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
Analog input 021 X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
022 X2
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
023 X3
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
024 X4
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
025 X5
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
026 X6
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
027 X7
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
028 X8
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Contact input 031 S1
X1 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
032 S 2 X2 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
033 S 3 X3 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
034 S 4 X4 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
035 S 5 X5 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
036 S 6 X6 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
037 S 7 X7 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
038 S 8 X8 select switch --- Selected by "1"
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Note1: Connection of ITEM011 and ITEM012 are mandatory. ITEM013 to ITEM106 need not be
connected. (In this case, the input value becomes -320.00%.)
Note2: Inputs are selected by X1 to X8 select switches changing to 1 (ON) and not when
operation is started. When multiple select switches are 1 (ON), the select switch for the
ITEM having the smallest ITEM number is valid.
238
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<162> Input Selector 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Output
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
X6 input
X7 input
X8 input
X1 select switch
X2 select switch
X3 select switch
X4 select switch
X5 select switch
X6 select switch
X7 select switch
X8 select switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
Y1
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
239
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<163> 3-input Selector 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<163>
3-input Selector
100 to 349
8
Signal Selection /Sw itchin g blocks
<163> 3-input Selector 100 to 349
Outline
This function block selects and outputs one of three analog input signals. Three sets of
analog input signals are held by this function.
•In addition to switching of three analog input signals, the previous value can also be
held.
Function block applications
Switching of measuring systems or sensors having different measurement targets
Block diagram
(hold)
X1 input
011
&
X2 input
012
'
X3 input
013
(
X4 input
014
&
X5 input
015
'
X6 input
016
(
006
Y1 output
007
Y2 output
008
Y3 output
(hold)
(hold)
X7 input
017
&
X8 input
018
'
X9 input
019
(
S1 (contact &
select switch)
S2 (contact '
select switch)
S3 (contact (
select switch)
S4 (output hold
switch)
031
032
033
034
When S1 contact select switch is 1 (ON), X1, X4 and X7 are selected, and are output to
Y1, Y2 and Y3, respectively.
When S2 contact select switch is 1 (ON), X2, X5 and X8 are selected, and are output to
Y1, Y2 and Y3, respectively.
When S3 contact select switch is 1 (ON), X3, X6 and X9 are selected, and are output to
Y1, Y2 and Y3, respectively.
When S4 output hold switch is 1 (ON), X1 to X9 inputs are not selected. The previous
output values are held for Y1, Y2 and Y3 outputs in this case.
Note: •Use the OUT command or SET command in the Step Ladder Program block (Block
Model 301) for manipulating the S1 to S4 contact select switches.
•An error (execution error code 19: inappropriate operation) occurs when two or more S1
to S3 contact select switches are specified at the same time. If an error occurs, the output
value that was active before the error occurs is held.
•When S4 contact switch is set to 1 (ON) at the same time as S1 to S3, the setting of S4
(output hold switch) is given priority.
240
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<163> 3-input Selector 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: 3-input
163
163
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Selector
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog
006
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
2
output
007
Y2
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
2
008
Y3
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
2
Analog input 011
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
(BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.)
012
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
013
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
014
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
015
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
016
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
017
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
018
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
019
X9 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
Analog input 021
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
022
X2
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
023
X3
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
024
X4
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
025
X5
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
026
X6
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
027
X7
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
028
X8
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
029
X9
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Contact input 031
S1
S1 select switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
032
S2
S2 select switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
033
S3
S3 select switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
034
S4
Output hold switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Output is held when set to
ON.
241
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<163> 3-input Selector 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
242
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
006
007
008
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
031
032
033
034
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Y1 output
Y2 output
Y3 output
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
X6 input
X7 input
X8 input
X9 input
S1 select switch
S2 select switch
S3 select switch
Output hold switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
Y1
Y2
Y3
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
X9
S1
S2
S3
S4
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<164> 3-output Selector 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<164>
3-output Selector
100 to 349
8
Signal Selection /Sw itchin g blocks
<164> 3-output Selector 100 to 349
Outline
This function block selects and outputs one analog input signal to one of three switched
outputs.
Three sets of analog input signal and switched output are held by this function block.
•In addition to switching to one of three switched outputs, the previous value can also
be held.
Function block applications
Selection of control panels or control targets having different targets to be manipulated
Block diagram
(hold)
X1 input
011
&
021
'
022
(
023
(hold)
X2 input
0012
&
024
'
025
(
026
(hold)
X3 input
013
select switch)
031
select switch)
032
select switch)
033
switch)
&
027
'
028
(
029
034
When S1 contact select switch is 1 (ON), X1, X2 and X3 inputs are output to Y1, Y4
and Y7, respectively.
When S2 contact select switch is 1 (ON), X1, X2 and X3 inputs are output to Y2, Y5
and Y8, respectively.
When S3 contact select switch is 1 (ON), X1, X2 and X3 inputs are output to Y3, Y6
and Y9, respectively.
When S4 output hold switch is 1 (ON), X1 to X3 inputs are not output. The previous
output values are held for Y1 through Y9 outputs in this case.
Note: •Use the OUT command or SET command in the Step Ladder Program block (Block
Model 301) for manipulating the S1 to S4 switches.
•An error (execution error code 19: inappropriate operation) occurs when two or more S1
to S3 contact select switches are specified at the same time. If an error occurs, the output
value that was active before the error occurs is held.
•When S4 output hold switch is set to 1 (ON) at the same time as S1 to S3, the setting of
S4 is given priority.
243
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<164> 3-output Selector 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
R/W
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: 3-output
164
164
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Selector
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 011
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
wiring
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
012
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
013
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 014
X1
X1 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
015
X2
X2 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
016
X3
X3 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
Analog
021
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
output
022
Y2
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
023
Y3
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
024
Y4
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
025
Y5
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
026
Y6
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
027
Y7
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
028
Y8
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
029
Y9
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S
Contact input 031
S1
S1 select switch
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
032
S2
S2 select switch
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
033
S3
S3 select switch
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
034
S4
Output hold switch --0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
Output is held when set to
ON.
244
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<164> 3-output Selector 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
014
015
016
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
031
032
033
034
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
Y1 output
Y2 output
Y3 output
Y4 output
Y5 output
Y6 output
Y7 output
Y8 output
Y9 output
S1 select switch
S2 select switch
S3 select switch
Output hold switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
X3
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
Y9
S1
S2
S3
S4
245
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<165> Constant Selector 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<165>
Constant Selector
100 to 349
8
Signal Selection /Sw itchin g blocks
<165> Constan t Selector 10 0 to 3 49
Outline
This function block selects eight preset constants (fixed values) by the contact signal,
and outputs the selected constant as an analog signal.
This function block differs from the Input Selector block (Block Model 162) in that the
constants are selected from fixed values and not from analog values that change.
Function block applications
Switching of multiple parameters (e.g. Set Point values)
Block diagram
Preset constants
S1 (A1 select switch)
021
Constant A1
S2 (A2 select switch)
022
Constant A2
S3 (A3 select switch)
023
Constant A3
S4 (A4 select switch)
024
Constant A4
S5 (A5 select switch)
025
Constant A5
S6 (A6 select switch)
026
Constant A6
S7 (A7 select switch)
027
Constant A7
S8 (A8 select switch)
028
Constant A8
Constant
Selector
Outputs the
constant
specified by
S1 to S8.
006
One of
constants
A1 to A8
Y1 output
The analog signal is selected by the select switch changing to 1 (ON). When multiple
select switches are 1 (ON), the switch having the smallest number among S1 to S8 is
valid.
246
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<165> Constant Selector 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Constant
165
165
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Selector
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Apendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog
006
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
Parameter 011
A1
A1 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
012
A2
A2 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
013
A3
A3 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
014
A4
A4 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
015
A5
A5 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
016
A6
A6 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
017
A7
A7 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
018
A8
A8 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Contact input 021
S1
A1 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
022
S2
A2 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
023
S3
A3 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
024
S4
A4 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
025
S5
A5 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
026
S6
A6 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
027
S7
A7 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
028
S8
A8 select switch --0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Selected by "1"
Note: Inputs are selected by A1 to A8 select switches changing to 1 (ON) and not when
operation is started. When multiple select switches are 1 (ON), the select switch for the
ITEM having the smallest ITEM number is valid.
247
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<165> Constant Selector 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
248
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
006
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Output
A1 constant
A2 constant
A3 constant
A4 constant
A5 constant
A6 constant
A7 constant
A8 constant
A1 select switch
A2 select switch
A3 select switch
A4 select switch
A5 select switch
A6 select switch
A7 select switch
A8 select switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
Y1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<166> Constant Generator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<166>
Constant Generator
100 to 349
8
Signal Selection /Sw itchin g blocks
<166> Constan t Generator 100 to 3 49
Outline
This function block outputs eight preset constants (fixed values) in batch manner as
analog signals.
All A1 to A8 constants are output to Y1 to Y8 analog outputs at all times.
Function block applications
Use of certain fixed values as input values (e.g. to make one of the values in an
addition operation a fixed value)
Block diagram
Preset constants
Constant A1
021
Y1 output
Constant A2
022
Y2 output
Constant A3
023
Y3 output
Constant A4
024
Y4 output
Constant A5
025
Y5 output
Constant A6
026
Y6 output
Constant A7
027
Y7 output
Constant A8
028
Y8 output
249
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<166> Constant Generator 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Constant
166
166
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Generator
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 011
A1
A1 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
012
A2
A2 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
013
A3
A3 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
014
A4
A4 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
015
A5
A5 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
016
A6
A6 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
017
A7
A7 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
018
A8
A8 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
Analog
021
Y1
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
output
022
Y2
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
023
Y3
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
024
Y4
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
025
Y5
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
026
Y6
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
027
Y7
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
028
Y8
Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
250
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
A1 constant
A2 constant
A3 constant
A4 constant
A5 constant
A6 constant
A7 constant
A8 constant
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<167> Ramped Switch 001 to 032
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<167>
Ramped Switch
001 to 032
8
Signal Selection /Sw itchin g blocks
<167> Ramped Sw itch 00 1 to 0 32
Outline
The function block creates a ramped switch that switches between two analog inputs,
X1 and X2, or constants.
When the status of the Input Switch Command, S1, is changed, output Y1 is changed
at a constant rate to equal the value of analog input X1 or analog input X2 at the end of
the specified time.
Ramped Switch blocks can be used when it is necessary to change a process value
gradually over a set period of time.
Note: Internal values resulting from calculations from just prior to power interruptions or
stopping operation are cleared for cold starts. They are maintained for hot starts.
Function block applications
Changing a process value over a set period of time for opening/closing valves, ramping
temperature increases for heat processing, etc.
Block diagram
S1 input switch command
027
X1 input
007
X2 input
008
T time width
025
S2 reset command
028
Ramp
filter
030
Y1 output
031
Y2 remaining time
032
U1 input switching
S1
1
0
Time
Y1
X2
Change
X1
Time
T (time
width)
T (time
width)
When Input Switch Command S1 changes to 1 (ON), the value of Y1 changes from X1
to X2 over time width T. When Input Switch Command S1 changes to 0 (OFF), the
value of Y1 changes from X2 to X1 over time width T. When time width T has lapsed,
the value of the selected input is output.
The ramp filter is operating only while input switching U1 is ON.
(The above figure explains the relationship when X2>X1. The relationship when X2<X1
is also possible.)
Note1 .When Reset Command S2 is set to 1 (ON), the value of Y1 will be reset to X2 if Input
Switch Command S1 is set to 1 (ON), and to X2 if Input Switch Command S1 is set to 0
(OFF).
Note2: If the Input Switch Command is changed while Output Y1 is changing, the value being
output will change to X1 or X2 over time width T.
Note3: If you have changed the time unit (Item 026) while Output Y1 is changing, change Reset
Command S2 from 1 (ON) to 0 (OFF).
251
8 Signal Selection/Switching blocks
<167> Ramped Switch 001 to 032
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W
–
–
S/R
1
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Ramped Switch
167
167
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix “Execution Error Code
List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Note: If 000000 is set, the value of ITEM
015 is used as a constant for X1 (fixed
value).
008
X2 source destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
Note:If 000000 is set, the value of ITEM
016 is used as a constant for X2 (fixed
value).
Analog input 015 X1 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
016 X2 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 025 T
Time width (0: No delay)
0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
026 TU Time unit (0: sec, 1: min, 2: hr)
0 to 2
0
–
R/W(S) –
W
–
S/R
1
Contact input 027 S1 Input Switch Command (1: Y1= X2 to X1, 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
0: Y1= X1 to X2)
028 S2 Reset Command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
When set to 1, if S1 (ITEM 027) =0 Y1 is
reset to X1. If S1(ITEM 027) =1, Y1 is
reset to X2.
Analog
030 Y1 Output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W
–
–
–
S
2
output
031 Y2 Remaining Time (Time set to 0)
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
r
–
W
–
S
2
Contact
032 U1 Input switching (ramp filter operating: 1) 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
List of tag ITEMS on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
Stop block operation
command
Execution error display
X1 input
X2 input
Time width
Time unit
Input switch command
Reset command
Y1 output
Remaining time
003
015
016
025
026
027
028
030
031
252
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
T
TU
S1
S2
Y1
Y2
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<171> Constant ITEM Setting 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<171>
Constant ITEM Setting
100 to 349
9
ITEM Setting b locks
<171> Constan t ITEM Setting 100 to 349
Outline
This function block writes the constant data (fixed values) to the specified parameter
ITEM in specified function blocks. Constants are written to parameter ITEMs when E1
to E8 send switches or the batch send switch are ON.
Constant data is written within the range -32000 to +32000, and all numbers are
expressed as values without any digits past the decimal point. (For example, 100
becomes 1.00 when it is written to an ITEM that is expressed with two digits past the
decimal point.)
•In function block ITEM lists, constant data can be written to ITEMs defined as settable
(W) by ITEM Setting blocks. Constant data cannot be written to ITEMs defined as
non-settable (-).
R/W method
ITEM
According to
CX-Process
Monitor
W
Data
Length
(bytes)
According to According
ITEM Setting to Step
block
Ladder
Program
W
–
1
•ITEM002 (Block Model) of the write destination function block cannot be changed.
•Writing is executed for the duration that a send switch is 1 (ON). Send switches are
automatically set to 0 (OFF) after writing is completed. For this reason, to execute
writing only once, use the differentiated output command (DIFU) of the Step Ladder
Program block (Block Model 301) to manipulate the send switches. To repeat
execution of writing, use the OUT or SET command to manipulate the send switch.
Block diagram
Preset constants
S1 (E1 send switch)
031
Constant E1
011
E1 output
S2 (E2 send switch)
032
Constant E2
012
E2 output
S3 (E3 send switch)
033
Constant E3
013
E3 output
S4 (E4 send switch)
034
Constant E4
014
S5 (E5 send switch)
035
Constant E5
015
S6 (E6 send switch)
036
Constant E6
016
To
E4 output specified
ITEM in
E5 output
other
E6 output function
S7 (E7 send switch)
037
Constant E7
017
E1 output
S8 (E8 send switch)
038
Constant E8
018
E8 output
S9 (Batch send switch)
039
253
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<171> Constant ITEM Setting 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Constant
171
171
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
ITEM Setting
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog
011
E1 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
output
(BBB: Block address, III:
connection
ITEM No.)
information
012
E2 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
013
E3 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
014
E4 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
015
E5 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
016
E6 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
017
E7 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
018
E8 destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
(BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.)
Parameter 021
E1
E1 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
022
E2
E2 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
023
E3
E3 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
024
E4
E4 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
025
E5
E5 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
026
E6
E6 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
027
E7
E7 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
028
E8
E8 setting
±32000
0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
Contact input 031
S1
E1 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
032
S2
E2 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
033
S3
E3 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
034
S4
E4 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
035
S5
E5 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
036
S6
E6 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
037
S7
E7 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
038
S8
E8 send switch --- Send
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
when ON.
039
S9
Batch send switch --- Send 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
all when ON.
254
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<171> Constant ITEM Setting 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
E1 setting
E2 setting
E3 setting
E4 setting
E5 setting
E6 setting
E7 setting
E8 setting
E1 send switch
E2 send switch
E3 send switch
E4 send switch
E5 send switch
E6 send switch
E7 send switch
E8 send switch
Batch send switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
255
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<172> Variable ITEM Setting 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<172>
Variable ITEM Setting
100 to 349
9
ITEM Setting b locks
<172> Variable ITEM Setting 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block input analog signals (variables), and writes that variable data
(values that change) to the specified parameter ITEM in specified function blocks.
Variables are written to parameter ITEMs when E1 to E8 send switches or the batch
send switch are ON.
Variable data corresponding to variable data range -3200.00 to +3200.00% is written
within the range -32000 to +32000, and all numbers are expressed as values without
any digits past the decimal point. (For example, 100 becomes 1.00 when it is written to
an ITEM that is expressed with two digits past the decimal point.)
•In function block ITEM lists, analog input (variable) data can be written to ITEMs
defined as settable (W) by ITEM Setting blocks. Variable data cannot be written to
ITEMs defined as non-settable (-).
ITEM
R/W method
According to
CX-Process
Monitor
W
Data
Length
(bytes)
According to According
ITEM Setting to Step
block
Ladder
Program
W
–
1
•ITEM002 (Block Model) of the write destination function block cannot be changed.
•Writing is executed for the duration that a send switch is 1 (ON). Send switches are
automatically set to 0 (OFF) after writing is completed. For this reason, to execute
writing only once, use the differentiated output command (DIFU) of the Step Ladder
Program block (Block Model 301) to manipulate the send switches. To repeat
execution of writing, use the OUT or SET command to manipulate the send switches.
256
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<172> Variable ITEM Setting 100 to 349
Block diagram
Variable selection, data display
X1 variable input
011
031
E1 output
X2 variable input
012
032
E2 output
X3 variable input
013
033
E3 output
X4 variable input
014
034
E4 output
X5 variable input
015
035
E5 output
X6 variable input
016
036
E6 output
X7 variable input
017
037
E7 output
X8 variable input
018
038
E8 output
S1 (E1 send switch)
041
S2 (E2 send switch)
042
S3 (E3 send switch)
043
S4 (E4 send switch)
044
S5 (E5 send switch)
045
S6 (E6 send switch)
046
S7 (E7 send switch)
047
S8 (E8 send switch)
048
S9 (Batch send switch)
To specified
ITEM of other
function block
049
257
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<172> Variable ITEM Setting 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Variable ITEM Setting
172
172
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 011
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
information
012
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
013
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
014
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
015
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
016
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
017
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
018
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
Analog input 021 X1 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
022 X2 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
023 X3 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
024 X4 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
025 X5 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
026 X6 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
027 X7 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
028 X8 Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Analog
031
E1 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
output
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
connection
information
032
E2 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
033
E3 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
034
E4 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
035
E5 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
036
E6 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.(no
connection allowed)
037
E7 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
038
E8 destination designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
Contact input 041 S1 E1 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
042 S2 E2 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
043 S3 E3 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
044 S4 E4 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
045 S5 E5 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
046 S6 E6 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
047 S7 E7 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
048 S8 E8 send switch --- Send when ON.
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
049 S9 Batch send switch --- Send all when ON. 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
258
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<172> Variable ITEM Setting 100 to 349
Note
Bumpless output of MV functions when PID constants are changed in the Basic PID
block (Block Model 011) and Advanced PID block (Block Model 012).
For this reason, MV is no longer updated and PID control is not executed correctly if
variables are written to PID constants at each operation cycle by the Variable ITEM
Setting block (Block Model 172).
If this happens, use the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301) to provide a time
interval for writing by the ITEM Setting block.
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
X6 input
X7 input
X8 input
E1 send switch
E2 send switch
E3 send switch
E4 send switch
E5 send switch
E6 send switch
E7 send switch
E8 send switch
Batch send switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
259
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<174> Batch Data Collector 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<174>
Batch Data Collector
100 to 349
9
ITEM Setting b locks
<174> Batch Data Collector 100 to 349
Outline
This function block holds up to eight analog inputs in buffer according to a certain
timing within sequence processing.
After batch processing ends, the data held in buffer ITEMs are read by the CPU Unit or
CX-Process Monitor for use.
Note: To read the data on CX-Process Monitor, use the AO Terminal to Expanded CPU Unit
block (Block Model 458) to temporarily store the data held in buffer ITEMs to the CPU Unit
I/O Memory and then read the data.
Function block applications
Collection of data at the timing of sequence processing to create a ledger at a batch
processing plant
Example Collect temperature data and level data to create a batch report after raw materials
have been poured into a tank.
Block diagram
Buffering of collected data
Input
D1 input
011
021 (D1 buffer)
031
S1 (D1 input switch)
D2 input
012
022 (D2 buffer)
032
S2 (D2 input switch)
D3 input
013
023 (D3 buffer)
033
S3 (D3 input switch)
D4 input
014
024 (D4 buffer)
034
S4 (D4 input switch)
D5 input
015
025 (D5 buffer)
035
S5 (D5 input switch)
D6 input
016
026 (D6 buffer)
036
S6 (D6 input switch)
D7 input
017
027 (D7 buffer)
037
S7 (D7 input switch)
D8 input
018
028 (D8 buffer)
038
S8 (D8 input switch)
039
S9 (Batch input switch)
040
S10 (Batch clear buffer switch)
When the state of S1 to S8 input switches changes from 0 to 1, each of D1 to D8 inputs
are held in ITEM021 to ITEM028 (hold data in buffer). After data has been loaded, S1
to S8 input switches are automatically reset to 0.
When the state of S9 batch input switch changes from 0 to 1, all of D1 to D8 inputs are
held in ITEM021 to ITEM028 (hold data in buffer). After data has been loaded, S1 to S8
input switches are automatically reset to 0.
When the state of S10 batch clear buffer switch changes from 0 to 1, all of the data
held in ITEM021 to ITEM028 (hold data in buffer) is cleared. After all buffers are
cleared, S10 batch clear buffer switch is automatically reset to 0.
260
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<174> Batch Data Collector 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command (0:
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Batch Data Collector
174
174
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5:
2
Analog input 011
D1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
information
012
D2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
013
D3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
014
D4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
015
D5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
016
D6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
017
D7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
018
D8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
Analog input 021 D1
D1 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
022 D2
D2 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
023 D3
D3 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
024 D4
D4 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
025 D5
D5 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
026 D6
D6 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
027 D7
D7 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
028 D8
D8 input (hold data in buffer)
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Contact input 031 S1
D1 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
032 S2
D2 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
033 S3
D3 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
034 S4
D4 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
035 S5
D5 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
036 S6
D6 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
037 S7
D7 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
038 S8
D8 input switch --- Data input when
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
setting changes from 0 to 1.
039 S9
Batch input switch --- Data of D1 to D8 is 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
batch-input when setting changes from 0
to 1.
040 S10 Batch clear buffer switch --- Contents
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
(held values) of D1 to D8 buffers area
batch-cleared when switch state
changes from 0 to 1.
261
9 ITEM Setting blocks
<174> Batch Data Collector 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
262
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
D1 input
D2 input
D3 input
D4 input
D5 input
D6 input
D7 input
D8 input
D1 input switch
D2 input switch
D3 input switch
D4 input switch
D5 input switch
D6 input switch
D7 input switch
D8 input switch
Batch input switch
Batch clear buffer switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<182> Accumulated Value Input Adder 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<182>
Accumulated Value Input Adder
100 to 349
10
Pulse Train Operatio n blocks
<182> Accumulated Value Input Adder 10 0 to 3 49
Outline
This function block adds up to four accumulated value signals (0000 to 9999 repeat
signals).
•Digit shift can be set to each of the accumulated value inputs.
•The results of addition are output as accumulated values (eight digits) and
instantaneous values.
•When S1 counter reset switch is set to 1 (ON), the accumulated value count is
returned to 0 (zero).
•All count operations are stopped by the S2 interrupt switch.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the accumulated values of the operation results that were
held before output OFF or before running was stopped are cleared from memory. These
values are held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
Calculation of the total flowrate accumulated values of various fluids
Block diagram
P1 accumulated
value input
007
Decimal
point shift
P2 accumulated
value input
008
Decimal
point shift
Conversion of
instantaneous
values
Addition
P1+P2+P3+P4
Counter
023
024
025
P3 accumulated
value input
009
Decimal
point shift
P4 accumulated
value input
010
Decimal
point shift
S1 counter reset
switch
021
S2 interrupt switch
022
Y1 instantaneous value
output
Q1 accumulated value
(lower 4 digits)
Q2 accumulated value
(upper 4 digits)
263
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<182> Accumulated Value Input Adder 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Accumulated 182
182
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Value Input Adder
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
–
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Accumu-late 007
P1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
d value input
BBB: Block address, III:
connection
ITEM No.
information
008
P2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
009
P3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
010
P4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III:
ITEM No.
Accumu-late 011
P1
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
d value input
012
P2
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
013
P3
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
014
P4
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 015
P1 decimal point shift
-3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(10x, -3: x0.001, -2: x0.01,
-1: x0.1, 0: x1, 1: x10)
Note 1
016
P2 decimal point shift
-3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(same as above)
017
P3 decimal point shift
-3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(same as above)
018
P4 decimal point shift
-3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(same as above)
019
Instantaneous value
0 to
1000.00 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
conversion parameter
99999.9999 00
(The number of pulses per
second at instantaneous
value output 100% is set.)
020
Sample number for moving 1 to 16
16
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
average in instantaneous
value conversion
Contact input 021
S1
Counter reset switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S/R
1
(1: Reset)
022
S2
Interrupt switch (1:
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
–
S/R
1
Interrupt)
Analog
023
Y1
Instantaneous value output 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
Accumu-late 024
Q1
Accumulated value (lower 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
d value
4 digits)
output
025
Q2
Accumulated value (upper 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
4 digits)
Note: When decimal point shift is set to -3 to -1, only integer pulses are used for instantaneous
value calculation. Digits past the decimal point are added to the next calculation.
264
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<182> Accumulated Value Input Adder 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
011
012
013
014
020
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
P1 input
P2 input
P3 input
P4 input
Sample number for moving average in
instantaneous value conversion
Counter reset switch
Interrupt switch
Instantaneous value output
Accumulated value (lower 4 digits)
Accumulated value (upper 4 digits)
021
022
023
024
025
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
P1
P2
P3
P4
N
S1
S2
Y1
Q1
Q2
265
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<183> Accumulated Value Analog Multiplier 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<183>
Accumulated Value Analog Multiplier
100 to 349
10
Pulse Train Operatio n blocks
<183> Accumulated Value Analog M ultiplier 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block multiplies analog signals by one set of accumulated value signals
(0000 to 9999 repeat signals).
•Digit shift can be set to each of the accumulated value inputs.
•The results of multiplication are output as accumulated values (eight digits) and
instantaneous values.
•When S1 counter reset switch is set to 1 (ON). the accumulated value count is
returned to 0 (zero).
•All count operations are stopped by the S2 interrupt switch.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the accumulated values of the operation results that were
held before output OFF or before running was stopped are cleared from memory. These
values are held when a hot start is performed.
Block diagram
P1 accumulated
value input
007
Decimal
point shift
Multiplication
Q1=K1 x P1 x (X1-A1)
266
X1 analog input
008
S1 counter reset
switch
018
S2 interrupt switch
019
Conversion of
instantaneous
values
020
Counter
021
Q1 accumulated value
(lower 4 digits)
022
Q2 accumulated value
(upper 4 digits)
Y1 instantaneous
value output
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<183> Accumulated Value Analog Multiplier 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Accumulated 183
183
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Value Analog Multiplier
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1,
5: 2
Accumu-late 007
P1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
d value input
BBB: Block address, III:
connection
ITEM No.
information
Analog input 008
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Accumu-late 011
P1
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
d value input
Analog input 012
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 013
Decimal point shift
–3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(10x, –3: x0.001, –2:
x0.01, –1: x0.1, 0: x1, 1:
x10) Note 1
014
K1
Gain
±10.000
1.000
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
S/R
2
015
A1
Bias
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
–
–
S/R
2
016
Instantaneous value
0 to
1000.00 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
conversion parameter
99999.9999 00
(The number of pulses per
second at instantaneous
value output 100% is set.)
017
Sample number for moving 1 to 16
16
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
1
average in instantaneous
value conversion
Contact input 018
S1
Counter reset switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
(1: Reset)
019
S2
Interrupt switch (1:
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Interrupt)
Analog
020
Y1
Instantaneous value output 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
Accumu-late 021
Q1
Accumulated value (lower 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
d value
4 digits)
output
022
Q2
Accumulated value (upper 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
4 digits)
Note1: The multiplication formula is Q1=K1xP1x(X1-A1). Each of the values of Q1, K1 and P1
are the ranges indicated in the ITEM List above. Note, however, that X1 and A1 are
calculated with 100%=1.0, and the data ranges for each are -3.2 to +3.2.
Note2: If the result of multiplication is a minus value, the result is taken to be 0 (zero).
Note3: When decimal point shift is set to -3 to -1, only integer pulses are used for instantaneous
value calculation. Digits past the decimal point are added to the next calculation.
267
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<183> Accumulated Value Analog Multiplier 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
011
012
014
015
017
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
P1 input
X1 input
Gain
Bias
Sample number for moving
average in instantaneous value
conversion
Counter reset switch
Interrupt switch
Instantaneous value output
Accumulated value (lower 4
digits)
Accumulated value (upper 4
digits)
018
019
020
021
022
268
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
P1
X1
K1
A1
N
S1
S2
Y1
Q1
Q2
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<184> Accumulator for accumulated value input 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<184>
Accumulator for accumulated value
100 to 349
input
10
Pulse Train Operatio n blocks
<184> Accumulator for accumulated value inp ut 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block continuously accumulates 4-digit accumulated value signals
(repeated signals within 0000 to 9999 range), and converts them to eight digits. This
function block can also be used for batch control.
•Accumulated values are divided into upper four digits and lower four digits before they
are output. If necessary, join these two sets of digits together for display on a host
computer.
•When Qn accumulated value output is used as analog input for other function blocks,
the count 9999 is processed as 99.99%.
•When S1 reset switch is set to 1 (ON), the accumulated values are returned to count
0.
•When S3 batch controller reset switch is input, Q3 batch accumulated value becomes
count 0, and U1 arrival at preset value is reset to 0 (OFF).
•S2 interrupt switch stops all count operations.
•Minus inputs are regarded as 0% input.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before output OFF or before
running was stopped are cleared from memory. These values are held when a hot start is
performed.
Function block applications
•Input of accumulated values 0000 to 9999 from Pulse Input Unit (CS1W-PPS01: Block
Model 562) as P1 accumulated value input
•Input of accumulated values 0000 to 9999 from Contact input/Accumulated value
output block (Block Model 185) as P1 accumulated value input
269
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<184> Accumulator for accumulated value input 100 to 349
Block diagram
P1 accumulated
value input
007
S1 counter reset
switch
016
Counter
012
014
S2 interrupt
switch
Y1 instantaneous
value output
Q1 accumulated value
(lower 4 digits)
013
Q2 accumulated value
(upper 4 digits)
022
Q3 batch accumulated
value
024
U1 arrival at preset
value
015
Batch
Controller
Preset value
S3 batch controller
reset switch
021
023
S3 batch controller
reset switch
S2 interrupt switch
Q3 batch
accumulated value
Preset value
0
U1 arrival at preset value
270
Decimal
point shift
Conversion of
instantaneous
values
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<184> Accumulator for accumulated value input 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Accumulator 184
184
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
for accumulated value
input
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Accumulated value input P1
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Accumulated 007
P1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
value input
BBB: Block address, III:
connection
ITEM No.
information
Accumu-late 008
P1
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
d value input
Parameter 009
Decimal point shift
-3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(10x, -3: x0.001, -2: x0.01,
-1: x0.1, 0: x1, 1: x10)
Note 1
010
Instantaneous value
0 to
1000.00 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
conversion parameter
99999.9999 00
(The number of pulses per
second at instantaneous
value output 100% is set.)
011
Sample number for moving 1 to 16
16
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
average in instantaneous
value conversion
Accumu-late 012
Q1
Accumulated value (lower 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
–
W
–
S
2
d value
4 digits)
output
013
Q2
Accumulated value (upper 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
–
W
–
S
2
4 digits)
Contact input 014
S1
Counter reset switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
(1: Reset)
015
S2
Interrupt switch (1:
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Interrupt)
Analog
016
Y1
Instantaneous value output 0 to 320.00% 0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
2
output
271
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<184> Accumulator for accumulated value input 100 to 349
Batch controller
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 021
Preset value
0000 to 9999 9999
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Accumu-late 022
Q3
Batch accumulated value 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
r/w
–
W
–
S
2
d value
output
Contact input 023
S3
Batch controller reset
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
switch
(1: Reset)
Contact
024
U1
Arrival at preset value
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Note: When decimal point shift is set to -3 to -1, only integer pulses are used for instantaneous
value calculation. Digits past the decimal point are added to the next calculation.
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
012
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
P1 input
Accumulated value (lower 4
digits)
Accumulated value (upper 4
digits)
Counter reset switch
Interrupt switch
Instantaneous value output
Preset value
Batch accumulated value
Batch controller reset switch
Arrival at preset value
013
014
015
016
021
022
023
024
272
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
P1
Q1
Q2
S1
S2
Y1
BM
Q3
S3
U1
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<185> Contact Input/
Accumulated Value Output 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<185>
Contact Input/
100 to 349
Accumulated Value Output
10
Pulse Train Operatio n blocks
<185> Contact Inpu t/
Accumulated Value Outpu t 100 to 349
Outline
This function block counts the rising edges of contact inputs (low-speed pulses) to
output accumulated value signals.
•This function block is used when the Contact Input Unit is used instead of the Pulse
Input Unit to accumulate low-speed pulse train signals.
•Assign contact inputs in the Contact Distributor block (Block Model 201) or Step
Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
•Counting is not performed after the contact input signal is set to 1 (ON) unless it is
temporarily set to 0 (OFF). For this reason, thoroughly check the relationship between
operation cycle and pulse rate before use.
Note1: When the contact signals input from the Basic Input Unit are taken as the input, the
operation cycle of DI Terminal blocks can be used only when accumulating low-speed
pulse inputs as the cycle is 0.1 to 2 seconds. The operation cycle of DI Terminal blocks
cannot be used for accumulating high-speed pulses from flowrate meters, for example.
Note2: Set the operation cycle of ITEM004 to a value shorter than the contact input.
Note3: When a cold start is performed, the values that were held before CPU Unit output turned
OFF or before running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared from memory.
These values are held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
Input and accumulation of low-speed pulses such as power
Output of accumulated values to the Accumulator for accumulated value input block
(Block Model 184) for conversion to eight digits when accumulated values must be
expressed up to eight digits
273
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<185> Contact Input/
Accumulated Value Output 100 to 349
Block diagram
S1 contact input
008
S2 reset switch
009
S3 interrupt switch
S1 contact input
S2 reset switch
S3 interrupt switch
Q1/Q2 accumulated
values
0
274
010
Accumulator
011
Q1 accumulated value
(lower 4 digits)
012
Q2 accumulated value
(upper 4 digits)
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<185> Contact Input/
Accumulated Value Output 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Contact
185
185
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Input/Accumulated Value
Output
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Contact input 008
S1
Contact input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
S/R
1
009
S2
Reset switch (1: Reset)
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
010
S3
Interrupt switch (1:
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Interrupt)
Accumu-late 011
Q1
Accumulated value (lower 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
–
–
W
–
S
2
d value
4 digits)
output
012
Q2
Accumulated value (upper 0000 to 9999 0
Yes
–
–
W
–
S
2
4 digits)
Note
Set the operation cycle of ITEM004 to a value the same or shorter than the pulse cycle
of the contact input.
Contacts inputs cannot be counted correctly if the operation cycle is set to a value that
is longer than the pulse cycle of the contact input.
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Contact input
Reset switch
Interrupt switch
Accumulated value (lower 4
digits)
Accumulated value (upper 4
digits)
012
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
S1
S2
S3
Q1
Q2
275
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<186> Accumulated Value Input/
Contact Output 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<186>
Accumulated Value Input/
100 to 349
Contact Output
10
Pulse Train Operatio n blocks
<186> Accumulated Value Input/
Contact Ou tput 1 00 to 349
Outline
This function block converts accumulated values inputs to contact outputs (low-speed
pulses).
•This function block is used when the Contact Output Unit is used instead of the Pulse
Output Unit to output low-speed pulse train signals.
•Connect contact outputs in the Contact Distributor block (Block Model 201) or Step
Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
•The next operation cycle is set to 0 (OFF) after the contact output signal has turned 1
(ON) for one operation cycle.
•Input values are accumulated internally when the output pulse rate is twice or more
than the operation cycle and the output speed cannot keep pace with conversion.
•If internal accumulation continues, change the decimal point shift setting to set a
slower pulse rate.
Note: •The maximum value of the internal counter is 99999999.
•When a cold start is performed, the accumulated values that were held before CPU Unit
output turned OFF or before running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared
from memory. These accumulated values are held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
Input of accumulated values from the Accumulator for instantaneous value input block
(Block Model 150) as P1 accumulated value input
Notification of accumulated values by an on-site contact input mechanical counter
276
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<186> Accumulated Value Input/
Contact Output 100 to 349
Block diagram
P1 accumulated
value input
007
S1 reset switch
010
S2 interrupt switch
011
Digit shift
Pulse train
conversion
012
U1 contact
S3 reset switch
S2 interrupt switch
Q1 accumulated
0
U1 contact output
277
10 Pulse Train Operation blocks
<186> Accumulated Value Input/
Contact Output 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Accumulated 186
186
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Value Input/Contact
Output
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Accumulated 007
P1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
value input
(BBB: Block address, III:
connection
ITEM No., Connection
information
mandatory)
Accumu-late 008
P1
Input
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
d value input
Parameter 009
Decimal point shift (10x, -3 to +1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
-3: x0.001, -2: x0.01, -1:
x0.1, 0: x1, 1: x10)
Contact input 010
S1
Counter reset switch (1:
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
Reset)
011
S2
Interrupt switch (1:
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
Interrupt)
Contact
012
U1
Contact output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
output
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
278
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
010
011
012
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
P1 input
Counter reset switch
Interrupt switch
Contact output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
P1
S1
S2
U1
11 Other blocks
<192> Analog/Pulse Width Converter 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<192>
Analog/Pulse Width Converter
100 to 349
11
Other blocks
<192> Analog/Pulse Wid th Converter 100 to 349
Outline
This function block changes the ON/OFF duration ratio in a constant cycle so that it is
proportional to the analog input signal. (The ON duration ratio is changed within the
range 0 to 100% corresponding to analog input range 0 to 100%.)
•The ON elapsed time and analog input value (that is, the ON time setting value) are
compared at each operation cycle. When the analog input becomes OFF, the OFF
state continues until CT pulse cycle time is completed.
•This function block is used, for example, to manipulate an ON/OFF control heater by
output from a PID controller (time-proportional control).
•U1 contact output is set to 0 (OFF) for the entire cycle when input is 0% or less, and 1
(ON) for the entire cycle when input is 100% or more.
•The minimum time resolution is 0.1 seconds. However, time cannot be shorter than
the operation cycle.
•U1 contact output is reset when S1 reset switch is set to 1 (ON), and set to 0 (OFF) for
the entire cycle. When S1 reset switch is set to 0 (OFF), the ON time of U1 contact
output is output proportionately to X1 analog input.
Function block applications
Time-proportional control (proportional control by which the time ratio between ON and
OFF is changed proportionately)
Block diagram
X1 input
S1 reset switch
Analog/Pulse Width Converter
007
011
U1 contact
010
70%
50%
X1 input
30%
S1 reset switch
Cycle CT
Cycle CT
Cycle CT
U1 contact output
ON
70%
OFF
30%
ON
50%
OFF
50%
ON
30%
OFF
70%
279
11 Other blocks
<192> Analog/Pulse Width Converter 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Analog/Pulse 192
192
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Width Converter
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No., (Connection
mandatory)
Analog input 008
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
Parameter 009
CT
Pulse cycle time
1 to 1000.0s 1.0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
Contact input 010
S1
Reset switch (1: Reset)
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
Contact
011
U1
Contact output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
output
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
2
2
1
1
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
280
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
009
010
011
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
X1 input
Pulse cycle time
Reset switch
Contact output
CSV tags in
SCADA software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X1
CT
S1
U1
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<201> Contact Distributor 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
<201>
Block Address
100 to 349
Contact Distributor
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<201> Contact Distribu tor 100 to 349
Outline
This function block connects contact signals between function blocks in a 1:1
connection without the need to use the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
•Eight pairs can be connected per Contact Distributor block.
•To connect a contact signal, specify the block number and ITEM number of the source
and destination function blocks.
•The ITEMs that can be specified are the same as those in the Step Ladder Program
block (Block Model 301). That is, "contact output" or "contact input" ITEMs can be
specified as the source, and "contact input" ITEMs can be specified as the destination.
For details, refer to ITEM type or R/W Mode "According to Step Ladder Program" in
function block ITEM lists.
ITEM type
R/W method
Data
Length
(bytes)
According to According to According to
CX-Process ITEM Setting Step Ladder
Monitor
block
Program
–
Contact
input
–
R/W
1
•Constant output or single output can be selected (supported from version 2.50 of the
Loop Control Unit). For constant output, the contact input is connected to constant
contact output. For single output, the contact input is connected to contact output only
when 0 changes to 1, or 1 changes to 0.
Block diagram
Other function block
Source designation
Destination designation
S1
007
008
E1
S2
009
010
E2
S3
011
012
E3
S4
013
014
E4
S5
015
016
E5
S6
017
018
E6
S7
019
020
E7
S8
021
022
E8
Other function block
281
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<201> Contact Distributor 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameters
004
*1
006
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
Contact input
connection
information
Contact output
connection
information
007
Sym
Data Description
bol
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Proc CX-Pro ITEM
Step
ess Tool cess
Setting Ladder
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
Block
name
201
0000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S)
r
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
2
0
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
1
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
Data Range Default
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
23
characters
Block Model: Contact Distributor
201
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Output type
0, 1
0: Constant output, 1: Single output
Note: For single output, the connection to
contact output [email protected] is made only when
contact input [email protected] changes.
S1 source designation
BBBIII
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
1
008
E1 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
009
S2 source designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
010
E2 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
011
S3 source designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
012
E3 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
013
S4 source designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
014
E4 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
015
S5 source designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
016
E5 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
017
S6 source designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
018
E6 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
019
S7 source designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
020
E7 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
021
S8 source designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
022
E8 destination designation
(BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.)
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
*1: This ITEM has been added to Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.50.
282
Data
Length
(bytes)
4
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<202> Constant Comparator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<202>
Constant Comparator
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<202> Constan t Co mparator 100 to 349
Outline
This function block compares (one of >, = or < comparison mode) analog input signals
and constants, and outputs the comparison results as contacts.
•Comparison can be performed on up to eight sets of signals and constants.
•All outputs for the comparison results can be forcibly turned ON or OFF.
•All comparison operations can be stopped.
Note: When the comparison mode is set to either > or <, comparison contacts do not have
hysteresis.
Function block applications
Switching of control conditions (PID constants, heat/cool control, etc.) when the input is
a certain value or higher (matching a certain value or a certain value or lower)
Block diagram
Comparison mode
X1 input
007
Reference
value X1
Constant R1
0: X1 > R1
1: X1= R1
2: X1 < R1
010
U1 contact output
014
U2 contact output
038
U8 contact output
Comparison mode
X2 input
011
Reference
value X2
Constant R2
0: X2 > R2
1: X2 = R2
2: X2 < R2
Comparison mode
X8 input
035
Reference
value X8
Constant R8
S1 (comparison stop
command)
S2 (forced 0 output
command)
S3 (forced 1 output
command)
0: X8 > R8
1: X8 = R8
2: X8 < R8
041
042
043
283
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<202> Constant Comparator 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range
Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23 characters
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
name
002
Block Model: Constant Comparator 202
202
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error
Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4:
1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 008
R1 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
009
C1 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
010 U1
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 011
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 012
R2 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
013
C2 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
014 U2
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 015
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 016
R3 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
017
C3 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
018 U3
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 019
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 020
R4 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
021
C4 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
022 U4
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 023
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 024
R5 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
025
C5 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
026 U5
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 027
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 028
R6 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
029
C6 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
030 U6
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 031
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 032
R7 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
033
C7 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
284
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<202> Constant Comparator 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range
Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
034 U7
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 035
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
Parameter 036
R8 constant
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
037
C8 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
038 U8
Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Contact input 041 S1
Comparison stop command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
042 S2
Forced 0 output command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
043 S3
Forced 1 output command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
Analog input 051*1 X1
X1 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
052 X2
X2 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
053 X3
X3 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
054 X4
X4 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
055*1 X5
X5 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
056*1 X6
X6 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
057*1 X7
X7 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
058 X8
X8 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
Note: •When S1 comparison stop command turns 1 (ON), all comparison processing on inputs
X1 to X8 is stopped. All comparison result outputs at that time are held at the output values
that were current when S1 turned 1 (ON).
•When S2 forced 0 output command turns 1 (ON), all contact outputs U1 to U8 turn 0
(OFF) regardless of the comparison results.
•When S3 forced 1 output command turns 1 (ON), all contact outputs U1 to U8 turn 1 (ON)
regardless of the comparison results.
•The S2 forced 0 output command and S3 forced 1 output command are given priority over
the S1 comparison stop command.
•If both the S2 forced 0 output command and S3 forced 1 output command turn 1 (ON), an
execution error (error code 19: illegal operation) occurs.
285
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<202> Constant Comparator 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
286
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
008
010
012
014
016
018
020
022
024
026
028
030
032
034
036
038
041
042
043
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
R1 constant
U1 comparison result
R2 constant
U2 comparison result
R3 constant
U3 comparison result
R4 constant
U4 comparison result
R5 constant
U5 comparison result
R6 constant
U6 comparison result
R7 constant
U7 comparison result
R8 constant
U8 comparison result
Comparison stop command
Forced 0 output command
Forced 1 output command
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
X6 input
X7 input
X8 input
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
R1
U1
R2
U2
R3
U3
R4
U4
R5
U5
R6
U6
R7
U7
R8
U8
S1
S2
S3
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<203> Variable Comparator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<203>
Variable Comparator
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<203> Variable Comparator 100 to 349
Outline
This function block compares (one of >, = or < comparison mode) pairs of analog
signals, and outputs the comparison results as contacts.
•Comparison can be performed on up to eight sets of analog input signal pairs.
•All outputs for the comparison results can be forcibly turned ON or OFF.
•All comparison operations can be stopped.
Note: When the comparison mode is set to either > or <, comparison contacts do not have
hysteresis.
Function block applications
Switching of control conditions (PID constants, heat/cool control, etc.) when the input is
equal to or higher than the comparison input (or matching the comparison input, or
equal to or lower than the comparison input)
Block diagram
Comparison mode
X1 input
007
Reference
value X1
R1 comparison input
008
Constant R1
0: X1> R1
1: X1= R1
2: X1< R1
010
U1 contact output
014
U2 contact output
038
U8 contact output
Comparison mode
X2 input
011
Reference
value X2
R2 comparison input
012
Constant R2
0: X2 > R2
1: X2 = R2
2: X2 < R2
Comparison mode
X8 input
035
Reference
value X8
R8 comparison input
036
Constant R8
S1 (comparison stop
command)
S2 (forced 0 output
command)
S3 (forced 1 output
command)
0: X8 > R8
1: X8 = R8
2: X8 < R8
041
042
043
287
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<203> Variable Comparator 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range
Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
input
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23 characters Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
name
002
Block Model: Variable Comparator
203
203
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5,
4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 007
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
008
R1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
009
C1 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
010 U1 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 011
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
012
R2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
013
C2 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
014 U2 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 015
X3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
016
R3 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
017
C3 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
018 U3 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 019
X4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
020
R4 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
021
C4 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
022 U4 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 023
X5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
024
R5 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
025
C5 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
026 U5 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 027
X6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
028
R6 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
029
C6 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
030 U6 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
288
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<203> Variable Comparator 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range
Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 031
X7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
032
R7 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
033
C7 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
034 U7 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Analog input 035
X8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
information
036
R8 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
037
C8 comparison mode
0 to 2
1
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
–
1
(0: X>R, 1: X=R, 2: X<R)
Contact
038 U8 Comparison result
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
Contact
041 S1 Comparison stop command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
input
042 S2 Forced 0 output command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
043 S3 Forced 1 output command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
1
*1
Analog input 051 X1 X1 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
052*1 X2 X2 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
053*1 X3 X3 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
054*1 X4 X4 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
055 X5 X5 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
056 X6 X6 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
057*1 X7 X7 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
058*1 X8 X8 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
061*1 R1 R1 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
062 R2 R2 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
063 R3 R3 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
064*1 R4 R4 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
065*1 R5 R5 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
066*1 R6 R6 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
067 R7 R7 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1
068 R8 R8 input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
*1: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
Note •When S1 comparison stop command turns 1 (ON), all comparison processing on inputs
X1 to X8 is stopped. All comparison result outputs at that time are held at the output values
that were current when S1 turned 1 (ON).
•When S2 forced 0 output command turns 1 (ON), all contact outputs U1 to U8 turn 0
(OFF) regardless of the comparison results.
•When S3 forced 1 output command turns 1 (ON), all contact outputs U1 to U8 turn 1 (ON)
regardless of the comparison results.
•The S2 forced 0 output command and S3 forced 1 output command are given priority over
the S1 comparison stop command.
•If both the S2 forced 0 output command and S3 forced 1 output command turn 1 (ON), an
execution error (error code 19: illegal operation) occurs.
289
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<203> Variable Comparator 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
290
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
010
014
018
022
026
030
034
038
041
042
043
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
U1 comparison result
U2 comparison result
U3 comparison result
U4 comparison result
U5 comparison result
U6 comparison result
U7 comparison result
U8 comparison result
Comparison stop command
Forced 0 output command
Forced 1 output command
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
X6 input
X7 input
X8 input
R1 input
R2 input
R3 input
R4 input
R5 input
R6 input
R7 input
R8 input
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
U1
U2
U3
U4
U5
U6
U7
U8
S1
S2
S3
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<205> Timer 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<205>
Timer
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<205> Timer 100 to 349
Outline
This function block performs 2-stage alarm operations.
•Timer operation is performed when S1 run/stop command is set to 1 (ON). When the
count reaches "setting - prediction", U2 contact output is set to 1 (ON). When the
setting is reached, U1 contact output is set to 1 (ON). When S1 run/stop command is
set to 0 (OFF), the timer is reset, Y1 time elapsed is set to 0, and contact outputs U1
and U2 are set to 0 (OFF).
•Timer operation stops when S2 interrupt switch is set to 1 (ON).
•Set the number of hours before the setting as the prediction.
•The minimum resolution is the same as the operation cycle.
•Counting of the elapsed time continues even after the timer has reached the setting
and stops when the timer reaches 3200.0.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the current timer value that was held before output OFF or
before running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared from memory. This value
is held when a hot start is performed.
Block diagram
Setting value
007
Prediction
008
S1 count switch
011
S2 interrupt switch
012
Timer operation
013
U1 arrival at setting
014
U2 arrival at prediction
009
Y1 time elapsed
Y1 time elapsed
Setting value
Prediction
Time
S1 count switch
S2 interrupt switch
U1 arrival at setting
U2 arrival at prediction
291
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<205> Timer 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
eceive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Timer
205
205
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
007
Setting
0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
008
Prediction (subtracted from 0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
setting)
Analog
009
Y1
Time elapsed
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
r
R
W
–
S
output
Parameter 010
Time unit (0: s, 1: min, 2: 0 to 3
0
–
R/W(S) R
–
–
S/R
hr, 3: 0.1 s)
Contact input 011
S1
Count switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
012
S2
Interrupt switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
Contact
013
U1
Arrival at setting
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
output
014
U2
Arrival at prediction
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
Note
292
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Setting
Prediction (subtracted from setting)
Time elapsed
Time unit
Count switch
Interrupt switch
Arrival at setting
Arrival at prediction
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
None
SP
PRESET
PV
None
S1
S2
U1
U2
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
SP
PRS
Y1
TMU
S1
S2
U1
U2
Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 403).
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<206> ON/OFF Timer 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<206>
ON/OFF Timer
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<206> ON/OFF Timer 100 to 3 49
Outline
This function block is a timer for performing ON-OFF operation at preset ON and OFF
times.
•The minimum resolution is the same as the operation cycle.
•Timer operation is performed when S1 run/stop command is set to 1 (ON), and is reset
when set to 0 (ON).
Note: When a cold start is performed, the current timer value that was held before output OFF or
before running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared from memory. This value
is held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
Sample PI control
Block diagram
T1 ON time setting
007
T2 OFF time setting
008
S1 run/stop
command
ON/OFF timer operation
010
Y1 ON elapsed
011
Y2 OFF elapsed
013
U1 contact output
012
S1 run/stop command
U1 contact output
T1
T2
T1
T2
T1
293
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<206> ON/OFF Timer 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: ON/OFF
206
206
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Timer
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 007
T1
ON time setting
0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
008
T2
OFF time setting
0 to 3200.0 0.0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
009
Time unit (0: s, 1:min, 2: 0 to 3
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
hr, 3:0.1 s)
Analog
010
Y1
Elapsed ON time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
output
011
Y2
Elapsed OFF time
0 to 3200.0 0.0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
S
Contact
012
S1
Run/stop command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
input/
parameter
Contact
013
U1
Contact output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
output
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
294
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
ON time setting
OFF time setting
Time unit
Elapsed ON time
Elapsed OFF time
Run/stop command
Contact output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
T1
T2
TMU
Y1
Y2
S1
U1
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<207> Clock Pulse 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<207>
Clock Pulse
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<207> Clock Pulse 10 0 to 3 49
Outline
This function block outputs clock pulses that turn ON for one operation cycle only at
each set time (Ts).
Clock pulses are output only for the duration that S1 operation command is 1 (ON).
Output contacts remain 0 (OFF) when S1 operation command is 0 (OFF).
Function block applications
This function block is used to create a sequential control program (for example, for the
measurement of current values at fixed time intervals) that takes the clock pulse as its
input condition in Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
Block diagram
S1 run/stop
command
Clock pulse operation
008
009
U1 clock pulse output
S1 run/stop
command
Ts
Ts
Ts
U1 clock pulse
output
Time
Operation cycle
Operation cycle
Operation cycle
Note: When Ts is 0, clock pulse output is always 1 (ON) when operation command is 1 (ON).
295
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<207> Clock Pulse 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
eceive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Clock Pulse 207
207
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
1 to 4
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1
Parameter 007
Ts setting (unit: s)
0 to 32000s 0
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
Note: When set to 0 s,
clock pulse output remains
at 1 (ON) all the time.
Contact input 008
S1
Operation command (1:
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
Clock pulse output ON)
Contact
009
U1
Clock pulse output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
output
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
1
1
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
296
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Ts setting
Operation command
Clock pulse output
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
TS
S1
U1
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<208> Counter 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<208>
Counter
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<208> Counter 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block performs 2-stage alarm operations.
•The number of rising edges of S2 contact pulse input is counted and Y1 count is
output when S1 run/stop command is set to 1 (ON). When the count reaches "setting prediction", U2 contact output is set to 1 (ON). When the U1 contact output is set to 1
(ON). When S1 run/stop command is set to 0 (OFF), the timer is reset, Y1 count is set
to 0, and contact outputs U1 and U2 are set to 0 (OFF).
•Set the value to be subtracted from the setting as the prediction.
•Though the counter returns to 0 when the count reaches 9999, the prediction arrival
and setting arrival signals are held.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the current counter value that was held before output OFF
or before running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared from memory. This
value is held when a hot start is performed.
Block diagram
Setting value
007
Prediction
008
S1 run/stop
command
010
S2 pulse input
011
012
Counter operation
U1 arrival at setting
013
U2 arrival at
prediction
009
Y1 count
Y1 count
Setting
value
Prediction
0
Time
S1 run/stop command
S2 contact input
U1 arrival at setting
U2 arrival at prediction
297
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<208> Counter 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
eceive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Counter
208
208
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 007
Setting
0 to 9999
0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
008
Prediction (subtracted from 0 to 9999
0
–
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
setting)
Analog
009
Y1
Count
0 to 9999
0
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
output
Contact input 010
S1
Run/stop command
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
011
S2
Pulse input
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W
R/W
–
R/W
–
Contact
012
U1
Arrival at setting
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
output
013
U2
Arrival at prediction
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
007
008
009
010
012
013
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
Setting
Prediction (subtracted from setting)
Count
Run/stop command
Arrival at setting
Arrival at prediction
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
None
None
SP
PRESET
PV
S1
U1
U2
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
SP
PRS
Y1
S1
U1
U2
Note: Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 403).
298
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<209> Internal Switch 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<209>
Internal Switch
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<209> Internal Switch 1 00 to 349
Outline
This function block is for inputting and temporarily storing contact signals, and is
equivalent to Work Area (W) on a PLC (Programmable Controller). When CX-Process
Tool is used, this Internal Switch is assigned to block address 349 as default, and is
automatically created as "temporary storage" area. The Internal Switch in block
address 349 is for system use only and cannot be used by the user. Use another block
address if you need to use this function block.
•224 internal switches can be used in one of these Internal Switch blocks.
Note: When a cold start is performed, the temporary relay values that were held before output
OFF or before running of the Loop Control Unit was stopped are cleared from memory.
These values are held when a hot start is performed.
Function block applications
This function block can be used to accept interim results of Step Ladder Program
operation in internal relays without writing them to specific "contact input" ITEMs in the
Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
Results can be output to this internal switch by output type commands such as OUT,
and read by input type commands such as LOAD.
Block diagram
100-011
(internal switch)
001-013
100-011 (internal switch) turns ON by 001-013
turning ON.
100-011
(internal switch)
S1
011
S10
020
S30
040
S31
041
S32
042
Accepted in relay
by internal switch
001-012
001-012 turns ON by 100-011 (internal
switch) turning ON.
299
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<209> Internal Switch 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Internal
209
209
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Switch
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1,
5: 2
Contact input 011
S1
Internal switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
to
to
to
Yes
020
S10 Internal switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
to
to
to
Yes
040
S30 Internal switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
041*1 S31 Internal switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
to
to
to
Yes
234*1 S224 Internal switch
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
S/R
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
*1: These ITEMs were added in Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.00.
List of tag ITEMs on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
300
ITEM
Data Name
000
003
011 to 026
027 to 042
043 to 058
059 to 074
075 to 090
091 to 106
107 to 122
123 to 138
139 to 154
155 to 170
171 to 186
187 to 202
203 to 218
219 to 234
Stop block operation command
Execution error display
S1 to S16 internal switch
S17 to S32 internal switch
S33 to S48 internal switch
S49 to S64 internal switch
S65 to S80 internal switch
S81 to S96 internal switch
S97 to S112 internal switch
S113 to S128 internal switch
S129 to S144 internal switch
S145 to S160 internal switch
S161 to S176 internal switch
S177 to S192 internal switch
S193 to S208 internal switch
S209 to S224 internal switch
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
S1 to S16
S17 to S32
S33 to S48
S49 to S64
S65 to S80
S81 to S96
S97 to S112
S113 to S128
S129 to S144
S145 to S160
S161 to S176
S177 to S192
S193 to S208
S209 to S224
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<210> Level Check 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<210>
Level Check
100 to 349
12
Sequential Operatio n blocks
<210> Level Check 100 to 349
Outline
Each analog input is checked against eight levels and the contact corresponding to the
level is output. The level number is also output at an analog value at the same time.
*Eight levels per block are checked.
*Hysterisis can be set for each level.
*A series connection of multiple blocks (using wiring outputs) enables checking of nine
or more levels.
Function block applications
Combined with an ITEM write block (connecting a contact output to an ITEM Write
block in response to level), this function can be used to change other block ITEMs in
response to analog data levels.
Example: Changing the proportional band of a PID block in response to temperature
levels (from this block to an ITEM Write block for constants to changing the
proportional band of a basic PID block).
Block diagram
Level check
X1 input
006
Level 1: A0 to A1
Level 2: A1 to A2
Level 3: A3 to A3
Level 4: A4 to A4
Level 5: A5 to A5
Level 6: A6 to A6
Level 7: A7 to A7
Level 8: A8 to A8
Upper hysterisis: A9
Lower hysterisis: A10
Input X1
030
Y1 Level No.
040
Y2 Wiring output
031
U1(Level 1)
032
U2(Level 2)
033
U3(Level 3)
034
U4(Level 4)
035
U5(Level 5)
036
U6(Level 6)
037
U7(Level 7)
038
U8(Level 8)
301
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<210> Level Check 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Level Check 210
210
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
Input
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 006
X1 source destination
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
wiring
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 007
X1
Input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
302
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<210> Level Check 100 to 349
Level check boundaries
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 010
A0
Lower limit
±320.00%
-320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
011
A1
Level 1 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
012
A2
Level 2 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
013
A3
Level 3 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
014
A4
Level 4 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
015
A5
Level 5 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
016
A6
Level 6 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
017
A7
Level 7 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
018
A8
Level 8 upper limit
±320.00%
320.00 –
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
019
A9
Upper hysterisis
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
020
A10 Lower hysterisis
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Level check results
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog
030
Y1
Level No. (0: out of range) 0 to 8
0
Yes
–
–
–
–
S
2
output
Contact
031
U1
Level 1 (A0 < X1 ≤A1)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
output
032
U2
Level 2 (A1 < X1 ≤A2)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
033
U3
Level 3 (A2 < X1 ≤A3)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
034
U4
Level 4 (A3 < X1 ≤A4)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
035
U5
Level 5 (A4 < X1 ≤A5)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
036
U6
Level 6 (A5 < X1 ≤A6)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
037
U7
Level 7 (A6 < X1 ≤A7)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
038
U8
Level 8 (A7 < X1 ≤A8)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
S
1
Analog
040
Y2
Wiring output (input value ±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
–
2
output
X1 output unchanged)
303
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<210> Level Check 100 to 349
Note1: Level upper limit (A1 to A8) setting
Set the upper limit so that A0 ≤ A1 ≤ A2 ≤ A3 ≤ A4 ≤ A5 ≤ A6 ≤ A7 ≤ A8. The reason for
this is that, with a setting like A0 ≤ A1 ≤ A2 ≤ A3 > A4, the level check will proceed in
the order A0, A1, A2...A8, making A4 and subsequent settings invalid. This would result
in an execution error (error code 71: inappropriate parameter) for X1 > A4, and the output
would be treated as out of range (Y1 = 0, U1 to U8 = 0).
When equal values are included, such as A0 < A1 = A2 = A3 < A4 < A5..., they will be
ignored (in this case A2 and A3), but this will not result in an execution error.
Note2: Hysterisis
The level check is equipped with hysterisis to prevent chattering in ongoing level checks
due to the oscillation of the X1 input.
For example, in an operation cycle where X1 is positioned at level 3 with A2 < X1 ≤ A3,
the level check of the next operation cycle determines whether X1 is within the lower
hysterisis (A2 – lower hysterisis value) and upper hysterisis (A3 + upper hysterisis value)
range. Thus, even if (A2 – lower hysterisis value) < X1 ≤ A2, level 2 (U2) will not be set
to 1 (ON) and level 3 (U3) will remain set to 1 (ON). Similarly, even if A3 < X1 ≤ (A3 +
upper hysterisis value), level 4 (U4) will not be set to 1 (ON) and level 3 (U3) will remain
set to 1 (ON).
Example
Next operation cycle
Present operation cycle
X1
X1
A4
A4
A3
A3
Level 4
Level 3
A9 (upper hysterisis)
X1
A2
X1
A2
A10 (lower hysterisis)
Level 2
A1
U3 set to 1 (ON)
A1
U2 not set to 1 (ON), and
U3 stays set to 1 (ON)
Note3: Y2 wiring output
Wiring with the Y2 wiring output differs from simple X1 input branching, because it can be
used to prevent operations, due to hysterisis, where different levels turn ON
simultaneously.
Reference:
By linking the level settings of several function blocks, nine or more levels can be achieved.
To do this, set as follows:
1. Connect the Y2 wiring output of the first function block to X1 input of the second function
block.
2. Set A8 of the first function block and A0 of the second function block to the same value.
3. Set the upper hysterisis between the first and second function blocks to the same value.
4. Set the block address for the second function block to a higher value than the block
address for the first function block.
5. Set the operation cycle of the first and second function blocks to the same value.
304
12 Sequential Operation blocks
<210> Level Check 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMS on SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with CSV tags from SCADA
software when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks
(model 461)/Send All Blocks (model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
CSV Tags in
SCADA Software
Tag ITEM (fixed)
Stop block operation command MT_ST
Execution error display
ERR
Input
X1
Lower limit
A0
Level 1 upper limit
A1
Level 2 upper limit
A2
Level 3 upper limit
A3
Level 4 upper limit
A4
Level 5 upper limit
A5
Level 6 upper limit
A6
Level 7 upper limit
A7
Level 8 upper limit
A8
Upper hysterisis
A9
Lower hysterisis
A10
Level No.
Y1
Level 1
U1
Level 2
U2
Level 3
U3
Level 4
U4
Level 5
U5
Level 6
U6
Level 7
U7
Level 8
U8
Data Name
305
13 Contact Type Control Target
<221> ON/OFF Valve Manipulator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<221>
ON/OFF Valve Manipulator
100 to 349
13
Contact Type Contro l Target
<221> ON/OFF Valve Manip ulator 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block manipulates and monitors ON/OFF valves with open/close limit
switches.
•Provided with a valve action time error detection function (The contact state is output
as a valve action time error unless the limit switch turns ON after a fully close or open
operation.)
•Provided with a site manipulation switch input function (This switch enables input of
either valve manipulation from the site or from a central Loop Control Unit.
Manipulation output is turned OFF when valve manipulation is input from the site.)
•Provided with an Auto/Manual switching function (When set to Auto, the input is taken
as the manipulation output, and when set to Manual, the internal specified state is
taken as the manipulation output.
•Provided with a valve open midway output function (When the limit switches for
detecting valve fully open or closed are both OFF, the valve state is regarded as valve
open midway and the output contact is turned ON.)
•When switching from Auto to Manual, the manual input is matched to the value of the
auto input immediately prior to switching (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop
Control Unit).
•When the site manipulation switch is switched from ON (site) to OFF (central), the
operation is forced to manual. At the same time, the manual input is matched to the
value of the limit switch open/close input immediately prior to switching, in order to
maintain actual site conditions (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit).
ON/OFF
valve
manipulation
Valve action time error
Valve open midway state
Operation
Fully
Open
FullyClosed
Site manipulation switch
(site/central)
LS1
LS2
Function block applications
Manipulation of pneumatic-operated valves and motor-operated valves
306
13 Contact Type Control Target
<221> ON/OFF Valve Manipulator 100 to 349
Block diagram
S2 auto input
012
013
Manual input
S1 Auto/Manual
switching
086
S5 limit switch open
015
S6 limit switch closed
016
S4 manipulation site
input
085
ON/OFF valve
manipulation
• Open/close time is
checked by input
from limit switch
after manipulation
output.
• Output is turned
OFF when site
manipulation switch
is set to site
manipulation.
021
U1 manipulation output
022
U2 valve action time
error output
023
U3 valve open midway
output
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact
000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
input
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: ON/OFF valve manipulator 221
221
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5:
2
Parameter 006
Open limit switch
0, 1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(0: Used, 1: Not used)
Note: When set to 0, open limit switch
input (ITEM015) turns 0 (OFF).
007
Open time setting
0 to 32000s 5
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Note: This setting is enabled when open
limit switch (ITEM006) is set to 1.
Parameter 008
Close limit switch
0, 1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
(0: Used, 1: Not used)
Note: When set to 0, close limit switch
input (ITEM016) turns 0 (OFF).
009
Close time setting
0 to 32000s 5
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Note: This setting is enabled when close
limit switch (ITEM008) is set to 1.
Parameter 010
Valve action direction
0, 1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
0: Forward (close at power ON)
1: Reverse (open at power ON)
Contact
012 S2
Auto input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
input
Contact
013 S3
Manual input
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/parameter
Contact
015 S5
Open limit switch input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
input
0: Open limit switch OFF
1: Open limit switch ON
Note: This setting becomes 0 when
ITEM006 (open limit switch) is set to 0.
307
13 Contact Type Control Target
<221> ON/OFF Valve Manipulator 100 to 349
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
016 S6
Close limit switch input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
0: Close limit switch OFF
1: Close limit switch ON
Note: This setting becomes 0 when
ITEM008 (close limit switch) is set to 0.
Contact
021 U1
Manipulation output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
output
022 U2
Valve action time error
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
(1: Error)
023 U3
Valve open midway
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
(1: Open midway)
Contact
085 S4
Site manipulation switch input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
input
(1: Site, 0: Central) *1
Note: When 1 (Site) is input, ITEM021
(Manipulation output) turns 0, and
ITEM022 (Valve action time error) and
ITEM023 (Valve open midway) turn 0.
Contact
086 S1
Auto/Manual switching*2
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
input/para0: Manual, 1: Auto
meter
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
*1: When the S4 manipulation site input switch is switched from 1 (site) to 0 (central), the value
of auto/manual switching (ITEM 086) is forced to 0 (Man) and the U1 manipulation output is
set as follows. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
When the S5 open limit switch input is set to 1 (open) immediately prior to switching, ITEM
013 (manual input) will be 1 and U1 manipulation output will be1.
When the S6 close limit switch input is set to 1 (close) immediately prior to switching, ITEM
013 (manual input) will be 0 and U1 manipulation output will be 0.
When the S5 open limit switch input and S6 close limit switch input are both set to 1 or both
set to 0 immediately prior to switching, if ITEM 010 (valve action direction) is 1 (reverse), U1
manipulation output will be 0. Similarly, if ITEM 010 (valve action direction) is 0 (forward), U1
manipulation output will be 1.
*2: When S1 auto/manual switching is changed from Auto to Manual, the value of ITEM 012
(auto input) is automatically transferred to ITEM 013 (manual input). This results in a manual
state with the manual input matched to the value of the auto input immediately prior to
switching. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
308
13 Contact Type Control Target
<221> ON/OFF Valve Manipulator 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
007
009
012
013
015
016
021
022
023
085
086
099
Note
Data Name
Stop block operation
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Execution error display
Open time setting
Close time setting
Auto input
Manual input
Open limit switch input
Close limit switch input
Manipulation output
Valve action time error
Valve open midway
Site manipulation switch
input
Auto/Manual switching
Label
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
None
MT_ST
None
None
None
S2
S3
S5
S6
U1
U2
U3
ERR
TO
TC
S2
S3
S5
S6
U1
U2
U3
S4
S4
S1
OP_MK
S1
OP_MK
Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 403).
309
13 Contact Type Control Target
<222> Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<222>
Motor Manipulator
100 to 349
13
Contact Type Contro l Target
<222> Motor Manipulator 1 00 to 3 49
Outline
This function block manipulates and monitors motor operation.
•Provided with a site manipulation switch input (This switch enables input of either
motor manipulation from the site or from a central Loop Control Unit. Manipulation
output is turned OFF when motor manipulation is input from the site.)
•Provided with an Auto/Manual switching function (When set to Auto, the input is taken
as the manipulation output, and when set to Manual, the internal specified state is
taken as the manipulation output.
•Provided with a motor answer error alarm (The contact state is output as an error if the
answer contact input is OFF for the answer check time or longer during execution of
the manipulation ON command on the motor.)
•Provided with a CT input high alarm output (The contact state is output as an error
when the CT input from the CT converter is the setting value or higher.)
•When switching from Auto to Manual, the manual input is matched to the value of the
auto input immediately prior to switching (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop
Control Unit).
•When the site manipulation switch is switched from ON (site) to OFF (central), the
operation is forced to manual. At the same time, the manual input is matched to the
value of the answer input immediately prior to switching, in order to maintain actual
site conditions (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit).
CT input
Motor
manipulation
Motor answer error
High limit (CT input)
Answer input
Operation
Site manipulation switch
(site/central)
Electromagnetic
Motor power supply
switch
CT
Motor
Function block applications
Manipulation of motors on pumps, stirrer, conveyors, etc.
310
13 Contact Type Control Target
<222> Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
Block diagram
Motor manipulation
S2 auto input
012
013
Manual input
S1 Auto/Manual
switching
086
S5 answer input
015
S4 manipulation
site input
085
X1 CT input
031
• Motor answer error
is output by answer
input from the
electromagnetic
switch turning OFF
when manipulation
output is ON.
• High motor current
limit alarm is output
by CT input.
• Output is turned
OFF when site
manipulation switch
is set to site
mani-pulation.
021
U1 manipulation output
022
U2 motor answer error
output
036
H high limit (CT input value)
311
13 Contact Type Control Target
<222> Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
Receive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0 to 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Motor
222
222
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Manipulator
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 006
Answer check time (unit: s) 1 to 8s
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
Contact input 012
S2
Auto input
0 to 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
Parameter 013
S3
Manual input
0 to 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
Contact input 015
S5
Answer input
0 to 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Contact
021
U1
Manipulation output
0 to 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
022
U2
Answer error
0 to 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
(1: Error, 0: Normal)
Note: When manipulation
output (ITEM021) is 1, an
error is assumed if answer
input (ITEM015) stays 0 for
the answer check time
(ITEM006) or longer. If
answer input (ITEM015)
turns 1 after an error is
assumed (1), the state is
assumed to normal and
this setting returns to 0.
312
13 Contact Type Control Target
<222> Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
CT input alarm
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 031
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 032
X1
CT input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
Parameter 033
CT input high alarm setting ±320.00%
100.00 –
R/W(O) R
W
–
S/R
2
035
Hysteresis setting
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Contact
036
H
CT input high alarm output 0 to 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
Note: Alarm output is
functional even if site
manipulation switch input
(ITEM085) is set to 1
(Site).
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
Contact input 085
S4
Site manipulation switch 0 to 1
input*1
(1: Site, 0: Central)
Note: When 1 (Site) is
input, both manipulation
output (ITEM021) and
motor answer output
(ITEM022) turn 0.
Contact
086
S1
Auto/Manual switching*2 0 to 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/para-m
0: Manual, 1: Auto
eter
*1: When the S4 manipulation site input switch is switched from 1 (site) to 0 (central), the value
of auto/manual switching (ITEM 086) is forced to 0 (Man) and the value of ITEM 015 (answer
input) is automatically transferred to ITEM 013 (manual input). This results in a manual state
with the manual input matched to the value of the auto input immediately prior to switching.
(Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
*2: When S1 auto/manual switching is switched from Auto to Manual, the value of ITEM 012
(auto input) is automatically transferred to ITEM 013 (manual input). This results in a manual
state with the manual input matched to the value of the auto input immediately prior to
switching. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
313
13 Contact Type Control Target
<222> Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
006
012
013
015
021
022
032
033
035
036
085
086
099
Note
314
Data Name
Stop block operation
command
Execution error display
Answer check time
Auto input
Manual input
Answer input
Manipulation output
Answer error
CT input
CT input high alarm setting
Hysteresis setting
CT input high alarm output
Site manipulation switch input
Auto/Manual switching
Label
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
None
MT_ST
None
None
S2
S3
S5
U1
U2
X1
H_SP
None
None
OP_MK
None
None
ERR
ANS
S2
S3
S5
U1
U2
X1
H_SP
HS
CTH
S4
S1
OP_MK
Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 403).
13 Contact Type Control Target
<223> Reversible Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<223>
Reversible Motor Manipulator
100 to 349
13
Contact Type Contro l Target
<223> Reversible Mo tor Manip ulator 100 to 34 9
Outline
Manipulates and monitors reversible motor operation.
•Manipulation commands can be specified in both the forward and reverse directions
for a reversible motor.
•Provided with a site manipulation switch input (This switch enables input of either
motor manipulation from the site or from a central Loop Control Unit. Manipulation
output is turned OFF when motor manipulation is input from the site.)
•Provided with an Auto/Manual switching function (When set to Auto in regular
operation, the input is taken as the manipulation output, and when set to Manual, the
internal specified state is taken as the manipulation output.)
•Provided with a motor answer error alarm (The contact state is output as an error if the
FWD or REV answer contact input is OFF for the answer check time or longer during
execution of the FWD or REV manipulation ON command on the motor.)
•Provided with a CT input high alarm output (The contact state is output as an error
when the CT input from the CT converter is the setting value or higher.)
•When switching from Auto to Manual, the manual input is matched to the value of the
auto input immediately prior to switching (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop
Control Unit).
•When the site manipulation switch is switched from ON (site) to OFF (central), the
operation is forced to manual. At the same time, the MAN-FWD and MAN-REV inputs
are matched to the value FWD and REV answer inputs immediately prior to switching,
in order to maintain actual site conditions (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop
Control Unit).
CT input
FWD
answer
input
Reversible
motor
manipulation
REV
manipulation
Motor answer error
High limit (CT input)
FWD
manipulation
REV
answer
input
Site manipulation switch
(site/central)
Electromagnetic switch for
forward manipulation
Electromagnetic switch
for reverse manipulation
Motor power supply
CT
Motor
Function block applications
Manipulation of motors on conveyors, for example, that are continuously run in the
forward and reverse directions
315
13 Contact Type Control Target
<223> Reversible Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
Block diagram
S2 AUTO-FWD input
012
014
MAN-FWD input
S3 AUTO-REV input
013
016
MAN-REV input
S1 Auto/Manual switching
S8 FWD answer input
086
018
S9 REV answer input
019
S7 manipulation site input
085
X1 CT input
316
031
Reversible motor
manipulation
• Motor answer error
is output by answer
input from the
electromagnetic
switch turning OFF
when manipulation
output is ON.
• High motor current
limit alarm is output
by CT input.
• Output is turned
OFF when site
manipulation switch
is set to site
manipulation.
021
U1 FWD manipulation output
022
U2 REV manipulation output
023
U3 answer error output
024
U4 motor OFF state output
036
H High limit (CT input
13 Contact Type Control Target
<223> Reversible Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
ITEMlist
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEMSe Step
Receive
cess
cess
tting
Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Reversible Motor
223
223
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Manipulator
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5,
4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 006
Answer check time (unit: s)
1 to 8
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
007
OFF time during FWD/REV switching
1 to 8
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
(unit: s)
Note: When FWD input (Auto or Manual)
and REV input (Auto or Manual) both turn
0 (motor operation is stopped) to switch
the direction of motor rotation, 0
continues for both FWD manipulation
output (ITEM021) and REV manipulation
output (ITEM022) for the time set here.
After the time set here has elapsed, REV
manipulation output (ITEM022) or FWD
manipulation output (ITEM021) is
switched to 1.*1
Contact input 012
S2 AUTO-FWD input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
013
S3 AUTO-REV input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
Parameter 014
S4 MAN-FWD input
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
016
S6 MAN-REV input
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
Contact input 018
S8 FWD answer input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
0: OFF
1: ON
019
S9 REV answer input
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
0: OFF
1: ON
Contact
021
U1 FWD manipulation output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
022
U2 REV manipulation output
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
023
U3 Answer error
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
(1: Error, 0: Normal)
Note: An error is assumed when FWD
manipulation output (ITEM021) or REV
manipulation output (ITEM022) turns 1,
and FWD answer input (ITEM018) or
REV answer input (ITEM019) are 0 for
answer check time (ITEM006) or longer.
If FWD answer input (ITEM018) or REV
answer input (ITEM019) turns 1 after an
error is assumed (1), the state is
assumed to normal and this setting
returns to 0.
024
U4 Motor OFF state output (1: OFF)
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
317
13 Contact Type Control Target
<223> Reversible Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
CT input alarm
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordin Accordi Accord Accord
g to
ng to
ing to ing to Send/
Receive
CX-Proc CX-Pro ITEMS Step
ess Tool cess
etting Ladder All
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 031
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEMNo.
Analog input 032
X1 CT input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
Parameter 033
CT input high alarm setting ±320.00%
100.00 –
R/W(O) R
W
–
S/R
2
035
Hysteresis setting
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Contact
036
H
CT input high alarm output 0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
Note: Alarm output is
functional even if site
manipulation switch input
(ITEM085) is set to 1 (Site).
Contact input 085
S7 Site manipulation switch
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
input
(1: Site, 1: Central)
Note: When 1 (Site) is input,
both FWD manipulation
output (ITEM021) and REV
manipulation output
(ITEM022) turn 0.
Contact
086
S1 Auto/Manual switching
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/Para-m
0: Manual, 1: Auto
eter
*1: When FWD input (Auto or Manual) and REV input (Auto or Manual) have both become 0
even if the direction of motor operation has not been switched, the 0 state is continued for
both FWD manipulation output (ITEM021) and REV manipulation output (ITEM022) for the
duration of the time set at this ITEM.
Both FWD manipulation output (ITEM021) and REV manipulation output (ITEM022) turn 0 for
the OFF time during FWD/REV switching (ITEM007) also when site manipulation switch
input (ITEM085) is switched from 1 (site) to 0 (central).
*2: When the S4 manipulation site input switch is switched from 1 (site) to 0 (central), the value
of auto/manual switching (ITEM086) is forced to 0 (Man), the value of ITEM018 (forward
answer input) is automatically transferred to ITEM014 (manual-forward input), and the value
of ITEM019 (reverse answer input) is automatically transferred to ITEM016 (manual-reverse
input). This results in a manual state with the manual input matched to the value of the auto
input immediately prior to switching. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
*3: When S1 auto/manual switching is switched from Auto to Manual, the value of ITEM012
(auto-forward input) is automatically transferred to ITEM014 (manual input) and the value of
ITEM013 (auto-reverse input) is automatically transferred to ITEM016 (manual-reverse input).
This results in a manual state with the manual input matched to the value of the auto input
immediately prior to switching. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEMSe Step
Receive
cess
cess
tting
Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
318
13 Contact Type Control Target
<223> Reversible Motor Manipulator 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
006
007
012
013
014
016
018
019
021
022
023
024
032
033
035
036
085
086
099
Note
Data Name
Stop block operation
command
Execution error display
Answer check time (unit: s)
OFF time during FWD/REV
switching
AUTO-FWD input
AUTO-REV input
MAN-FWD input
MAN-REV input
FWD answer input
REV answer input
FWD manipulation output
REV manipulation output
Answer error
Motor OFF state output
CT input
CT input high alarm setting
Hysteresis setting
Hysteresis setting
CT input high alarm output
Auto/Manual switching
Label
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Tag
ITEM(fixed)
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag
ITEM(fixed)
None
MT_ST
None
None
ERR
ANS
None
OFT
S2
S3
S4
S6
S8
S9
U1
U2
U3
U4
X1
H_SP
None
CTH
S7
S1
OP_MK
S2
S3
S4
S6
S8
S9
U1
U2
U3
U4
X1
H_SP
HS
CTH
S7
S1
OP_MK
Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 403).
319
13 Contact Type Control Target
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<224>
Motor Opening Manipulator
100 to 349
13
Contact Type Contro l Target
<224> Motor Openin g Manip ulator 100 to 34 9
Outline
This function block inputs a target opening to manipulate an open/close instruction
input type electric position-proportional motor. Combining this function block with other
Control blocks (e.g. PID block) enables position-proportional control of electric motors.
•The MV value from a Control block (e.g. PID block) is input as an analog signal, and
this is taken to be the motor opening setting value. The motor is controlled so that the
motor opening is this target opening.
•The open/close commands (stop) are instructed to the motor as contact outputs, and
the feedback signal (current opening) from the motor is received as analog signals to
control motor opening.
•Provided with an Auto/Manual switching function (When set to Auto in regular
operation, the input is taken as the target opening, and when set to Manual, the
internal specified state is taken as the target opening.)
•Provided with a restart control time function (This prevents damage to the motor
caused by frequent forward/reverse operation.)
•Provided with an opening input high/low limit alarm function (The state of the contact is
output as an error when the feedback signal input from the opening oscillator is at the
alarm setting or higher or lower.)
•When switching from Auto to Manual, the manual input is matched to the value of the
auto input immediately prior to switching (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop
Control Unit).
•When the site manipulation switch is switched from ON (site) to OFF (central), the
operation is forced to manual. At the same time, the Manual input target opening
setting is matched to the value of the Opening input immediately prior to switching, in
order to maintain actual site conditions (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop
Control Unit).
Function block
PID
PV
Basic PID (Block Model 011) or
Advanced PID (Block Model 012)
MV is set as opening.
4 to 20 mA, etc.
Motor
opening
manipulation
Open
manipulation
Signal converter
(potentiometer
converter)*1
*1: OMRON Signal
Converter K3F Series
(potentiometer
converter), etc.
High limit
Low limit
Close
manipulation
Note In the case of power line motors, the
thermal relay from the motor can also be
input (only for monitoring).
Site manipulation switch
(site/central)
Opening oscillator
Resistance, etc.
Function block application
Manipulation of an electric position-proportional motor
320
13 Contact Type Control Target
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349
Block diagram
Motor opening
manipulation
X2 auto input
target opening
input
S1 Auto/Manual
switching
S3 thermal relay open
input (*1)
S4 thermal relay closed
input (*1)
S2 manipulation site
input
X1 opening input
*1: In case of
thermal type motor
011
014
SP current SP
021
U1 open manipulation
output
U2 close manipulation
output
Conversion to
open/close indicator
013
Manual input
target opening
setting
086
022
019
020
085
031
• Output is turned OFF
when site manipulation
switch is set to site
manipulation.
• High and low limit
alarms are output by
opening oscillator
input.
036
H high alarm value
(opening)
037
L low alarm value
(opening)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
S/R
1
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
24
characters name
002
Block Model: Motor
224
224
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
Opening Manipulator
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
S
2
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5,
4: 1, 5: 2
321
13 Contact Type Control Target
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349
Target opening setting, open/close instruction output
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 011
X2 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 012
X2
Auto input target opening ±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
S
2
Parameter 013
Manual input target
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) W
W
–
R
2
opening setting
Analog
014
SP Current SP output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
output
Parameter 015
T1
Full-stroke time (unit: s)
0 to 999.9s 10.0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
Note: Time required from
fully closed to fully open.
016
T2
Restart control time
0 to 999.9s 1.0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
Parameter 017
Dead-band
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
S/R
2
Contact input 019
S3
Open monitor switch
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
thermal relay operation
(1: ON)
Note: Operation is mainly
input when connected to
thermal type motor.
Operation is monitor only.
020
S4
Close monitor switch
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
thermal relay operation
(1: ON)
Note: Operation is mainly
input when connected to
thermal type motor.
Operation is monitor only.
Contact
021
U1
Open manipulation output 0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
022
U2
Close manipulation output 0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
322
13 Contact Type Control Target
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349
Opening feedback input
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Analog input 031
X1 source designation
BBBIII
000000 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
4
connection
BBB: Block address, III:
information
ITEM No.
Analog input 032
X1
Opening input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
S
2
Parameter 033
Opening input high limit
±320.00%
100.00 –
R/W(O) R
W
–
S/R
2
alarm setting
034
Opening input low limit
±320.00%
0.00
–
R/W(O) R
W
–
S/R
2
alarm setting
035
Hysteresis setting
0 to 320.00% 1.00
–
R/W(O) –
W
–
S/R
2
Contact
036
H
Opening input high limit
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
output
alarm output
037
L
Opening input low limit
0, 1
0
Yes
–
R
–
R
S
1
alarm output
0
Yes
–
R
–
R/W
S
1
Contact input 085
S2
Site manipulation switch 0, 1
input*1
(1: Site, 1: Central)
Note: When 1 (Site) is
input, open close
manipulation output
(ITEM021) close
manipulation output
(ITEM022) turn ON.
Contact
086
S1
Auto/Manual switching*2 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
R/W
S/R
1
input/
0: Manual, 1: Auto
parameter
*1: When the S2 manipulation site input switch is switched from 1 (site) to 0 (central), the value
of auto/manual switching (ITEM 086) is forced to 0 (Man) and the value of ITEM 032
(opening input) is automatically transferred to ITEM 013 (Manual input target opening setting).
This results in a manual state with the manual input matched to the value of the auto input
immediately prior to switching. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
*2: When S1 auto/manual switching is switched from Auto to Manual, the value of ITEM 012
(auto input) is automatically transferred to ITEM 013 (manual input target opening setting).
This results in a manual state with the manual input matched to the value of the auto input
immediately prior to switching. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
323
13 Contact Type Control Target
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349
Data for host display
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Data
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Length
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
(bytes)
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
Send/
Receive
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Parameter 099
Label
0 to 15
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
W
–
S/R
2
Note: When both open manipulation output (ITEM021) and close manipulation output (ITEM022)
both turn 0 for switching the direction of motor operation, the 0 state is continued for both
open manipulation output (ITEM021) and close manipulation output (ITEM022) for the
duration of the restart control time (ITEM16). Close manipulation output (ITEM022) and
open manipulation output (ITEM021) actually turn 1 after the set time has elapsed.
When both open manipulation output (ITEM021) and close manipulation output (ITEM022)
turn 0 (motor operation is stopped) even if the direction of motor operation is not switched,
the 0 state is continued for both open manipulation output (ITEM021) and close
manipulation output (ITEM022) for the duration of the restart control time (ITEM16).
Both open manipulation output (ITEM021) and close manipulation output (ITEM022) turn 0
for the duration of the restart control time (ITEM16) also when site manipulation switch
input (ITEM085) is switched from 1 (site) to 0 (central).
Description of Operation
In the following description, the target deviation is "auto input target opening (manual
input target opening setting) - opening input."
Opening input (ITEM032) is compared with auto input target opening (ITEM012) or
manual input target opening setting (ITEM013). If the opening deviation is greater than
0, open manipulation output (ITEM021) is taken to be 1. If the opening deviation is
smaller than 0, close manipulation output (ITEM022) is taken to be 1.
Note, however, that when the opening deviation is smaller than the dead band
(ITEM017), both open manipulation output (ITEM021) and close manipulation output
(ITEM022) are taken to be 0 to stop motor operation.
The open/close time is calculated by multiplying the full-stroke time (ITEM015) by
opening deviation (1 when 100%).
324
13 Contact Type Control Target
<224> Motor Opening Manipulator 100 to 349
List of tag ITEMs on CX-Process Monitor or SCADA software
The following tag ITEMs are used to specify ITEMs with either 1) Monitor tags when
sending function blocks to the CX-Process Monitor from 1-Block/4-Block Send
Terminal to Computer (Block Model 403/404) or 2) CSV tags from SCADA software
when sending/receiving data to/from the CPU Unit using Receive All Blocks (Block
Model 461)/Send All Blocks (Block Model 462). All tag ITEMs are fixed and cannot be
changed.
ITEM
000
003
012
013
014
015
016
017
019
020
021
022
032
033
034
035
036
037
085
086
099
Note
CSV Tags in
CX-Process
Monitor
Data Name
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
Stop block operation command None
Execution error display
None
Auto input target opening
None
Manual input target opening
None
setting
Current SP output
SP
Full-stroke time.
None
Restart control time
None
Dead-band
None
Open monitor switch thermal
S3
relay operation
Close monitor switch thermal
S4
relay operation
Open manipulation output
U1
Close manipulation output
U2
Opening input
X1
Opening input high limit alarm
None
setting
Opening input low limit alarm
None
setting
Hysteresis setting
None
Opening input high limit alarm
H
output
Opening input low limit alarm
L
output
Site manipulation switch input S2
Auto/Manual switching
S1
Label
OP_MK
CSV Tags in
SCADA
Software
Tag ITEM
(fixed)
MT_ST
ERR
X2
SP
SP
T1
T2
DB
S3
S4
U1
U2
X1
H_SP
L_SP
HS
H
L
S2
S1
OP_MK
Note that this function block cannot be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 403).
325
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<301>
Step Ladder Program
400 to 499
14
Sequential Contro l block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Outline
This function block is configured in the form of a ladder diagram comprising a logic
sequence and step sequence. This function block differs from the Contact Distributor
block (Block Model 201) in that not only are contacts connected but also ladder
sequence operations can be executed in between.
•Each Loop Control Unit has enough program space for holding a total of 4000
commands. This number of commands can be used by breaking them up to 100
independent Step Ladder Program blocks. A logic sequence and step sequence
co-exist within each single Step Ladder program block.
•Up to 100 commands can be programmed to a single Step Ladder Program block.
•The logic sequence is executed at each operation cycle. For this reason, this
sequence is suited to control of devices that must be monitored at all times. The logic
sequence is executed at all times when block startup mode (ITEM006) is set to 0. The
sequence is also executed for the duration S1 run/stop command is 1 (ON) when
block setup mode is set to 1 or according to the BLOCK SET command in other Step
Ladder Program blocks.
•A step sequence is a scheme where only one of a number of programmed STEPs is
executed, and STEPs are assigned to processes of devices to be operated
successively. Step sequences can be programmed with few commands that are
executed at each scan cycle, which facilitates locating and remedying errors during
debugging.
•ITEMs that can be specified as the operands of sequence commands are "contact
output" or "contact input" ITEMs in the case of input type instructions such as LOAD
and "contact input" ITEMs in the case of output type instructions such as OUT.
For details, refer to ITEM type or R/W Mode "According to Step Ladder Program" in
function block ITEM lists.
ITEM type
Settable Methods
Data
Length
(bytes)
According to According to According to
CX-Process ITEM Setting Step Ladder
Monitor
block
Program
Contact
input


R/W
1
Note 1: Only "contact input" or "contact output" ITEMs can be specified by sequence commands
such as LOAD and OUT. Other ITEM types cannot be specified.
Note 2: Also use "contact input" ITEMs in Field Terminal DI Terminal blocks or "contact output"
ITEMs in Field Terminal DO Terminal blocks when the Step Ladder Program block is
used to input and output external contacts. External contacts cannot be input or output
directly from the Step Ladder Program block.
326
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Block diagram
Sequence command
S1 run/stop command
CCBBBIII
008
010
CCBBBIII
S2 step stop block
operation command
U1 Output of Alarm Timer
Completion flag
(step delay indication)
009
Block startup
mode
007
CCBBBIII
006
BBIII
BBIII
BBIII
BBIII
Y1 output (step numbers are
displayed within range 0 to 99.)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Step
301
301
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Ladder Program
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 006
Block startup mode
0 to 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: Start at all times, 1:
Start by S1)
Analog
007
Y1
Output (step No.)
0 to 99
0
Yes
r
–
–
–
output
Contact input 008
S1
Run/stop command 0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
009
S2
Cancel "go to next
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
step" switch
Contact
010
U1
Output of Alarm Timer 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
output
Completion flag
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
327
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Sequence commands
(Maximum number of ITEMs is 100. Data conventions differ from other
function blocks.)
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
Command 011
CC: Command, BBB: CCBBBIII
R/W(S) –
–
–
Block No., III: ITEM
No.
Note: Reading/writing
by FINS commands is
not possible.
to
to
to
–
110
CC: Command, BBB: CCBBBIII
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Block No., III: ITEM
No.
Note: Reading/writing
by FINS commands is
not possible.
Data
Length
(bytes)
4
4
Disabling conversion between ladder diagrams and mnemonic programs
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
*1
Parameter 200
Mnemonic flag
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
0: Conversion to
ladder diagrams
(reverse assembly)
and from ladder
diagrams (assembly)
enabled.
1: Conversion to and
from ladder diagrams
disabled.
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
*1: Set ITEM200 to 1 when inputting step ladder programs in mnemonic from the CX-Process
Tool to prevent conversion of programs between ladder diagrams and mnemonic programs.
Note: Sequence commands (ITEM 011 to ITEM 110) cannot be read and written with FINS
commands addressed to the Loop Control Unit (command codes: 0240, 0241, 0242, and
0243).
328
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
List of basic commands
Name
Mnem
onic
Command
Ladder Symbol
Description (command format, CC: command, BBB: block
address, III: ITEM number)
CCBBBIII
Input condition
LOAD
LOAD
01BBBIII
Indicates a logical start of the logic block, creates an ON/OFF
execution condition based on the ON/OFF status of the
contact, and connects to the next stage.
LOAD NOT
LN
02BBBIII
Indicates a logical start of the logic block, creates an ON/OFF
execution condition based on the reverse of the ON/OFF
status of the contact, and connects to the next stage.
AND
AD
03BBBIII
Takes a logical AND of the status of the contact and the
current execution condition.
AND NOT
AN
04BBBIII
Reverses the status of the contact and takes a logical AND
with the current execution condition.
OR
OR
05BBBIII
Takes a logical OR of the status of the contact and the current
execution condition.
OR NOT
RN
06BBBIII
Reverses the status of the contact and takes a logical OR with
the the current execution condition.
AND LOAD
AL
07000000
OR LOAD
OL
08000000
Logic block
Logic block
Logic block
Takes a logical AND between logic blocks.
Takes a logical OR between logic blocks.
Logic block
Output operation
OUT
OT
11BBBIII
Outputs the result (execution condition) of logical processing:
0 (OFF) at condition 0 (OFF), and 1 (ON) at condition 1 (ON).
OUT NOT
ON
12BBBIII
Outputs the result (execution condition) of logical processing:
1 (ON) at condition 0 (OFF), and 0 (OFF) at condition 1 (ON).
SET
ST
13BBBIII
S
RESET
RS
14BBBIII
R
SET turns the oeprand bit 1 (ON) when the execution
condition is 1 (ON), and does not affect the status of the
operand bit when the execution condition is 0 (OFF). Use
RESET to turn OFF a bit that has been turned ON with SET.
RESET turns the oeprand bit 0 (OFF) when the execution
condition is 1 (ON), and does not affect the status of the
operand bit when the execution condition is 0 (OFF). Use SET
to turn OFF a bit that has been turned ON with RESET.
329
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Name
Mnem
onic
Command
Ladder Symbol
Description (command format, CC: command, BBB: block
address, III: ITEM number)
CCBBBIII
Output operation
DIFU
DU
DIFD
DD
15BBBIII
DU
Outputs 1 (ON) for one operation cycle only when the
execution condition goes to 1 (ON) from 0 (OFF).
DD
Outputs 1 (ON) for one operation cycle only when the
execution condition goes to 0 (OFF) from 1 (ON).
16BBBIII
Step Ladder Control Commands (SS: STEP number)
STEP
SP
21SS
Step number
declaration
STEP
BLOCK SET
BS
22BBBSS
BS
BLOCK RESET
BR
23 BBB
BR
JUMP
JP
25 BBBSS
JUMP
330
STEP declares the step number, and has no input conditions
(is a direction connection to the bus).
Any numbers in the range 00 to 99 are used as the step
number, and are placed in ascending order.
1) Logic sequence: The step number is fixed at 00, and is
functional at all times. Declaration of step number 00 can
be omitted.
2) Step sequence: When the step number is writhin the range
01 to 99, only one of the steps is functional. When the
program is started, step number 01 is functional.
When the input conditions turn ON, operation of the specified
step number of the Step Ladder Program block at the
specified block address (400 to 499) is started.
Run/stop command S1 of the specified block turns
automatically 1 (ON).
Operation of currently executing steps in already operating
Step Ladder Program block is interrupted, and execution of
the program jumps to the specified step.
Note: This command cannot be used in the logic sequence
(STEP00).
When the input conditions turn ON, operation of the Step
Ladder Program block is stopped at the specified block
address (Execution of the self function block continues.)
Run/stop command S1 of the specified block automatically
turns 0 (OFF).
Note: This command cannot be used in the logic sequence
(STEP00).
When the input conditions turn ON, execution of the program
jumps to the specified step number (01 to 99) of the Step
Ladder Program block at the specified block address (400 to
499).
- To specify a jump to the self step number, set the block
address to 000.
- When a jump is made to another Step Ladder Program
block, run/stop command S1 of the source block
automatically turns 0 (OFF), and run/stop command S1 of
the destination block turns 1 (ON).
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Name
Mne
moni
c
Command
Ladder Symbol
CCBBBIII
Step Ladder Control Commands (SS: STEP number)
STEP TIMER
TS
27 NNNN
STEP TIMER
ALARM TIMER
TA
28 NNNN
Others
END
ED
00
NP
30
NO
OPERATION
Note
ALM
TIMER
Description (command format, CC: command, BBB: block
address, III: ITEM number)
This is the timer (setting range: 0 to 9999 sec) for moving
between steps. It has no input conditions.
(STEP TIMER is placed in the same line as the STEP
command.)
Operation is started when program execution moves to the
line containing STEP command.
When the time set by STEP TIMER is reached, the program
execution moves to the next step.
Note "Move conditions to next step" is performed on a
first-come, first-served basis.
This is the timer (setting range: 0 to 9999 sec) for monitoring
steps. It has no input conditions.
(ALARM TIMER is placed in the same line as the STEP
command.)
Operation is started when program execution moves to the
line containing STEP command.
When the time set by ALARM TIMER is reached, the Step
Timer Completion flag (step congestion indicator) turns 1
(ON). At this time, the step is held at the current values.
Indicates the end of a program.
Note: The END command is automatically placed at the end of
a program when the Step Ladder Program block is
prepared using CX-Process Tool. It is placed after
STEP00 when the program comprises STEP00 only, and
is placed after the nth STEP where the program ends.
This instruction has no function. (No Processing is for NOP.)
•The LOAD command cannot be input by entering "LD".
•Use the Internal Switch block (Block Model 209) for temporarily holding the results of operations
on contacts.
331
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Specifications of Step Ladder Program block
Item
Total number of command in all Step Ladder
Program blocks available on a single Loop
Control Unit
Per single Loop
Control Unit
Total number of
commands
Total number of
steps
Ladder diagrams
Mnemonics
Creating step ladder
programs on the
CX-Process Tool
software
Function block operation conditions
Types of
sequence
Usable
command
types
332
STEP00
Logic sequence
STEP
01 to 99
Step sequence
STEP00
Logic sequence
STEP
01 to 99
Step sequence
Description
4000
Note This is the total value when up to 100 Step
Ladder Program blocks are used. The actual limit is
"number of commands + number of Step Ladder
Program blocks =< 4100". For this reason, the actual
total number of commands becomes 4000 to 4059
depending on the number of Step Ladder Program
blocks used (41 to 100).
100
100
22 rows and 10 columns max.
No restrictions
You can select from the following two conditions (set in
block startup mode [ITEM006]):
•Start at all times
•Start by S1 run/stop command
Note: Program execution can also be started by the
BLOCK SET command programmed in other Step
Ladder Program blocks.
This sequence must be prepared.
This sequence is operated at all times when the
function block operation conditions are established.
This sequence may be omitted.
Program execution starts from STEP01 when the
function block operation conditions are established.
Program execution moves between STEPs by one of
the following conditions (when two or more conditions
are in contention, the first condition to have occurred
takes priority):
•When the input condition of the final sequence
command in the previous STEP is ON
•By JUMP command
•By STEP TIMER command
LOAD, LOAD NOT, AND, AND NOT, OR, OR NOT,
AND LOAD, OR LOAD, OUT, OUT NOT, DIFU, DIFD,
NOP, END
LOAD, LOAD NOT, AND, AND NOT, OR, OR NOT,
AND LOAD, OR LOAD, OUT, OUT NOT, DIFU, DIFD
STEP, BLOCK SET, BLOCK RESET, JUMP, STEP
TIMER, ALARM TIMER, NOP, END
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Configuration of Step Ladder Program block
The Step Ladder Program block comprises a logic sequence (STEP00) and a step
sequence (STEP01 onwards).
%Logic sequence
STEP 00 operates at all times
for duration that operating
conditions (according to block
startup mode) are established.
Step Ladder Program
301
STEP 00
STEP
LOAD
AND
OUT
00
001-013
002-012
100-020
STEP00 operates at all times by
establishment of operating conditions.
STEP declaration
Command
Max. 100 commands per step
(including STEP declaration)
STEP01 operates at establishment of operating
STEP 01
%Step Sequence
conditions.
One of the STEPs operates for
STEP declaration
STEP 01
the duration that the operating
LOAD NOT 010-020
conditions (according to block
JUMP 000-n
startup mode) are established.
When preparing a Step Ladder
STEP TIMER
Program, STEP01 onwards must
Program execution jumps to the specified step
be declared. 01 to 99 STEPs can
in the Step Ladder Program at establishment of
be programmed.
conditions.
When the Step Ladder Program
Or, program execution jumps to the next STEP
is started, program execution
when the input conditions of the final sequence
Input conditions of final
starts from STEP01.
command in the previous STEP turn ON.
sequence command turn ON or
A jump to the specified STEP
Or, program execution jumps to the next (+1)
time-up
of another Step Ladder
STEP after a fixed time has elapsed.
Program or the self Step
STEP 02
Ladder Program can be
programmed from STEP01.
STEP 02
LOAD # # #
STEP n
STEP n
LOAD # # #
333
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Mechanism of Step Ladder Programs
The logic sequence and step sequence can be executed simultaneously.
Note: When the step sequence is not used, create only STEP00 and do not create steps
STEP01 onwards.
When the logic sequence is not used, create steps STEP01 onwards and do not create
STEP00.
•The logic sequence is executed at all times at each operation cycle when the
operating conditions of the function block are established.
•Execution of the step sequence normally*1 starts from STEP01 when the operating
conditions of the function block are established. Basically, when the input conditions
of the final sequence command in that STEP turns ON, program execution jumps to
the next (+1) STEP. Program execution can also jump to other STEPs by using the
JUMP command or STEP TIMER command. Only one STEP is executed at each
operation cycle. For this reason, when program execution jumps to another STEP, the
STEP at the jump destination is executed at the next operation cycle.
*1: Program execution can also be started from a STEP other than STEP01 by using the JUMP
or BLOCK SET command.
% Logic Sequence
STEP 00
STEP 00
LOAD
Establishment of
operating conditions
Either of the following
according to the startup
mode:
⋅ Operation at all times
⋅ S1 turns ON
Note: Program operation
can also be started
(BLOCK SET) from
other Step Ladder
Programs.
% Step Sequence
STEP
STEP 01
STEP 1
LOAD
STEP n
LOAD
Program execution jumps by
one of the following:
⋅ To the next STEP when the
input conditions of the final
sequence command in the
previous STEP turn ON
(Note 1)
⋅ To the specified STEP
according to the JUMP
command
⋅ To the next (+1) STEP after
an elapsed time according
to the STEP TIMER
command
Note 1. Program execution jumps to the next STEP in the following instances
STEP 01
Program execution jumps to STEP02
when this input condition turns ON.
STEP jump command
To the next STEP
STEP 02
334
So, program execution is the same as if
the STEP jump command is virtually
programmed here.
n
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
A "contact input" ITEM that has been turned ON by the OUT command before a jump
in program execution stays ON even if program execution moves to the next STEP. To
clear the state of the "contact input" ITEM, use the OUT NOT or RESET command on
the same ITEM.
Execution of STEPs at each operation cycle is as follows.
•When the Step Ladder Program comprises only the logic sequence (STEP00 only),
STEP00 is executed at each operation cycle (ITEM004). When commands such as
LOAD or OUT are executed, the specified ITEM of the specified function block is read
and written.
•When the Step Ladder Program comprises both a logic sequence and a step
sequence (STEP00 and STEP01 onwards), STEP00 and one of the STEPs (STEPn)
are executed at each operation cycle.
% Logic sequence and step sequence
% Logic sequence only
STEP 00
STEP
LOAD
AND
OUT
00
001-013
002-012
100-020
STEP 00
Operation cycle
STEP
LOAD
AND
OUT
00
001-013
002-012
100-020
Operation cycle
STEP n
STEP n
LOAD NOT 010-020
JUMP 000-n
STEP TIMER
Note: All commands can be input into the program regardless of whether ladder programs or
mnemonic programs are being used.
When using ladder diagrams, however, a maximum of 22 rows and 10 columns can be
input per circuit. If a circuit containing more than 22 rows or 10 columns is converted from
mnemonic to ladder diagram form (reverse assembly), an error will occur. When entering
*1
programs in mnemonic form, set the Mnemonic Flag (ITEM 200) to 1 (ON) to disable
conversion to ladder diagrams. (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
*1: The Mnemonic Flag (ITEM 200) is supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
When this flag is set to 1 (ON), conversion is not possible between ladder diagrams and
mnemonic programs.
335
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Description of sequence commands
Note: In the following descriptions, error code 80 means "Step Ladder Program command error"
and error code 81 means "Step Ladder Program connection terminal not defined."
Basic commands
The following commands can be used in the logic sequence (STEP00) and in the step
sequence (STEP01 to STEP99).
LOAD (01), LOAD NOT (02)
Input conditions
Not required
Operand
Block address-ITEM number
Function
Reads the ON/OFF status of the specified "contact output" or "contact input" ITEM
when this command is executed.
Supplementary description
•At least one LOAD or LOAD NOT command is required as the input condition for the
following commands:
OUT, OUT NOT, SET, RESET, DIFU, DIFD, BLOCK SET, BLOCK RESET, JUMP
•To read changes in contact states (OFF to ON, ON to OFF), temporarily read the state
of the contact using this command, and then use the differentiated up (DIFU) or
differentiated down (DIFD) command.
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
The specified block does not exist (is not registered). (error code: 81)
The specified ITEM does not exist. (error code: 81)
The specified ITEM is neither a "contact input" ITEM nor a "contact output" ITEM.
(error code: 81. Note, however, that this is possible only when the command is
entered by its mnemonic.)
AND (03), AND NOT (04), OR (05), OR NOT (06)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
Block address-ITEM number
Function
Reads the ON/OFF status of the specified "contact output" or "contact input" ITEM
when this command is executed (reverses the state in the case of NOT commands),
and takes the logical AND or OR with the previous execution condition.
336
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Supplementary description
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
The LOAD or LOAD NOT command does not precede this command. (error code: 80,
Step Ladder Program command error)
The specified block does not exist (is not registered). (error code: 81)
The specified ITEM does not exist. (error code: 81)
The specified ITEM is neither a "contact input" ITEM nor a "contact output" ITEM.
(error code: 81)
AND LOAD (07), OR LOAD (08)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
None (0000-00)
Function
Takes a logical AND or OR between logic blocks.
("Logic block" refers to a logical operation that starts from the LOAD or LOAD NOT
command and continues up to before the next LOAD or LOAD NOT command.)
Supplementary description
•When three or more logic blocks are to be connected in series, the logic blocks can
also be connected successively in such a way that two logic blocks are connected in
series by this command and then the next logic block is connected in series by this
command. This command can also be placed after three or more logic blocks so that
all logic blocks are connected in series.
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
Two or more LOAD or LOAD NOT commands do not precede this command. (error
code: 80)
The total number of AND LOAD or OR LOAD commands is less than the "total
number of LOAD or LOAD NOT commands - 1". (error code: 80)
OUT (11), OUT NOT (12)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
Block address-ITEM number
Function
Outputs the result (OUT) or reverses the result (OUT NOT) of logical processing on the
specified "contact input" ITEM when the input conditions are ON.
Note
A contact ITEM that has been turned ON by the OUT command stays ON even if
program execution moves to the next STEP. For this reason, to perform step
progression control in a step sequence, use the RESET command at the next STEP to
turn OFF the contact ITEM that has been turned ON.
Supplementary description
337
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
•This command differs from the SET and RESET commands in that ON is output if the
input condition is ON, and OFF is output when the input condition is OFF. (This
description applies to the OUT command.) For this reason, changes in states such as
Auto/Manual or Remote/Local are used as output to take the result of logical
processing. (When indicating manipulation of Auto/Manual switching or Remote/Local
switching, use the SET and RESET commands with the DIFU command.)
•When program execution has jumped to a specified STEP by the JUMP command,
contact ITEMs that have turned ON by the OUT command do not turn OFF and are
held at the ON state.
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
The specified block does not exist (is not registered). (error code: 81)
The specified ITEM is not a "contact input" ITEM. (error code: 81)
There are LOAD or LOAD NOT command input conditions. (when connected directly
to bus bar) (error code: 80)
SET (13), RESET (14)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
Block address-ITEM number
FunctionSET turns the specified "contact input" ITEM ON when the input condition is
ON, and RESET turns the ITEM OFF when the input condition is ON. The ON (SET) or
OFF (RESET) state of the ITEM is held as it is even if the input condition is OFF. The
ON or OFF state of the ITEM is held as long as the RESET command is not executed
for the SET command or vice versa.
Input
conditions
Input
conditions
ON
OFF
SET operand
ON
OFF
RESET operand
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Output held ON
Output held
OFF
Supplementary description
•This command is used in combination with the DIFU command when indicating
manipulation such as Auto/Manual switching or Remote/Local switching. (Refer to the
example in the supplementary description for the DIFU and DIFD commands.)
•The state of contact ITEMs that are set or reset by these commands is held even if
program execution moves to another STEP for as long as the RESET command and
SET command are not executed.
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
The specified block does not exist (is not registered). (error code: 81)
The specified ITEM is not a "contact input" ITEM. (error code: 81)
There are no LOAD or LOAD NOT command input conditions. (when connected
directly to bus bar) (error code: 80)
338
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
DIFU (15), DIFD (16)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
Block address-ITEM number
Function
DIFU turns the specified "contact input" ITEM ON for one cycle when the input
condition goes from OFF to ON, and DIFD turn the ITEM ON for one cycle when the
input condition goes from ON to OFF.
Input
conditions
Input
conditions
ON
OFF
DU operand
OFF
DD operand
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 operation
cycle
Note
ON
1 operation
cycle
When an ON signal for one operation cycle that has been generated by this command
is to be used as the input at another function block, set the operation cycle of that
function block to the same as or longer than the operation cycle of the source Step
Ladder Program block where this ON signal is to be generated. If an attempt is made to
read at a function block having an operation cycle that is shorter than the Step Ladder
Program block where this ON signal is generated, the ON signal may not be read
correctly.
Supplementary description
•Note that the ON signal is held by this command at execution of the first command in
the Step Ladder Program block and not at execution of this command at the next
operation cycle.
•This command is canceled at the moment that program execution jumps to another
STEP. When this command is canceled, the specified operand is returned to OFF.
•When this command is used in STEP00, it will not be canceled as program execution
does not jump to other STEPs in the Step Ladder Program from this STEP, and the
number of DIFU or DIFD commands that can be used in other STEPs is reduced by
one. (The maximum number of DIFU or DIFD commands that can be executed
simultaneously is 256.)
•This command can be used to specify a "contact input" ITEM in the Internal Switch
block (Block Model 209) to create a differentiated contact that is ON or OFF for one
operation cycle.
•The rising edge of the contact is not detected when a constantly ON contact (ITEM021
of System Common block) is set as the input condition.
339
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
•Use the DIFU or DIFD commands to perform Auto/Manual switching or Remote/Local
switching as shown below in PID or other Control blocks.
Example)
Execution
condition
Internal switch
a
100-012
DU
Internal switch
100-012
Basic PID
Internal switch 100-012 turns ON for one
operation cycle (OFF at next operation
cycle) when execution condition a
changes to ON.
000-086
S
Execution
condition
Basic PID000-086 (Auto/Manual switch) is
set to ON (Auto mode) when the internal
switch 100-012 turns ON.
a
R
Execution condition a is reset.
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
The specified block does not exist (is not registered). (error code: 81)
The specified ITEM is not a "contact input" ITEM. (error code: 81)
There are no LOAD or LOAD NOT command input conditions. (when connected
directly to bus bar) (error code: 80)
Step sequence commands
The following commands (see Note) can be used only in the step sequence (STEP01
to STEP99).
Note: BLOCK SET and BLOCK RESET can also be used in the logic sequence (STEP00).
STEP (16)
Input conditions
Not required
Operand
Step number (00 to 99)
Function
Sets finite break points (STEPs) in a step sequence.
When the logic sequence is used, STEP00 is automatically assigned as the default
STEP. This step has no input conditions.
STEPs in the step sequence are automatically assigned a step number starting from
00.
Program execution jumps to the STEP declared by STEP at the next operation cycle
when one of the following conditions is established:
1) When the input condition of the final command of the STEP having the immediately
previous number is ON
2) When program execution has jumped to this STEP by the JUMP command
3) When the time count set by the STEP TIMER command in the STEP having the
immediately previous number has been reached
The first of the above three conditions that is met is the valid condition.
340
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Supplementary description
Example (Command description using mnemonics)
(SP) 2101
Declares STEP01.
(LOAD) 012000101 Executes LOAD (01) on ITEM010 at block address 200.
:
:
(LOAD) 01200011
Executes LOAD (01) on ITEM011 at block address 200.
(OUT) 1120012 Executes OUT (11) on ITEM012 at block address 200.
(SP) 2102
Declares STEP02.
:
:
In the above example, program execution jumps to STEP02 when ITEM011 at block
address 200, that is programmed as the input condition of the final command of the
previous STEP, turns ON.
BLOCK SET (22)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
Step Ladder Program block address, step number (00 to 99)
Function
(This function cannot be used in logic sequence STEP00.)
Starts program execution at the specified step number of the specified Step Ladder
Program block at the next operation cycle when the input condition is ON. (This
command differs from JUMP in that execution of the self STEP onwards is continued.)
When this command is executed, S1 run/stop command of the specified Step Ladder
Program block is forcibly turned ON, and S2 step stop switch is forcibly turned OFF. (At
the same time, execution of STEP TIMER or ALARM TIMER is canceled if they are
currently executing, and the Step Timer Completion flag turns OFF if it is ON when the
time set by the ALARM TIMER command is reached.)
Supplementary description
•When the specified Step Ladder Program block is already executing, the currently
executing STEP in the program is quit, and program execution jumps to the specified
STEP.
•When the block startup mode ITEM of the specified Step Ladder Program block is set
to 0 (start at all times), the function block starts up as it is and program execution
jumps to the specified step number.
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
There are no LOAD or LOAD NOT command input conditions. (when connected
directly to bus bar) (error code: 80)
The self block address is specified as the specified function block. (error code: 80)
There is no specified block address. (error code: 81)
The specified block address is not the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
(error code: 81)
341
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
BLOCK RESET (23)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
Step Ladder Program block address, step number (00 to 99)
Function
(This function cannot be used in logic sequence STEP00.)
Stops program execution at the specified step number of the specified Step Ladder
Program at the next operation cycle when the input condition is ON. When this
command is executed, S1 run/stop command of the specified Step Ladder Program
block is forcibly turned OFF.
Supplementary description
•This command is invalid when the block startup mode of the specified Step Ladder
Program block is set to 0 (start at all times).
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
There are no LOAD or LOAD NOT command input conditions. (when connected
directly to bus bar) (error code: 80)
The self block address is specified as the specified function block. (error code: 80)
There is no specified block address. (error code: 81)
The specified block address is not the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
(error code: 81)
JUMP (25)
Input conditions
Required
Operand
Step Ladder Program block address, step number (00 to 99)
Note: Block address 000 is the self block.
Function
•To jump to another Step Ladder Program block (block address other than 000)
Causes program execution to jump to the specified step number of the specified Step
Ladder Program block address at the next operation cycle when the input condition is
ON. Commands onwards from the self STEP are not executed, and the self function
block (including logic sequence STEP00) is stopped.
When this command is executed, S1 run/stop command of the source Step Ladder
Program block automatically turns OFF, and S1 run/stop command of the jump
destination Step Ladder Program block automatically turns ON. At the same time,
timer execution set by the STEP TIMER or ALARM TIMER commands is continued if
it is executing while the specified STEP at the jump destination is being executed.
Timer execution set by the STEP TIMER or ALARM TIMER commands is canceled if
it is executing at other STEPs and the specified STEP at the jump destination is not
being executed. The Alarm Timer Completion flag turns OFF if it is ON when the time
set by the ALARM TIMER command is reached.
When the input condition is OFF, nothing happens, and the subsequent commands
are executed.
•To jump to a location within the self Step Ladder Program block (block address: 000)
Causes program execution to jump to the specified step number of the self function
342
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
block when the input condition is ON. Commands onwards from the self STEP are not
executed. The self function block (including logic sequence STEP00) continues to
execute.
When the input condition is OFF, nothing happens, and the subsequent commands
are executed.
Supplementary description
•When the specified STEP in the specified Step Ladder Program block is already
executing, nothing happens on the specified Step Ladder Program block, and
subsequent commands are not executed.
Example
STEP 01
STEP01 declaration
Execution
condition
a
401-01
JUMP
Execution
condition
b
Execution
condition
d
Program execution jumps to STEP01 of block
address 401 by execution condition b turning
ON. (Subsequent commands are not
executed.) Subsequent commands are
executed by the condition turning OFF.
Block address 401
STEP02
Program execution jumps to STEP01 of block
address 401 by execution condition c turning
ON. (Subsequent commands are not
executed.) Subsequent commands are
executed by the condition turning OFF.
Self block
STEP025
000-05
JUMP
Execution
condition
Block address 401
STEP01
401-02
JUMP
c
Program execution jumps to STEP01 of block
address 401 by execution condition a turning
ON. (Subsequent commands are not
executed.) Subsequent commands are
executed by the condition turning OFF.
Program execution jumps to the next STEP of
the self block by execution condition d turning
ON without any of above conditions a, b or c
turning ON.
•In the following cases, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
There are no LOAD or LOAD NOT command input conditions. (when connected
directly to bus bar)
There is no specified block address. (error code: 81)
The specified block address is not the Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
(error code: 81)
The specified STEP number does not exist. (error code 81)
The self step number of the self block is specified. (error code: 81)
The self step number is specified. (error code: 80)
The jump destination STEP number is STEP00. (error code: 81)
343
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
STEP TIMER (27)
Input conditions
Not required
Operand
Timer setting value (0 to 9999 seconds)
Function
Automatically starts counting by the timer when program execution jumps to the self
step. When the value set by this command is reached, execution of the self step is quit,
and program execution jumps to the next (+1) STEP at the next operation cycle.
This command has no input condition and is described in the same line as the STEP
declaration command.
Supplementary description
•This command is canceled at the moment that the self STEP jumps to another location.
("Cancel" here refers to the time count being stopped and cleared.)
Example: (Command description using mnemonics)
(SP) 2102
Declares STEP02.
(TS) 27010 Sets STEP TIMER 10 seconds.
(LOAD) 01200011 Executes LOAD (01) on ITEM011 at block address 200.
(OUT) 1120012 Executes OUT (11) on ITEM012 at block address 200.
(SP) 2102 STEP03
Declares STEP03.
:
:
In the above example, program execution jumps to STEP03 by whichever of the
conditions is established the earliest ten seconds after program execution jumps to
STEP02 when ITEM011 of block address 200 (input condition of the final command in
the previous STEP) turns ON.
•In the following case, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
The self step number is STEP00. (error code: 80)
ALARM TIMER (28)
Input conditions
Not required
Operand
Timer setting value (0 to 9999 seconds)
Function
Automatically starts counting by the timer when program execution jumps to the self
step. When the value set by this command is reached, the output of Alarm Timer
Completion flag (ITEM010) is turned ON.
This command has no input condition and is described in the same line as the STEP
declaration command.
344
14 Sequential Control block
<301> Step Ladder Program 400 to 499
Supplementary description
•This command is canceled at the moment that program execution jumps to another
STEP.
•The output of Alarm Timer Completion flag (ITEM010) turns OFF when program
execution jumps to another STEP or when program execution is stopped by the
BLOCK RESET command at another Step Ladder Program block.
Example (Command description using mnemonics)
(SP) 2102
Declares STEP02.
(TA) 27010 Sets ALARM TIMER 10 seconds.
(LOAD) 01200011 Executes LOAD (01) on ITEM011 at block address 200.
(OUT) 1120012 Executes OUT (11) on ITEM012 at block address 200.
(SP) 2102 STEP03
Declares STEP03.
:
:
Counting by the ALARM TIMER command is canceled and program execution jumps
to STEP03 when ITEM011 at block address 200 turns ON. Ten seconds after program
execution jumps to STEP02 (and when it has not jumped to another STEP), output of
Alarm Timer Completion flag (ITEM010) turns ON.
•In the following case, an execution error occurs and the command in question is not
executed:
The self step number is STEP00. (error code: 80)
345
15 Node Terminal blocks
<401> DO to Computer 501 to 532
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<401>
DO to Computer
501 to 532
15
Node Terminal block s
<401> DO to Co mpu ter 501 to 5 32
Outline
This function block is the Node Terminal for sending 128 contact signals to the
computer.
•To monitor the state of the contacts on CX-Process Monitor, be sure to connect the
contact signals (including parameters) to this function block, and set the monitor tags
on CX-Process Tool.
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. The block address of
the PLC is shared by these three Loop Control Units. So, set the block addresses for
each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
•All ITEMs (contact input and output signals, and contact parameters) for contact
signals whose data is either 0 or 1 in all function blocks can be designated as the
source.
•There are two ways of designating the contacts as the source:
•Batch designation of multiple contacts
•Individual designation: Contacts are designated by the Step Ladder Program block
(Block Model 301) or Contact Distributor block (Block Model 201).
To send to CX-Process Monitor contact ITEMs other than ITEMs (tag ITEMs) that can
be sent by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer block (Block Model 403) or 4-block
Send Terminal to Computer block (Block Model 404), specify the relevant ITEMs as the
source using the DO to Computer block.
Note
Block diagram
CPU Unit
DO to Computer
S0 contact input
020
S1 contact input
021
Data Memory for Node Terminals
15
0
8 words
(128 points)
Controller Link
or Host Link
or EtherNet
S127 contact input
346
147
Computer on which
CX-Process Monitor is
running
15 Node Terminal blocks
<401> DO to Computer 501 to 532
ITEM list
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
000
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
011
012
to
018
Contact
input
020
to
147
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write
for validate action or monitor
run status by CX-Process Tool
Symbol Data Description
Data Range Default
or Monitor, (S): Initial setting
data, (O): Operation data
Accord –
Accord Accord
ing to
ing to ing to
CX-Pro
ITEM Step
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
block Progra
m
Stop block operation command (0: 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
23
Block R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
Block Model: DO to Computer
401
401
R/W(S) –
–
–
Execution error display
0000
r
–
–
–
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error
Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4:
1, 5: 2
DX1
Terminal1 BBBIII: Source
BBBIII-PPPJ 000000 R/W(S) –
–
–
JJ
000000
designation block
DX2
Terminal2 address and leading
BBBIII-PPPJ 000000 R/W(S) –
–
–
ITEM number
JJ
000000
PPP: 001 to 032:
DX8
Terminal8 number of input points BBBIII-PPPJ 000000 R/W(S) –
–
–
JJJ: 020 to 147: leading JJ
000000
ITEM number of self
block
S0
Contact input
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R/W
1
S127
1
Contact input
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R/W
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
8
8
8
347
15 Node Terminal blocks
<402> AO to Computer 501 to 532
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<402>
AO to Computer
501 to 532
15
Node Terminal block s
<402> AO to Co mpu ter 501 to 5 32
Outline
This function block is the Node Terminal for sending 16 analog points to the computer.
•To monitor the state of the contacts on CX-Process Monitor, be sure to connect the
contact signals (including parameters) to this function block, and set the monitor tags
on CX-Process Tool.
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. The block address of
the PLC is shared by these three Loop Control Units. So, set the block addresses for
each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
•All ITEMs (contact input and output signals, and contact parameters) for contact
signals whose data is either 0 or 1 in all function blocks can be designated as the
source.
Note
To send to CX-Process Monitor contact ITEMs other than ITEMs (tag ITEMs) that can
be sent by 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer block (Block Model 403) or 4-block
Send Terminal to Computer block (Block Model 404), specify the relevant ITEMs as the
source using the AO to Computer block.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
AO to Computer
X1 analog input
021
X2 analog input
032
Data Memory for Node Terminals
15
0
16 words
(16 analog points)
Controller Link
or Host Link
or EtherNet
X16 analog input
348
036
Computer on which
CX-Process Monitor is
running
15 Node Terminal blocks
<402> AO to Computer 501 to 532
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: AO to
402
402
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Computer
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 021
X1 source designation BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
connection
(BBB: Block address,
information
III: ITEM No.)
to
–
036
X16 source
BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
designation
(BBB: Block address,
III: ITEM No.)
Analog input 041
X1
Analog input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
to
Yes
056
X16 Analog output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
349
15 Node Terminal blocks
<403> 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<403>
1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
501 to 532
15
Node Terminal block s
<403> 1-Block Send Terminal to Compu ter 501 to 532
Outline
This function block is the Node Terminal for specifying the block address of the Control
block to be sent to the computer.
•To monitor the state of one of the following Control blocks on CX-Process Monitor and
to change the Set Point or other settings on the Control block at the same time, be
sure to connect the Control block as the source of this function block, and set the
monitor tags for the function block and each ITEM using CX-Process Tool.
•The following Control blocks can be specified for monitoring:
001: 2-position ON/OFF
002: 3-position ON/OFF
011: Basic PID
012: Advanced PID
013: Blended PID
014: Batch Flowrate Capture
031: Indication and Setting
032: Indication and Operation
033: Ratio Setting
034: Indicator
Note1
•The High/Low Alarm block (Block Model 111), Timer block (Block Model 205) and
Counter block (Block Model 208) function blocks cannot be specified by this function
block. To specify these function blocks, use the 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer
block (Block Model 404).
•To register the above Control blocks in the Tuning screen, be sure to use the 1-Block
Send Terminal to Computer block (Block Model 403). Control blocks that are specified
by the 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer block (Block Model 404) cannot be
registered to the Tuning screen on CX-Process Monitor.
Note2
The ITEMs that can be sent to CX-Process Monitor by 1-Block Send Terminal to
Computer block (Block Model 403) are determined by the default settings of each
function block. (Fixed names called "tag ITEMs" are assigned to each ITEM.) To send
ITEMs other than these (parameters having contact or analog values) to CX-Process
Monitor, specify the relevant ITEM as the source in the AO to Terminal block (Block
Model 402) or DO to Terminal block (Block Model 401).
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. However, only 32
block addresses (501 to 532) can be used on a single PLC. So, set the block
addresses for each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
350
15 Node Terminal blocks
<403> 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532
Block diagram
Function block
One of the following
Block Models
011: Basic PID
012: Advanced PID
014: Batch Flowrate
Capture
031: Indication and
Setting
032: Indication and
Operation
033: Ratio Setting
034: Indicator
CPU Unit
1-Block Send
Terminal to
Computer
Data Memory for Node
Terminals
011
Specify the block
address
Controller Link
or Host Link
or EtherNet
Computer on which
CX-Process Monitor is
running
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: 1-Block 403
403
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Send Terminal to
Computer
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Block
011
Source designated
001 to 032 001
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
address
Control block address
specification
Note
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
To send data of the Basic PID block (Block Model 011) or the Advanced PID block
(Block Model 012) to CX-Process Monitor by the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer
(Block Model 403), set the operation cycle of the Send to Computer blocks to the same
or longer than that of the Basic PID or Advanced PID blocks. If the operation cycle of
Send to Computer blocks is set to a shorter value, the Set Point momentarily becomes
0 when a cold start is performed.
351
15 Node Terminal blocks
<404> 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<404>
4-Block Send Terminal to Computer
501 to 532
15
Node Terminal block s
<404> 4-Block Send Terminal to Compu ter 501 to 532
Outline
This function block is for specifying the block address of four Control blocks or some
Operation blocks to be sent to the computer.
•To monitor the state of four of the following Control blocks or some Operation blocks
on CX-Process Monitor, or to change the Set Point or other settings on the Control
block at the same time, be sure to connect the Control block or some Operation
blocks as the source of this function block, and set the monitor tags for the function
blocks and each ITEM using CX-Process Tool.
•The following Control blocks and Sequential Operation blocks can be specified for
monitoring:
001: 2-position ON/OFF
002: 3-position ON/OFF
011: Basic PID
012: Advanced PID
031: Indication and Setting
032: Indication and Operation
033: Ratio Setting
034: Indicator
111: High/Low Limit
157: Segment Program 2
205: Timer
208: Counter
221: ON/OFF Valve Manipulator
222: Motor Manipulator
223: Reversible Motor Manipulator
224: Motor Opening Manipulator
Note1
Control blocks that are designed as the source by the 4-Block Send Terminal to
Computer block (Block Model 404) cannot be registered to the Tuning screen on
CX-Process Monitor. To register the above Control blocks in the Tuning screen, be sure
to use the 1-Block Send Terminal to Computer block (Block Model 403).
Note2
The ITEMs that can be sent to CX-Process Monitor by 4-Block Send Terminal to
Computer block (Block Model 404) are determined by the default settings of each
function block. (Fixed names called "tag ITEMs" are assigned to each ITEM.) To send
ITEMs other than these (parameters having contact or analog values) to CX-Process
Monitor, specify the relevant ITEM as the source in the AO to Terminal block (Block
Model 402) or DO to Terminal block (Block Model 401).
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. However, only 32
block addresses (501 to 532) can be used on a single PLC. So, set the block
addresses for each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
352
15 Node Terminal blocks
<404> 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532
Block diagram
Function block
One of the
following Block
Models
011: Basic PID
012: Advanced PID
031: Indication and
Setting
032: Indication and
Operation
033: Ratio Setting
034: Indicator
111: High/Low
Alarm
205: Timer
208: Counter
CPU Unit
4-Block Send Terminal
to Computer
Data Memory for Node
Terminals
011
012
013
014
Controller Link
or Host Link
or EtherNet
Computer on which
CX-Process Monitor is
running
Function block
Same as above
Function block
Same as above
Function block
Same as above
353
15 Node Terminal blocks
<404> 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer 501 to 532
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: 4-Block 404
404
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Send Terminal to
Computer
Special
003
Error indication
0000
–
r
–
–
–
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Block
011
No.1 source
000 to 999 000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
address
designated Control
specification
block address (000:
Not registered)
to
–
014
No.4 source
000 to 999 000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
designated Control
block address (000:
Not registered)
Note
354
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
To send data of the Basic PID block (Block Model 011) or the Advanced PID block
(Block Model 012) to CX-Process Monitor by the 4-Block Send Terminal to Computer
(Block Model 404), set the operation cycle of the Send to Computer blocks to the same
or longer than that of the Basic PID or Advanced PID blocks. If the operation cycle of
Send to Computer blocks is set to a shorter value, the Set Point momentarily becomes
0 when a cold start is performed.
15 Node Terminal blocks
<407> DO Terminal to All Nodes 550 to 599
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<407>
DO Terminal to All Nodes
550 to 599
15
Node Terminal block s
<407> DO Terminal to A ll Nodes 550 to 599
Outline
This function block sends 32 contact signals to other nodes (PLC or computer).
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. The block address of
the PLC is shared by these three Loop Control Units. So, set the block addresses for
each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
•There are two ways of designating the contacts as the source:
•Batch designation of multiple contacts
•Individual designation: Contacts are designated by the Step Ladder Program block
(Block Model 301) or Contact Distributor block (Block Model 201).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
DO Terminal to All
Nodes
S0 contact input
020
S1 contact input
021
2 words
(32 points)
Data Memory for Node
15 Terminals
0
Loop Control Unit
Controller Link
PC on Controller Link
S31 contact input 051
355
15 Node Terminal blocks
<407> DO Terminal to All Nodes 550 to 599
ITEM list
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
000
Parameter
001
Symbol Data Description
Stop block operation
command (0: Cancel stop,
1: Stop)
Comment
003
Parameter
004
Block
011
address
specification 012
Contact
input
356
020
to
051
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
Block
name
407
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0000
r
–
–
–
2
0
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
000000 R/W(S) –
000000
000000 R/W(S) –
000000
–
8
–
8
S0
23
characters
Block Model: DO Terminal to 407
all nodes
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution
Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3:
0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Termi BBBIII: Source
BBBIII-PPP
nal 1 designation block
JJJ
Termi address and leading BBBIII-PPP
nal 2 ITEM number
JJJ
PPP: 001 to 032:
number of input
points
JJJ: 020 to 147:
leading ITEM number
of self block
Contact input
0, 1
0
–
R
–
R/W
1
S31
Contact input
0
–
R
–
R/W
1
002
Special
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
–: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write
for validate action or monitor
run status by CX-Process Tool
Data Range Default
or Monitor, (S): Initial setting
data, (O): Operation data
Accord –
Accord Accord
ing to
ing to ing to
CX-Pro
ITEM Step
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
block Progra
m
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
DX1
DX2
0, 1
15 Node Terminal blocks
<408> AO Terminal to All Nodes 550 to 599
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<408>
AO Terminal to All Nodes
550 to 599
15
Node Terminal block s
<408> AO Terminal to A ll Nodes 550 to 599
Outline
This function block sends two contact signals to other nodes (PLC or computer).
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. The block address of
the PLC is shared by these three Loop Control Units. So, set the block addresses for
each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
AO Terminal to All
Nodes
Data Memory for Node
15 Terminals
0
Loop Control Unit
X1 analog input
021
X2 analog input
022
2 words
(2 analog inputs)
Controller Link
PC on Controller Link
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Sym
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: AO
408
408
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Terminal fro All Nodes
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Analog input 021
X1 source designation BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
connection
(BBB: Block address,
information
III: ITEM No.)
022
X2 source designation BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(BBB: Block address,
III: ITEM No.)
Analog input 031
X1
Analog input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
032
X2
Analog input
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
R
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
357
15 Node Terminal blocks
<409> DO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<409>
DO Terminal Settings from
550 to 599
Computer
15
Node Terminal block s
<409> DO Terminal Setting s from Compu ter 550 to 599
Outline
This function block receives contact signals from the computer by issuing the FINS
WRITE ITEM commands (command code 0241 and 0243 Hex) to this function block
from the computer.
•Contact signals that are received can also be used for internal Loop Control Unit
operations.
•If necessary, FINS commands can be re-issued to other nodes (PLC or computer).
•To write contact signals to contact output ITEMs in this function block from
CX-Process Monitor, CX-Process Tool must be used to set the tag numbers to the
ITEMs. (Note, however, that re-issue to network must be set to "ON". This enables
monitoring for checking the results of writing on CX-Process Monitor.)
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. The block address of
the PLC is shared by these three Loop Control Units. So, set the block addresses for
each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
Block diagram
DO is written
directly by FINS
command.
DO Terminal Settings
from Computer 020 U0 contact output
021 U1 contact output
Computer on which
CX-Process Monitor is
running
CPU Unit
Data Memory for Node Terminals
15
0
051
358
U31 contact
output
15 Node Terminal blocks
<409> DO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: DO
409
409
–
R/W(S) –
–
Terminal Settings
from Computer
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 007
Re-issue to network 0, 1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
0: Not used, 1: Used
Contact
020
U0
Contact output
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
output
Parameter
to
Yes
051
U31 Contact output
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
1
1
1
359
15 Node Terminal blocks
<410> AO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<410>
AO Terminal Settings from
550 to 599
Computer
15
Node Terminal block s
<410> AO Terminal Setting s from Compu ter 550 to 599
Outline
This function block receives analog signals from the computer by issuing the FINS
WRITE ITEM commands (command code 0241 and 0243 Hex) to this function block
from the computer.
•Analog signals that are received can also be used for internal Loop Control Unit
operations.
•If necessary, FINS commands can be re-issued to other nodes (PLC or computer).
•To write contact signals to contact output ITEMs in this function block from
CX-Process Monitor, CX-Process Tool must be used to set the tag numbers to the
ITEMs. (Note, however, that re-issue to network must be set to "ON". This enables
monitoring for checking the results of writing on CX-Process Monitor.)
•Up to three Loop Control Units can be mounted on a single PLC. The block address of
the PLC is shared by these three Loop Control Units. So, set the block addresses for
each of the Loop Control Units to unique values.
Block diagram
AO is directly
written by FINS
command.
Can also be re-issued
to the network over
Controller Link.
360
Computer on which
CX-Process Monitor is
running
CPU Unit
Data Memory for Node
15 Terminals 0
AO Terminal Settings
from Computer
031
Y1 analog output
032
Y2 analog output
15 Node Terminal blocks
<410> AO Terminal Settings from Computer 550 to 599
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: AO
410
410
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Terminal Settings
from Computer
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 007
Re-issue to network 0, 1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Not used, 1: Used
Analog
031
Y1
Analog output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
–
output
032
Y2
Analog output
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
R/W(O) R/W
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
1
2
2
361
15 Node Terminal blocks
<414> DI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 699
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<414>
DI Terminal from All Nodes
600 to 699
15
Node Terminal block s
<414> DI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 69 9
Outline
This function block receives data sent by the DO Terminal to All Nodes block (Block
Model 407) on another Loop Control Unit. 32 contact signals sent from other nodes are
received.
•Specify the contacts to be input by the source node address and source block
address.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Loop Control Unit
DI Terminal from All Nodes
Data Memory for Node Terminals
15
0
020
U0 contact output
021
U1 contact output
2 words
(32 points)
PC on Controller Link
Controller Link
051
362
U31 contact
output
15 Node Terminal blocks
<414> DI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 699
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: DI
414
414
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Terminal from All
Nodes
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 007
Source node address 0 to 32
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Self node (see
Note)
008
Source block address 550 to 599 550
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Contact input 020
U0
Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
input)
to
Yes
051
U31 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
input)
Note
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
To receive a value sent by the self node by the DO Terminal to All Nodes block (Block
Model 407), set the source node address to 0 (self node).
363
15 Node Terminal blocks
<415> AI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 699
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<415>
AI Terminal from All Nodes
600 to 699
15
Node Terminal block s
<415> AI Terminal from All Nodes 600 to 69 9
Outline
This function block receives data sent by the AO Terminals to All Nodes block (Block
Model 408) on another Loop Control Unit. 2 contact signals sent from other nodes are
received.
•Specify the data to be input by the source node address and source block address.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Loop Control Unit
PC on Controller Link
Controller Link
AI Terminal from All Nodes
Data Memory for Node Terminals
15
0
021
Y1 analog output
022
Y2 analog output
2 words
(2 analog points)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Sym
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Ai
415
415
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Terminal from All
Nodes
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Parameter 007
Source node address 0 to 32
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Self node
008
Source block address 550 to 599 550
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Analog
021
Y1
Analog output (field
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
output
input)
022
Y2
Analog output (field
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
input)
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note: To receive a value sent by the self node by the AO Terminal to All Nodes block (Block
Model 408), set the source node address to 0 (self node).
364
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<451> DI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<451>
DI Terminal from CPU Unit
861 to 876
16
CPU Un it Terminal Block
<451> DI Terminal from CPU Un it 861 to 87 6
Outline
This function block inputs contact data from CPU Unit I/O memory.
• Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area to which data can be input
•CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be input
This area is mainly used for input of the following remote I/O data that is not
supported on the Field Terminals:
Example)
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
•W: Work Area (W)
•H: Holding Area (H)
•D: Data Memory (D)
•E0: Extended Data Memory (E) bank No. 0 only
Block diagram
CPU Unit
DI Terminal from
CPU Unit
I/O memory
15
0
8 words
(128 points)
020
U0 contact output (input from CPU Unit)
035
U15 contact output (input from CPU Unit)
147
U127 contact output (input from CPU Unit)
365
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<451> DI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Parameter
007
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
008
009
Contact
input
Contact
input
Contact
input
020
U0
to
035
U15
036
U16
to
051
U31
052
U32
to
067
U47
068
U48
to
083
U63
084
U64
to
099
U79
100
U80
to
115
U95
116
U96
to
131
132
to
147
366
U11
1
U11
2
U12
7
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
451
Block
name
451
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
8
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
Data Range Default
Block Model: DI Terminal from CPU Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4: E0
(Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (number of input contacts = 1 to 8
number of words x 16 points)
(words)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 1 word bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 1 word bit 15)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 2 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 2 words bit 15)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 3 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 3 words bit 15)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 4 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 4 words bit 15)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 5 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 5 words bit 15)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 6 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 6 words bit 15)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 7 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 7 words bit 15)
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 8 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
0, 1
(input from CPU Unit, 8 words bit 15)
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<452> DO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<452>
DO Terminal to CPU Unit
861 to 876
16
CPU Un it Terminal Block
<452> DO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876
Outline
This function block outputs contact signals to CPU Unit I/O memory.
•Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area to which data can be output
•CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be output
This area is mainly used for output of the following remote I/O data that is not
supported on the Field Terminals:
Example)
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
•W: Work Area (W)
•H: Holding Area (H)
•D: Data Memory (D)
•E0: Extended Data Memory (E) (bank No. 0 only)
Block diagram
DO Terminal to CPU Unit
DO Terminal to CPU Unit
S0 contact input
(output to CPU Unit)
15
I/O memory
0
020
S15 contact input
(output to CPU Unit)
035
S127 contact input
(output to CPU Unit)
147
8 words
(128 points)
367
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<452> DO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
008
009
Contact
input
020
S0
to
035
S15
036
S16
to
051
S31
052
S32
to
067
S47
068
S48
to
083
S63
084
S64
to
099
S79
100
S80
to
115
S95
116
S96
to
131
132
to
147
368
S11
1
S11
2
S12
7
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
452
Block
name
452
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
32767
8
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
Block Model: DO Terminal to CPU Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4: E0
(Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (number of input contacts = 1 to 8
number of words x 16 points)
(words)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 1 word bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 1 word bit 15)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 2 words bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 2 words bit 15)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 3 words bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 3 words bit 15)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 4 words bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 4 words bit 15)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 5 words bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 5 words bit 15)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 6 words bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 6 words bit 15)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 7 words bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 7 words bit 15)
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 8 words bit 00)
to
Contact input
0, 1
(output to CPU unit, 8 words bit 15)
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<453> AI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<453>
AI Terminal from CPU Unit
861 to 876
16
CPU Un it Terminal Block
<453> AI Terminal from CPU Un it 861 to 87 6
Outline
This function block inputs analog data from CPU Unit I/O memory.
•Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area from which data can be input
•CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be input.
This area is mainly used for input of the following remote I/O data that is not
supported on the Field Terminals:
Example
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
•W: Work Area (W)
•H: Holding Area (H)
•D: Data Memory (D)
•E0: Extended Data Memory (E) (bank No. 0 only)
Analog data for the number of words specified by ITEM009 from the leading word
address of the I/O memory specified by ITEM008 are treated as signed binary data
(two's complement taken for minus numbers) and converted to signed decimal. The
range of the resulting values is converted to 0.00 to 100.00% according to the input
range (specified by ITEM010 to ITEM012) to be read to Y1 to Y8. (Actual data can be
output within the range -320.00 to +320.00%.)
Example
To read 100.00% when 4000 (decimal) is stored and read 0.00% when 0 (decimal) is
stored on word data currently stored by 0000 to 0FA0 Hex (decimal 0 to 4000), set
0%: 0 and 100%: 4000 as the input range.
•Either one range can be set for all points (Y1 to Y8) or a different range can be set
for each point (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit).
Note1: The "input range" described here does not refer to scaling defined by the user. Set the
range of the data currently stored to the word data on the CPU Unit correctly based on
the values to be stored to the specified words on the CPU Unit. In the above example,
100.00% is read to Y by 01F4 Hex (decimal 500) when 0%: 0 and 100%: 500 are set as
the input range instead of 0%: 0 and 100%: 4000.
Note2: Data that can be read from the CPU Unit is 4-digit Hex 8300 to FFFF and 0000 to 7D00
(decimal -32000 to +32000).
369
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<453> AI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876
Block diagram
CPU Unit
15
I/O memory
AI Terminal from
CPU Unit
0
021
Y1 analog output (input from CPU Unit)
022
Y2 analog output (input from CPU Unit)
028
Y8 analog output (input from CPU Unit)
8 words
(8 analog points)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
–
23
characters
453
Block
name
453
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
8
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
1
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
0.00
Yes
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
021
Y1
to
028
Y8
to
Analog output (input value from CPU Unit) 8
008
009
010
011
012
013*1
370
0
Data Range Default
Block Model: AI Terminal from CPU Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4: E0
(Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (=number of analog points) 1 to 8
(words)
Common or Y1 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM011 and ITEM012)
Note: ITEM 013 determines if this parameter is
for all ranges or only the Y1 input range.
0% value for all ranges or Y1 range
±32000
(Specify which value is to be taken as 0% after
signed binary-to-decimal conversion.)
100% value for all ranges or Y1 range
±32000
(Specify which value is to be taken as 100%
after signed binary-to-decimal conversion.)
Range conversion method
0, 1
0: Common setting for all ranges, 1:Individual
setting for each range
Analog output (input value from CPU Unit) 1 ±320.00%
007
Analog
output
0, 1
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
±320.00%
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<453> AI Terminal from CPU Unit 861 to 876
Individual range settings
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
1
Parameter 040*
Y2 input range
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified
at ITEM 041 and 042)
1
041*
0% value for Y2 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
042*
100% value for Y2 range ±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
043*1
Y3 input range
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified
at ITEM 044 and 045)
044*1
0% value for Y3 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
045*
100% value for Y3 range ±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
046*
Y4 input range
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified
at ITEM 047 and 048)
1
047*
0% value for Y4 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
048*1
100% value for Y4 range ±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
049*1
Y5 input range
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified
at ITEM 050 and 051)
1
050*
0% value for Y5 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
051*
100% value for Y5 range ±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
052*
Y6 input range
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified
at ITEM 053 and 054)
1
053*
0% value for Y6 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
054*1
100% value for Y6 range ±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
055*1
Y7 input range
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified
at ITEM 056 and 057)
1
056*
0% value for Y7 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
057*
100% value for Y7 range ±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
058*
Y8 input range
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified
at ITEM 059 and 060)
059*1
0% value for Y8 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
060*1
100% value for Y8 range ±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
371
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<454> AO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<454>
AO Terminal to CPU Unit
861 to 876
16
CPU Un it Terminal Block
<454> AO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876
Outline
This function block outputs analog data to CPU Unit I/O memory.
•Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area from which data can be output
•CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be input.
This area is mainly used for input of the following remote I/O data that is not
supported on the Field Terminals:
Example
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
•W: Work Area (W)
•H: Holding Area (H)
•D: Data Memory (D)
•E0: Extended Data Memory (E) (bank No. 0 only)
Analog data within the range 0.00 to 100.00% (actual data can be input with the range
-320.00 to +320.00%) for X1 to X8 is converted to binary data (two's complement taken
for minus numbers) according to the output range (specified by ITEM010 to ITEM012),
and the resulting data is written to the number of words specified by ITEM009 from the
leading word address of the I/O memory specified by ITEM008.
Example
To store 4000 (0FA0 Hex) at 100.00% and 0 (0000 Hex) to the CPU Unit, set 0%: 0
and 100%: 4000 as the output range.
•Either one range can be set for all points (X1 to X8) or a different range can be set
for each point (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit).
Note1: The "output range" described here does not refer to scaling defined by the user. Set the
range of the data currently stored to the word data on the CPU Unit correctly based on
the values to the stored to the specified words on the CPU Unit. In the above example,
01F4 Hex (decimal 500) is written to the CPU Unit by 100.00% when 0%: 0 and 100%:
500 are set as the input range instead of 0%: 0 and 100%: 4000.
Note2: Data that can be written to the CPU Unit is 4-digit Hex 8300 to FFFF and 0000 to 7D00.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
AI Terminal from
CPU Unit
X1 analog input
(output to CPU Unit)
X2 analog input
(output to CPU Unit)
X8 analog input
(output to CPU Unit)
372
15
021
022
8 words
(8 analog points)
028
I/O memory
0
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<454> AO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
454
Block
name
454
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
32767
8
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
1
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
BBBIII
000000
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
2
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
Yes
r
–
–
–
2
Data Range Default
Block Model: AO Terminal to CPU Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4:
E0 (Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (= number of analog
1 to 8
points)
(words)
Common or X1 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: –2000 to
2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to 3000, 9:
Range specified at ITEM011 and ITEM012)
Note: ITEM 013 determines if this parameter
is for all ranges or only the X1 input range.
0% value for all ranges or X1 range
±32000
(Specify which value is to be taken as 0%
after signed binary conversion.)
100% value for all ranges or Y1 range
±32000
(Specify which value is to be taken as 100%
after signed binaryconversion.)
Range conversion method
0, 1
0: Common setting for all ranges, 1:Individual
setting for each range
X1 source designation
BBBIII
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
007
008
009
010
011
012
013*1
Analog input 021
connection
information
to
028
Analog input 031
X1
to
038
X8
to
X8 source designation
BBB: Block address, III: ITEM No.
Analog input
(output value to CPU Unit) 1
to
Analog input
(output value to CPU Unit) 8
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
–
373
16 CPU Unit Terminal Block
<454> AO Terminal to CPU Unit 861 to 876
Individual range settings
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM Symbol Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
*1
040
X2 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 041 and 042)
*1
041
0% value for X2 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
042
100% value for X2 range
±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
043*1
X3 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 044 and 045)
044*1
0% value for X3 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
045*1
100% value for X3 range
±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
046
X4 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 047 and 048)
*1
047
0% value for X4 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
048*1
100% value for X4 range
±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
049*1
X5 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 050 and 051)
*1
050
0% value for X5 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
051
100% value for X5 range
±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
052
X6 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 053 and 054)
*1
053
0% value for X6 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
054*1
100% value for X6 range
±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
055*1
X7 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 056 and 057)
*1
056
0% value for X7 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
057
100% value for X7 range
±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
058
Y8 output range conversion
0 to 4, 9
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 059 and 060)
059*1
0% value for X8 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
060*1
100% value for X8 range
±32000
10000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
374
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<455> Expanded DI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860
Block Model
<455>
Block Name
Block Address
Expanded DI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860
17
Expanded CPU Unit Terminal b locks
<455> Expanded DI Terminal from CPU U nit 829 to 860
Outline
This function block writes up to 64 contact data on the "contact input" ITEMs of another
function block by inputting contact data in CPU Unit I/O Memory, and specifying those
ITEMs as the destination.
•This function block differs from the DI Terminal from CPU Unit block (Block Model
451) in that writing can be performed on other function blocks directly from this
function block without the need to use the Contact Distributor block (Block Model 201)
and Step Ladder Program block (Block Model 301).
•When the previous value of the CPU Unit I/O Memory data is stored at each operation
cycle and that data is updated, only the data that has been changed is written to
ITEMs in other function blocks.
Note: When a cold start is performed, all of the data that is current at that time is written once
unconditionally to ITEMs in other function blocks.
•All data including unchanged data is written constantly (at each operation cycle) to
ITEMs in other function blocks for the duration that the S64 constant write switch is set
to 1 (ON).
•In function block ITEM lists, contact data can be written to ITEMs defined as writeable
(W) by ITEM Setting blocks. Contact data cannot be written to ITEMs defined as
non-settable (-).
ITEM
R/W method
Data
Length
(bytes)
According to According to According to
CX-Process ITEM Setting Step Ladder
Monitor
block
Program
W

W
1
• Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area to which data can be input.
•CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be input
This area is mainly used for input of touch switch data from the PT (Programmable
Terminal) or input of the following remote I/O data that is not supported on the
Field Terminals:
Example
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
•W: Work Area (W)
•H: Holding Area (H)
•D: Data Memory (D)
•E0: Extended Data Memory (E) bank No. 0 only
375
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<455> Expanded DI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860
Block diagram
CPU Unit
15
I/O memory
Destination
Expanded DI Terminal
from CPU Unit
0
Other function block
U0 contact output
090
4 words (64 points)
S64 constant
write switch
S65 reception
disable switch
105
U15 contact output
153
U63 contact output
224
225
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
002
Special
003
Parameter
004
Parameter
007
Contact output 090
connection
information
to
153
Contact input
U0
to
175
U15
176
U16
to
223
U63
224
S64
225
0
–
23
characters
455
Block
name
455
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0000
–
r
–
–
–
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
4
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
BBBIII
000000
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W (O) –
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
Block Model: Expanded DI Terminal from
CPU Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4:
E0 (Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (n)umber of input contacts 1 to 4
= number of words x 16 points
(words)
U0 destination
BBBIII
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
008
009
Contact output 160
0, 1
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
*1
S65
to
U63 destination
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
Contact output
(input from CPU Unit, 1 word bit 00)
to
Contact output
(input from CPU Unit, 1 word bit 15)
Contact output
(input from CPU Unit, 2 words bit 00)
to
Contact output
(input from CPU Unit, 4 words bit 15)
Constant write switch•••Write all inputs at
each operation cycle when 1 (ON).
Reception disable switch
1 (ON): Inputs (reception) from the CPU Unit
are disabled.
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
376
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<456> Expanded DO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<456>
Expanded DO Terminal to CPU Unit
829 to 860
17
Expanded CPU Unit Terminal b locks
<456> Expanded DO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 86 0
Outline
This function block inputs up to 64 contact data and writes that contact data to ITEMs in
CPU Unit I/O Memory area by specifying "contact output" or "contact input" ITEMs in
other function blocks.
•This function block differs from the DO Terminal to CPU Unit block (Block Model 452)
in that "contact output" or "contact input" ITEMs in other function blocks can be
specified directly as the source from this function block without the need to use the
Contact Distributor block (Block Model 201) or Step Ladder Program block (Block
Model 301).
•When the previous value of the contact data is stored at each operation cycle and that
data is updated, all the data is written to the CPU Unit I/O Memory area.
Note: When a cold start is performed, all of the data that is current at that time is written once
unconditionally to ITEMs in CPU Unit I/O Memory area.
•All data including unchanged data is written constantly (at each operation cycle) to
ITEMs in other function blocks for the duration that the S64 constant write switch is set
to 1 (ON).
•In function block ITEM lists, the ITEMs that can be designated as the source are
ITEMs that are read/writable (R/W) or readable (R) by the Step Ladder Program.
ITEMs defined as non-settable (-) cannot be designated as the source.
ITEM
R/W method
According to According to According to
CX-Process ITEM Setting Step Ladder
Monitor
block
Program
W

R/W
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
•Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area from which data can be output
•CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be input.
This area is mainly used for output to lamp parts, alarm log and screen switching
on the PT (Programmable Terminal) or output of the following remote I/O data that
is not supported on the Field Terminals:
Example
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
• W: Work Area (W)
• H: Holding Area (H)
• D: Data Memory (D)
• E0: Extended Data Memory (E) bank No. 0 only
377
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<456> Expanded DO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Other function block
Source designation
S0 contact input
Expanded DO
Terminal to CPU Unit
090
S15 contact input
105
S63 contact input
153
S64 constant
write switch
224
S65 send
disable
15
I/O memory
0
4 words
(64 points)
225
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
002
Special
003
Parameter
004
Parameter
007
008
009
Contact input 090
connection
information
to
153
Contact input 160
to
175
176
to
223
Contact input 224
225
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
Block
name
456
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0000
–
r
–
–
–
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
32767
4
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
BBBIII
000000
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W (O) –
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
0, 1
23
characters
Block Model: Expanded DO Terminal to CPU 456
Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Opeation cycle (s)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4:
E0 (Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (number of output contacts 1 to 4
= number of words x 16 points)
(words)
SO source designation
BBBIII
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
to
S63 source designation
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
S0
Contact input
(output value to CPU Unit, 1 word bit 00)
to
S15 Contact input
(output value to CPU Unit, 1 word bit 15)
S16 Contact input
(output value to CPU Unit, 2 words bit 00)
to
S63 Contact input
(output value to CPU Unit, 4 words bit 15)
S64 Constant write switch•••Write all inputs at
each operation cycle when 1 (ON).
S65*1 Send disable switch
1 (ON): Output (sending) to the CPU Unit is
disabled.
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
378
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<457> Expanded AI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860
Block Model
<457>
Block Name
Block Address
Expanded AI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860
17
Expanded CPU Unit Terminal b locks
<457> Expanded AI Terminal from CPU U nit 829 to 860
Outline
This function block writes up to 64 analog data on the ITEMs of another function block
by inputting analog data in CPU Unit I/O Memory area, and specifying those ITEMs as
the destination.
•This function block differs from the AI Terminal from CPU Unit block (Block Model 453)
in that writing can be performed on other function blocks directly from this function
block without the need to use the Variable ITEM Setting block (Block Model 172).
•When the previous value of the CPU Unit I/O Memory data is stored at each
operation cycle and that data is updated, only the data that has been changed is
written to ITEMs in other function blocks.
Note: When a cold start is performed, all of the data that is current at that time is written once
unconditionally to ITEMs in other function blocks.
•All data including unchanged data is written constantly (at each operation cycle) to
ITEMs in other function blocks for the duration that the S64 constant write switch is set
to 1 (ON).
•In function block ITEM lists, analog data can be written to ITEMs defined as writeable
(W) by ITEM Setting blocks. Analog data cannot be written to ITEMs defined as
non-settable (–).
ITEM
R/W method
Data
Length
According to According to According to (bytes)
CX-Process ITEM Setting Step Ladder
Monitor
block
Program
W
W

1
•Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area to which data can be input
• CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be input
This area is mainly used for input of numerical setting data from the PT
(Programmable Terminal) or input of the following remote I/O data that is not
supported on the Field Terminals:
Example
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
• W: Work Area (W)
• H: Holding Area (H)
• D: Data Memory (D)
• E0: Extended Data Memory (E) bank No. 0 only
379
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<457> Expanded AI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860
Analog data for the number of words specified by ITEM009 from the leading word
address of the I/O memory specified by ITEM008 are treated as signed binary data
(two's complement taken for minus numbers) and converted to signed decimal. The
range of the resulting values is converted to 0.00 to 100.00% according to the input
range (specified by ITEM010 to ITEM073) to be read to Y1 to Y64. (Actual data can be
output within the range -320.00 to +320.00%.)
Example
To read 100.00% when 4000 (decimal) is stored and read 0.00% when 0 (decimal)
is stored on word data currently stored by 0000 to 0FA0 Hex (decimal 0 to 4000),
set 0%: 0 and 100%: 4000 as the input range.
Note1: The "input range" described here does not refer to scaling defined by the user. Set the
range of the data currently stored to the word data on the CPU Unit correctly based on
the values to the stored to the specified words on the CPU Unit. In the above example,
100.00% is read to Y by 01F4 Hex (decimal 500) when 0%: 0 and 100%: 500 are set as
the input range instead of 0%: 0 and 100%: 4000.
Note2: Data that can be read from the CPU Unit is 4-digit Hex 8300 to FFFF and 0000 to 7D00
(decimal -32000 to +32000).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
15
I/O memory
Expanded AI
Terminal from CPU
0
090
091
Destination
Y1 analog output
Y2 analog output
64 words
(64 analog points)
S64 constant
write switch
S65 reception
disable switch
380
153
224
225
Y64 analog output
Other function block
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<457> Expanded AI Terminal from CPU Unit 829 to 860
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
002
Special
003
Parameter
004
Parameter
007
008
009
010
to
073
Analog
output
connection
information
074
075
to
088
089
090
to
153
Analog
output
160
to
223
Contact input 224
225
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
–
Block
name
457
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0000
–
r
–
–
–
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
64
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
Data Range Default
0, 1
23
characters
Block Model: Expanded AI Terminal from CPU 457
Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4: E0
(Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (=number of analog points) 1 to 64
(words)
Y1 input range conversion
0 to 4, 11 to
(0: Not used, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: -2000 to +2000, 18
3: 0 to 6000, 4: -3000 to +3000,
11 to 18: Specified range (Specify in ITEM074
to ITEM089.))
to
Y64 input range conversion
0 to 4, 11 to
(0: Not used, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: -2000 to +2000, 18
3: 0 to 6000, 4: -3000 to +3000,
11 to 18: Specified range (Specify in ITEM074
to ITEM089.))
Range 0% (specified range: 11)
±32000
Range 100% (specified range: 11)
±32000
to
Range 0% (specified range: 18)
±32000
Range 100% (specified range: 18)
±32000
Y1 destination
BBBIII
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
to
Y64 destination
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
Y1 Analog output
(input from CPU Unit) 1
to
Y64 Analog output
(input from CPU Unit) 64
S64 Constant write switch•••Writes all inputs at
each operation cycle when 1 (ON).
S65* Reception disable switch
1
1 (ON): Input (reception) from the CPU Unit
disabled.
0
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
0
10000
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
10000
000000
–
–
–
–
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
4
BBBIII
000000
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
2
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
2
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W (O) –
–
R/W
1
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
381
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<458> Expanded AO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<458>
Expanded AO Terminal to CPU Unit
829 to 860
17
Expanded CPU Unit Terminal b locks
<458> Expanded AO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 86 0
Outline
This function block inputs up to 64 analog data by specifying the ITEMs of another
function block as the source and writes that data to CPU Unit I/O Memory area.
•This function block differs from the AO Terminal to CPU Unit block (Block Model 454)
in that parameter ITEMs other than "analog input" and "analog output" ITEMs that can
be written by ITEM Setting blocks can be specified as the source.
•When the previous value of the source analog data is stored at each operation
cycle and that data is updated, all the data is written to CPU Unit I/O memory area.
Note: When a cold start is performed, all of the data that is current at that time is written once
unconditionally to ITEMs in other function blocks.
•All data including unchanged data is written constantly (at each operation cycle) to
ITEMs in other function blocks for the duration that the S64 constant write switch is
set to 1 (ON).
"Analog input" and "analog output" ITEMs or ITEMs in function block ITEM lists
defined as writeable (W) by ITEM Setting blocks as shown below can be specified
as the source.
ITEM
R/W method
Data
Length
According to According to According to (bytes)
CX-Process ITEM Setting Step Ladder
Monitor
block
Program
W
W

1
•Types of CPU Unit I/O memory area from which data can be output
•CIO (channel I/O) Area: Data of any address can be input.
This area is mainly used for input of numerical setting data from the PT
(Programmable Terminal) or input of the following remote I/O data that is not
supported on the Field Terminals:
Example
CompoBus/D Remote I/O, CompoBus/S Remote I/O, SYSBUS Remote I/O
•W: Work Area (W)
•H: Holding Area (H)
•D: Data Memory (D)
•E0: Extended Data Memory (E) bank No. 0 only
382
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<458> Expanded AO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860
Analog data within the range 0.00 to 100.00% (actual data can be input with the range
-320.00 to +320.00%) for X1 to X64 is converted to binary data (two's complement
taken for minus numbers) according to the output range (specified by ITEM010 to
ITEM073), and the resulting data is written to the number of words specified by
ITEM009 from the leading word address of the I/O memory specified by ITEM008.
Example
To store 4000 (0FA0 Hex) at 100.00% and 0 (0000 Hex) to the CPU Unit, set 0%:
0 and 100%: 4000 as the output range.
Note1: The "output range" described here does not refer to scaling defined by the user. Set
the range of the data currently stored to the word data on the CPU Unit correctly
based on the values to the stored to the specified words on the CPU Unit. In the
above example, 01F4 Hex (decimal 500) is written to the CPU Unit by 100.00% when
0%: 0 and 100%: 500 are set as the input range instead of 0%: 0 and 100%: 4000.
Note2: Data that can be written to the CPU Unit is 4-digit Hex 8300 to FFFF and 0000 to
7D00 (decimal -32000 to +32000).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Other function block
Source designation
X1 analog input
X2 analog input
Expanded AO
Terminal to CPU Unit
15
I/O memory
0
090
091
64 words
(64 analog points)
X64 analog input
S64 constant
write switch
S65 send
disable switch
153
224
225
383
17 Expanded CPU Unit Terminal blocks
<458> Expanded AO Terminal to CPU Unit 829 to 860
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
002
Special
003
Parameter
004
007
008
009
010
to
073
074
075
to
088
089
Analog input 090
connection
information
to
153
Analog input 160
to
223
Contact input 224
225
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
458
Block
name
458
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0000
–
r
–
–
–
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
32767
64
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
Data Range Default
Block Model: Expanded AO Terminal to CPU
Unit
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CPU Unit I/O memory area type
0 to 4
0: CIO (Channel I/O) Area, 1: W (Work Area),
2: H (Holding Area), 3: D (Data Memory), 4: E0
(Extended Data Memory [E] bank No.)
Leading address
0 to 32767
Number of words (=number of analog points) 1 to 64
(words)
X1 output range conversion
0 to 4,
(0: Not used, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: -2000 to +2000, 11 to 18
3: 0 to 6000, 4: -3000 to +3000,
11 to 18: Specified range (Specify in ITEM074
to ITEM089.))
to
X64 output range conversion
0 to 4,
(0: Not used, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: -2000 to +2000, 11 to 18
3: 0 to 6000, 4: -3000 to +3000,
11 to 18: Specified range (Specify in ITEM074
to ITEM089.))
Range 0% (specified range: 11)
±32000
Range 100% (specified range: 11)
±32000
to
Range 0% (specified range: 18)
±32000
Range 100% (specified range: 18)
±32000
X1 source designation
BBBIII
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
to
X64 source designation
(BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.)
X1 Analog input
(output to CPU Unit) 1
to
X64 Analog input
(output to CPU Unit) 64
S64 Constant write switch Write all inputs at each
operation cycle when 1 (ON).
S65* Send disable switch
1
Reception disable switch
1 (ON): Output (sending) to the CPU Unit
disabled.
0
10000
1
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
10000
000000
–
–
–
–
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
4
BBBIII
000000
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
–
–
–
–
2
±320.00%
0.00
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
2
0, 1
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W (O) –
–
R/W
1
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
384
Data
Length
(bytes)
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<461>
Receive All Blocks
897
18
Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
Outline
This function block receives the data for all block send/receive ITEMs for the number of
specified blocks from the specified I/O memory addresses in the CPU Unit. It can be
used for Control Blocks, Operation Blocks, and External Controller Blocks.
Function Block for which Data Can Be Received
• Control Blocks: The specified number of Control Blocks starting from address 001 (32
blocks maximum).
• Operation Blocks: The specified number of Operation Blocks starting from address
100 (249 blocks maximum).
• External Controller Blocks: The specified number of External Controller Blocks
starting from address 065 (32 blocks maximum).
This function block is used to write data from the SCADA software to the Loop Control
Unit.
Note: From the SCADA software, CSV tags are specified to write data to I/O memory in the
CPU Unit.
Standard SCADA software
Example
Loop Control Unit
CPU Unit
Example Blocks
PID
SP
Basic PID
Received
I/O memory
Allocations
Designate CSV
tags and write
Control Blocks
Basic PID
Operation Blocks
ITEMs for
Receive All
Blocks
High/Low
Alarm
Receive
All Blocks
External Controller
Blocks
First-order
Lag
ES100X
Controller
Terminal
The ITEMs that can be sent/received for function blocks are determined in advance for
each function block model. These are called, “receive block ITEMs.” The ITEMs listed
as R (receive) or SR (send/receive) in the ITEM list for each function block will be
allocated words in the I/O memory of the CPU Unit.
ITEMs that are received for
Receive All Block are
indicated in this column
ITEM
ITEM
Symbol
Data Description
Type
Data
Default R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled, -:
R/W-disabled
Note: r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run status by
CX-Process Tool or Monitor.
(S): Initial setting data, (O): Operation data
Range
Data
Length
(bytes)
According According to According to Accordin Send/
to
CX-Process
CX-Proces Monitor*1
ITEM Setting g to Step Receive
Block
Ladder
s Tool
Contact
input
000
Stop block operation command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
0, 1
0
–
All Blocks
Program
R/W
–
–
R/S
1
385
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
Refer to Data Trasfers later in this section for details.
Note1:
Use different words in I/O memory of the CPU Unit for Receive All Blocks (model 461)
and Send All Blocks (model 462).
If the same words are used, the values in I/O memory written from the SCADA software
will be overwritten by the Loop Control Unit. (In other words, the write processing from
the SCADA software for Receive All Blocks will not be processed correctly.)
Example: If the SP ITEM value in the Basic PID Block is written to I/O Memory using Send All
Blocks after data has been written from the SCADA software to the I/O memory in the
CPU Unit but before the SP ITEM has been written using Receive All Block, the value
written by the SCADA software wil be cleared from I/O memory.
Note2: When compiling CSV tags on the CX-Process Tool, always register both Send All Blocks
(model 462) and Receive All Blocks (model 461). If one of each of these function blocks
is not registers, the CSV tags will not be compiled correctly.
Function block applications
Use this function block to write ITEM data in the Loop Controller Unit function blocks
from standard SCADA software.
The function block ITEM data in the I/O memory of the CPU is written from the SCADA
software by designating the CSV tags created using the CX-Process Tool.
Block diagram
Loop Control Unit
020
Function Blocks
Control block
(block model
001 to 034)
Block address
001
to
032
Operation
block
(block model
111 to 224)
External
controller block
(block model
045)
Forced Read Switch
S1
Block address
100
to
348
Block address
065
to
096
Forced Memory
Initialization Switch
during Operation S2
Receive All Blocks
010
Reception Stop Switch
006
Memory Area
Initialization at Startup
CPU Unit
007
Any I/O memory words(CIO,
WR, HR, DM, EM bankNo.0)
ITEMs for block
address 001 (20 words)
No. of control blocks designation
012
Receives corresponding ITEMs for
the specified number of blocks
starting at block address 001.
Received
*1
ITEMs for block
address n (20 words)
ITEMs for block
address 100 (20 words)
No. of operation blocks designation
013
Receives corresponding ITEMs for
the specified number of blocks
starting at block address 100.
Written
Received
Computer
(SCADA software)
*1
ITEMs for block
address m (20 words)
ITEMs for block
address 065 (20 words)
No. of external controller blocks
designation
014
Beginning
address
(specified in
(ITEMs 008
and 009.
Received
Receives corresponding ITEMs for
the specified number of blocks
starting at block address 065.
*1
ITEMs for block
address s (20 words)
*1: When the memory area is initialized directly or periodically, ITEM data is used to initialize it.
Note: Normally, only values that have changed since the last reception are written from the
specified I/O memory in the CPU Unit to the all block send/receive ITEMs in the Loop
Control Unit.
However, if the Forced Read Switch (ITEM 020) is ON, the specified words in I/O memory
in the CPU Unit is received by all block send/receive ITEMs in the Loop Control Unit.
If Memory Area Initialization at Startup (ITEM 006) is ON, data in the specified I/O
memory words will be initialized with the ITEM data in the Loop Control Unit at startup.
If Memory Area Initialization at Startup (ITEM 006) is OFF, data in the specified I/O
memory words will be transferred to the ITEM data in the Loop Control Unit at startup.
If the Memory Area Initialization Switch during Operation (ITEM 007) is turned ON, data
in the specified I/O memory words will be initialized with the ITEM data in the Loop
Control Unit.
If period initialization (ITEM 030) is 1 (ON), the specified words in I/O memory in the
CPU Unit will be updated with the data in the Loop Control Unit at the initialization
interval (ITEM 031). (Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
If Reception Stop Switch (ITEM 010) is ON, reception of data from the specified I/O
memory words will be stopped in the Loop Control Unit.
386
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
eceive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
–
command
0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Receive All 461
461
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Blocks
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
–
0: Normal, Other: error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (seconds) 0 to 5
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 01, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
006
Memory area initialization 0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
at startup
0: No, 1: Yes
Contact input 007
S2
Forced memory area
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
–
parameter
initialization SW during
operation
0 to 1: Execute. Reset to 0
on completion.
Parameter 008
CPU Unit I/O memory area 0 to 4
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: CIO Area, 1: Work Area,
2: Holding Area, 3: DM
Area, 4: EM Area bank 0
009
Beginning address
0 to 32767 32767 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Contact input 010
Parameter
S3
012
013
014
Contact input 020
Parameter
030*1
031*1
S1
Reception stop switch
0, 1
1: Stop
Number of Control Blocks 0 to 32
Number of Operation
0 to 249
Blocks
Number of External
0 to 32
Controller Blocks
Forced read switch
0, 1
0: Read only when
different from previous
time, 1: Always read
Periodic initialization
0, 1
0: No, 1: Yes
(Memory will be
periodically initialized if this
parameter is set to 1 and
the operation cycle is 1 sec
or less. If the operation
cycle is 2 sec, memory will
be initialized at an interval
twice the initialization
interval in ITEM 031.)
Initialization interval (unit: 4 to 10 sec
sec)
(Valid when ITEM 030 is
set to 1. If the operation
cycle is 2 sec, twice the
value of the initialization
interval setting will be
used.)
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
–
1
32
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
0
–
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
–
1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
1
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
2
*1: If ITEM 030 (periodic initialization) is set to 1 (Yes), set ITEM 012, ITEM 013, and ITEM 014
so that the total number of blocks is 198 or more. I/O memory in the CPU Unit will be
allocated for 198 blocks or more. All zeros will be written to allocated I/O memory words for
block addresses that are not registered.
ITEM 030 and ITEM 031 are supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
387
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
Application Precautions for Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461)
If (1) Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461) is used to change function block ITEM data
to the contents of specified I/O memory words (A) in the CPU Unit and then (2) ITEM
data is changed to other values (B) without using Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461),
ITEM data will not return to the values in the specified I/O memory words (A) even if
specified for Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461), and data values (B) will remain.
(1) Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461) used to change to data A.
CPU Unit
Loop Control Unit
I/O memory
Allocations
Function
blocks
A
Receive
All Blocks
A
SCADA software
Written using
CSV tags
(2) Data changed to B without Receive All Blocks
Loop Control Unit
CPU Unit
I/O memory
Allocations
Function
blocks
B
Receive
All Blocks
SCADA software
A
Data changed to
B without Receive
All Blocks
(3) Data not returned to (A) with Receive All Blocks
Loop Control Unit
CPU Unit
I/O memory
Allocations
Function
blocks
B
(B) remains
Not received
Receive
All Blocks
SCADA software
Written using
CSV tags
A
Not received
because not
changed.
Example: If SCADA software is used to send Receive All Blocks to set the MV for a
Basic PID block to 0.00% in manual mode and then the MV is changed in auto mode,
the MV will not return to 0.00% even if 0.00% is then specified in manual mode.
This problem occurs because specified I/O memory data is received from the CPU Unit
only when the content differs from the last time it was received.
388
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
This problem can be solved by setting ITEM 030 (periodic initialization) to 1 (Yes).
(Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.)
If ITEM 030 is set to 1, the function block ITEM data will be periodically transferred to
the CPU Unit. When this occurs, any data changed in the Loop Control Unit (B) will be
written to the CPU Unit so that the next time Receive All Blocks is used, the data in the
CPU Unit (B) will be different from the previous time (A) and the same data (A) can be
transferred to the Loop Control Unit again.
(1) ITEM data changed to (A) using Receive All Blocks
CPU Unit
Loop Control Unit
I/O memory
Allocations
Function
blocks
A
Receive
All Blocks
A
SCADA software
Written using
CSV tags
(2) ITEM data changed to (B) without Receive All
Blocks and the (B) transferred to CPU Unit.
Loop Control Unit
CPU Unit
I/O memory
Allocations
Function
blocks
B
Receive All
Blocks
b) Transferred
SCADA software
B
If ITEM
030 is
set to 1.
a) Changed to
(B)
(3) ITEM data returned to (A).
CPU Unit
Loop Control Unit
I/O memory
Allocations
Function
blocks
A
Received
Receive
All Blocks
A
SCADA software
Written using
CSV tags
Received to
change from (B)
to (A).
When ITEM 030 (periodic initialization) is set to 1 (Yes), however, there may be
competition between Receive All Blocks transfers from the CPU Unit and periodic
initialization from the Loop Control Unit. Transfers from the CPU Unit for Receive All
Blocks are disabled when competition occurs.
To avoid this problem, the total number of blocks for Receive All Blocks (total of
ITEM012, ITEM013, and ITEM014) should be set to 198 or greater.
389
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
Note1: If 198 blocks are set, 3, 961 words (198 x 20 words + 1) of I/O memory in the CPU Unit
will be allocated. (There is no problem if the number of blocks for Receive All Blocks is
higher than the number actually being used. All zeros will be written at any block
addresses not being used. In this case, the probability that writing to the function blocks
will be disabled is the CPU Unit cycle time divided by ITEM 031 (initialization interval)
times 100% for all writes (0.25% if the CPU Unit cycle time is 10 ms and ITEM 031 is set
to 4).
If ITEM 012, ITEM 013, and ITEM 014 are set so that the total number of blocks is less
than 198, the probability that writing to the function blocks will be disabled is the
operation cycle for Receive All Blocks divided by ITEM 031 (initialization interval) times
100% for all writes (25% if ITEM 004 is set to 4 (1 sec) and ITEM 031 is set to 4).
Note2: If Receive All Blocks (Block Model 461) is used to download individual function blocks
from the CX-Process Tool during Loop Control Unit operation, turn ON ITEM 007 (Forced
Memory Initialization Switch during Operation) after the download so that the ITEM data
in the function blocks in CPU Unit I/O memory is also updated.
390
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
Sending/Receiving Data
The following information is the same for both Send All Blocks (model 462) and
Receive All Blocks (model 461).
ITEM data (20 words/block) for function items is allocated from the beginning I/O
memory word in the following order: Control Blocks, Operation Blocks, and External
Controller Blocks.
• Control blocks: The number of control blocks (ITEM 012) starting from block
addresses 001.
Example:
If ITEM 012 is 5, the function block data from block address 001 to 005 will be sent or
received.
• Operation blocks: The number of operation blocks (ITEM 013) starting from block
addresses 001.
Example:
If ITEM 013 is 8, the function block data from block address 100 to 107 will be sent or
received.
• External Controller Terminal blocks: The number of External Controller Terminal
blocks (ITEM 014) starting from block addresses 001.
Example:
If ITEM 014 is 5, the function block data from block address 065 to 069 will be sent or
received.
• One word for data management (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control
Unit.
Word
Leading address ->
+0
+1
to
+19
+20
+21
to
+39
I/O memory
Control block
Block address 001
Control block
Block address 002
Control blocks
(Number of control blocks: N)
to
Control block
Block address N
+20 x N
+20 x N+1
to
+20 x N+19
+20 x N+20
+20 x N+21
to
+20 x N+39
Operation block
Block address 100
Operation block
Block address 101
Operation blocks
(Number of operation blocks: M)
to
Operation block
Block address 99+M
+20 x (N+M)
+20 x (N+M) +1
to
+20 x (N+M) +19
+20 x (N+M) +20
+20 x (N+M) +21
to
+20 x (N+M) +39
External controller block
Block address 065
External controller block
External controller blocks
(Number of external controller
blocks: L)
Block address 066
to
External controller block
Block address 064+L
+20 x (N+M+L) -1
+20 x (N+M+L)
Data management
Note: Space for unused block addresses will not be eliminated and block addresses will always
be consecutive for the number of blocks specified.
391
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<461> Receive All Blocks 897
Example for the following: Beginning address: D01000(ITEM 008: 3, ITEM 009: 1000),
Number of control blocks: 3(ITEM 012: 3), Number of operation blocks: 2(ITEM 013: 2)
Wd
Beginning
address
+0
D01000
+1
to
I/O memory
Block address 001
+19
+20
+21
to
Block address 002
Control blocks
(3 blocks)
+39
+40
+41
to
Block address 003
+59
+60
+61
to
Block address 100
+79
+80
Operation blocks
+81
to
(2 blocks)
Block address 101
+99
+100
Data management
Note: A total of 20 words is allocated to each function block as shown below. The first 18 words
(through the +17 words) are allocated to analog data. The words +18 and +19 from the
beginning words are allocated as bit data.
+0
+1
Analog data
+17
+18
+19
Bit data
The ITEMs received for each function block model are predetermined as Receive
Block ITEMs.
Example: Basic PID (Block Model 011) ITEMs
Word
+0
+1
+2
+3
to
+9
+10
+11
to
+17
+18
+19
392
ITEM 007 (PV)
ITEM 029 (SP)
ITEM 089 (MV)
ITEM 008 (HH_SP)
to
Analog data
ITEM 054 (P)
ITEM 055 (I)
ITEM 056 (D)
to
ITEM 099 (OP_MK)
Bit data
+18 Wd
+19 Wd
Bit
00
01
02
03
to
14
15
00
01
to
08
ITEM 026 (R/L_SW)
ITEM 086 (A/M_SW)
ITEM 017 (ALM_OFF)
ITEM 024 (CAS_SET)
to
ITEM 035 (AT)
ITEM 000 (MT_ST)
ITEM 013 (HH)
ITEM 014 (H)
to
ITEM 079 (MLA)
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<462> Send All Blocks 898
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<462>
Send All Blocks
898
18
Send/Receive All blocks
<462> Send All Blocks 898
Outline
This function block sends the data for all block send/receive ITEMs for the number of
specified blocks to the specified I/O memory addresses in the CPU Unit. Control Blocks,
Operation Blocks, and External Controller Blocks can be used.
Function Block for which Data Can Be Sent
•Control Blocks: The specified number of Control Blocks starting from address 001 (32
blocks maximum).
•Operation Blocks: The specified number of Operation Blocks starting from address
100 (249 blocks maximum, except internal switches).
•External Controller Blocks: The specified number of External Controller Blocks starting
from address 065 (32 blocks maximum).
This function block is used to read data from the Loop Control Unit to SCADA software.
Note: From the SCADA software, CSV tags are specified to read data from I/O memory in the
CPU Unit.
Standard SCADA software
Example
Loop Control Unit
PID
Example Blocks
PV
PV
Basic PID
CPU Unit
Sent
I/O memory
Allocations
Control Blocks
Designate CSV
tags and read
Basic PID
Operation Blocks
ITEMs for Send
All Blocks
High/Low
Alarm
Send
All Blocks
External Controller
Blocks
First-order
Lag
ES100X
Controller
Terminal
The ITEMs that can be sent/received for function blocks are determined in advance for
each function block model. These are called, “send block ITEMs.” The ITEMS listed as
S (send) or SR (send/receive), in the ITEM list for each function block are allocated
words in the I/O memory of the CPU Unit.
ITEMs that are sent for Send
All Block are indicated in this
column
ITEM
ITEM
Symbol
Data Description
Type
Data
Default R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled, -:
R/W-disabled
Note: r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run status by
CX-Process Tool or Monitor.
(S): Initial setting data, (O): Operation data
Range
Data
Length
(bytes)
According According to According to Accordin Send/
CX-Process
to
CX-Proces Monitor*1
ITEM Setting g to Step Receive
Ladder
Block
Contact input
000
Stop block operation command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
0, 1
0
–
All Blocks
Program
s Tool
R/W
–
–
R/S
1
393
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<462> Send All Blocks 898
Refer to Data Transfers under Receive All Blocks for details.
Note1: Use different words in I/O memory of the CPU Unit for Receive All Blocks (model 461)
and Send All Blocks (model 462). (The write processing from the SCADA software for
Receive All Blocks will not be processed correctly. The read processing from the SCADA
software for Send All Blocks, however, will be processed correctly.)
Note2: When compiling CSV tags on the CX-Process Tool, always register both Send All Blocks
(model 462) and Receive All Blocks (model 461). If one of each of these function blocks
is not registers, the CSV tags will not be compiled correctly.
Function block applications
Use this function block to read ITEM data in the Loop Controller Unit function blocks to
standard SCADA software.
The function block ITEM data allocated in the I/O memory of the CPU is read to the
SCADA software by designating the CSV tags created using the CX-Process Tool.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Loop Control Unit
Function Blocks
Send All Blocks
010
Control block
(block model
001 to 034)
Block address
001
to
032
Operation
block
(block modell
111 to 224)
External
controller block
(block
model
045)
394
Block address
100
to
348
Block address
065
to
096
Any I/O memory words(CIO,
WR, HR, DM, EM bankNo.0)
Send Stop Switch
No. of control blocks designation
012
Sent
Receives corresponding ITEMs for
the specified number of blocks
starting at block address 001.
ITEMs for block
address n (20 words)
ITEMs for block
address 100 (20 words)
No. of operation blocks designation
013
Sent
ITEMs for block
address m (20 words)
ITEMs for block address
065 (20 words)
014
Receives corresponding ITEMs for
the specified number of blocks
starting at block address 065.
CSV tags
designated and
read
Sent
Receives corresponding ITEMs for
the specified number of blocks
starting at block address 100.
No. of external controller blocks
designation
ITEMs for block address
001 (20 words)
ITEMs for block
address s (20 words)
Computer
(SCADA software)
18 Send/Receive All blocks
<462> Send All Blocks 898
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W: R/W-enabled,
initializ -: R/W-disabled
ation
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for validate
action or monitor run status by
Sym
CX-Process Tool or Monitor, (S): Initial
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
setting data, (O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
Send/R
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
eceive
cess
cess
Setting Ladder All
Tool
Monitor block Progra Blocks
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation
0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
–
command
0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: Send All
462
462
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Blocks
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
–
0: Normal, Other: error
(See Appendix “Execution
Error Code List.”)
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (seconds) 0 to 5
4
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: Common, 1: 01, 2: 0.2,
3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
008
CPU Unit I/O memory area 0 to 4
3
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
0: CIO Area, 1: Work Area,
2: Holding Area, 3: DM
Area, 4: EM Area bank 0
009
Beginning address
0 to 32767 32767 –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Contact input 010
Send stop switch
0, 1
0
Yes
R/W(O) –
–
R/W
–
1: Send stop , 0: Send
Parameter 012
Number of Control Blocks 0 to 32
32
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
013
Number of Operation
0 to 249
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Blocks
014
Number of External
0 to 32
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
Controller Blocks
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
Note: If Send Stop Switch (ITEM 010) is ON, sending data in the Loop Control Unit to the
specified I/O memory words in the CPU Unit will be stopped.
395
19 Field Terminal Block
<501> DI 8-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<501>
DI 8-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<501> DI 8-point Terminal 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting eight contacts from 8-point
Input Units (C200H-I□□□□).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
Unit having 8
contact inputs
CPU Unit
DI 8-point
Terminal
Contact 0
010
U0 contact output (field input)
011
U1 contact output (field input)
017
U7 contact output (field input)
I/O memory
15
Contact 1
0
Allocated CIO
area
007
Contact 7
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Sym
Data Description
bol
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
010
U0
Block Model: DI 8-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact output (field contact input)
to
017
U7
to
Contact output (field contact input)
007
Contact
output
396
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
501
Block
name
501
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
2
0 to 32767
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
2
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
Data Range Default
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
19 Field Terminal Block
<502> DI 16-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<502>
DI 16-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<502> DI 16-point Terminal 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting 16 contacts from 16-point
Input Units (C200H-I□□□□, CS1W-I□□1□, CS1W-INT01, or CS1W-IDP01).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM 007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
Unit having 16
contact inputs
CPU Unit
DI 16-point
Terminal
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
Contact 1
0
Allocated CIO
area
010
U0 contact output (field input)
011
U1 contact output (field input)
025
U15 contact output (field input)
007
Contact 15
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Sym
Data Description
bol
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Parameter
007
Contact
010
output
(field contact
input)
to
025
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
U0
Block Model: DI 16-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact output (field contact input)
U15
to
Contact output (field contact input)
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
502
Block
name
502
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0 to 32767
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
Data Range Default
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
397
19 Field Terminal Block
<503> DI 32-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<503>
DI 32-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<503> DI 32-point Terminal 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting 32 contacts from 32-point
Input Units (C200H-ID216, CS1W-ID231, or Special I/O Unit C200H-ID215).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit (in the case of the Special I/O Unit, the leading word number allocated to Special I/O
Unit relay area) must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
Unit having 32
contact inputs
CPU Unit
DI 32-point
Terminal
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
Contact 1
0
Allocated CIO
area
010
U0 contact output (field input)
011
U1 contact output (field input)
007
041
Contact 31
U31 contact output (field input)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
007
Contact
output
(field
contact
input)
010
to
025
026
to
041
398
U0
U15
U16
U31
Block Model: DI 32-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact output (field contact input)
to
Contact output (field contact input)
Contact output (field contact input)
to
Contact output (field contact input)
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
503
Block
name
503
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0 to 32767
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
R
1
1
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R
1
Data Range Default
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<504> DI 64-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<504>
DI 64-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<504> DI 64-point Terminal 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting 64 contacts from 64-point
Input Units (C200H-ID□□□ or CS1W-ID261).
•The setting value set on the unit number setting switch on the front of the I/O Unit is
not related to this function block. The CIO (channel I/O) Area is set according to the
same rules as the Basic I/O Unit.
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit (in the case of the Special I/O Unit, the leading word number allocated to Special I/O
Unit relay area) must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
Unit having 64
contact inputs
CPU Unit
DI 64-point Terminal
Contact 0
I/O memory
Contact 1
15
0
Allocated CIO
area
Contact 63
010
U0 contact output (field input)
011
U1 contact output (field input)
073
U63 contact output (field input)
007
399
19 Field Terminal Block
<504> DI 64-point Terminal 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: DI
504
504
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
64-point Terminal
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
007
CIO word No.
0 to 32767 32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(Enter leading word
No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact
010
U0
Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
output
contact input)
(field input)
to
to
Yes
025
U15 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
contact input)
026
U16 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
contact input)
to
to
Yes
–
041
U31 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
R
contact input)
042
U32 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
contact input)
to
to
Yes
–
057
U47 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
R
contact input)
058
U48 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
contact input)
to
to
Yes
–
073
U63 Contact output (field 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
R
contact input)
400
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<511> DO 5-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<511>
DO 5-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<511> DO 5-point Terminal 901 to 98 0
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting five contacts from 5-point
Output Units (C200H-OC223).
Note1: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Note2: The data of the five contact points are written to the lower four bits 00 to 04 of 1st word of
the allocated CIO. 0 (OFF) is written to remaining bits 05 to 15.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Unit having 5
contact outputs
DO 5-point Terminal
S0 contact input (field output)
010
S1 contact input (field output)
011
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
007
S4 contact input (field output)
0
Contact 1
Allocated CIO
area
014
Contact 4
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
010
S0
Block Model: DO 5-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
Parameter
004
to
014
S4
to
Contact input (field contact output)
007
Contact
input
(field
contact
output)
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
511
Block
name
511
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
Data Range Default
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
0 to 32767
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
401
19 Field Terminal Block
<512> DO 8-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<512>
DO 8-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<512> DO 8-point Terminal 901 to 98 0
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting eight contacts from 8-point
Output Units (C200H-O□□□□).
Note1: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Note2: The data of the eight contact points are written to the lower eight bits 00 to 07 of 1st word
of the allocated CIO. 0 (OFF) is written to remaining bits 08 to 15.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Unit having 8
contact outputs
DO 8-point Terminal
S0 contact input (field output)
S1 contact input (field output)
I/O memory
15
011
007
S7 contact input (field output)
Contact 0
010
0
Contact 1
Allocated CIO
area
017
Contact 7
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
402
0
–
23
characters
512
Block
name
512
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
010
S0
Block Model: DO 8-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
0 to 32767
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
to
017
S7
to
Contact input (field contact output)
007
Contact
input
(field
contact
output)
0, 1
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
0, 1
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<513> DO 12-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<513>
DO 12-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<513> DO 12-point Terminal 90 1 to 9 80
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting 12 contacts from 12-point
Output Units (C200H-O□□□).
Note1: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Note2: The data of the 12 contact points are written to the lower 12 bits 00 to 11 of 1st word of
the allocated CIO. 0 (OFF) is written to remaining bits 12 to 15.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Unit having 12
contact outputs
DO 12-point Terminal
S0 contact input (field output)
010
S1 contact input (field output)
011
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
007
S11 contact input (field output)
0
Contact 1
Allocated CIO
area
021
Contact 11
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
0
–
23
characters
513
Block
name
513
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
010
S0
Block Model: DO 12-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
0 to 32767
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
to
021
S11
to
Contact input (field contact output)
007
Contact
input
(field
contact
output)
0, 1
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
0, 1
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
403
19 Field Terminal Block
<514> DO 16-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<514>
DO 16-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<514> DO 16-point Terminal 90 1 to 9 80
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting 16 contacts from 16-point
Output Units (C200H-OD□□□ or CS1W-O□□□□).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Unit having 16
contact outputs
DO 16-point Terminal
S0 contact input (field output)
010
S1 contact input (field output)
011
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
007
S15 contact input (field output)
0
Contact 1
Allocated CIO
area
025
Contact 15
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
404
0
–
23
characters
514
Block
name
514
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
010
S0
Block Model: DO 16-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
0 to 32767
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
to
025
S15
to
Contact input (field contact output)
007
Contact
input
(field
contact
output)
0, 1
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
0, 1
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<515> DO 32-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<515>
DO 32-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<515> DO 32-point Terminal 90 1 to 9 80
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting 32 contacts from 32-point
Output Units (C200H-OD218, CS1W-OD23□, or Special I/O Unit C200H-OD215).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit (in the case of the Special I/O Unit, the leading word number allocated to Special I/O
Unit relay area) must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Unit having 32
contact outputs
DO 32-point Terminal
S0 contact input (field output)
010
S1 contact input (field output)
011
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
007
S31 contact input (field output)
0
Contact 1
Allocated CIO
area
041
Contact 31
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
Sym
Data Description
bol
000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
007
Contact
input
(field
contact
output)
Block Model: DO 32-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
010
S0
to
025
026
to
041
to
S15 Contact input (field contact output)
S16 Contact input (field contact output)
to
S31 Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
515
Block
name
515
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0 to 32767
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
–
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
1
1
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
405
19 Field Terminal Block
<516> DO 64-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<516>
DO 64-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<516> DO 64-point Terminal 90 1 to 9 80
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting 64 contacts from 64-point
Output Units (C200H-OD219 or CS1W-OD26□).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
S0 contact input (field output)
010
S1 contact input (field output)
011
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
007
S63 contact input (field output)
Unit having 64
contact outputs
DO 64-point
Terminal
0
Contact 1
Allocated CIO
area
073
Contact 63
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
Contact input
010
(field contact output)
to
025
026
to
041
042
to
073
406
S0
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
516
Block
name
516
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
1
1
–
–
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
Block Model: DO 64-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
0 to 32767
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
to
S15 Contact input (field contact output)
S16 Contact input (field contact output)
to
S31 Contact input (field contact output)
S32 Contact input (field contact output)
to
S63 Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<518> DI 16-point/DO 16-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<518>
DI 16-point/DO 16-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<518> DI 16-point/DO 16-poin t Terminal 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting 16 contacts and outputting
16 contacts from 16-point Input/16-point Output Units (Special I/O Unit
C200H-MD□□□).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
Unit having 16
contact inputs/16
contact outputs
Contact 0
CPU Unit
DI 16-point/DO
16-point
010
Terminal
I/O memory
15
Allocated CIO
area
Contact 15
U0 contact output (field input)
0
007
Contact 0
Contact 15
025
U15 contact output (field input)
030
S0 contact input (field output)
045
S15 contact input (field output)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
Contact output 010
(field output)
to
025
Contact input 030
(field contact
output)
to
045
U0
Data Range
Default
0, 1
0
23 characters Block
name
Block Model: DI 16-point/DO 16-point Terminal 518
518
Execution error display
0000
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
0 to 32767
32767
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
to
U15 Contact input (field contact output)
S0 Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
R/W
1
1
to
S15 Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
407
19 Field Terminal Block
<525> DI 96-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<525>
DI 96-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<525> DI 96-point Terminal 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting 96 contacts from 96-point
Input Units (CS1W-ID291).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
Unit having 96
contact inputs
CPU Unit
DI 96-point Terminal
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
Contact 1
0
Allocated CIO
area
010
U0 contact output (field input)
011
U1 contact output (field input)
105
U95 contact output (field input)
007
Contact 95
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Sym
Data Description
bol
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
Contact
010
output
(field contact
input)
to
025
026
to
105
408
U0
Block Model: DI 96-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
to
U15 Contact input (field contact output)
U16 Contact input (field contact output)
to
U95 Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
525
Block
name
525
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0 to 32767
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
R
1
1
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R
1
Data Range Default
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<537> DO 96-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<537>
DO 96-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<537> DO 96-point Terminal 90 1 to 9 80
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting 96 contacts from 96-point
Output Units (CS1W-OD29 □).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
Unit having 96
contact outputs
DO 96-point Terminal
S0 contact input (field output)
010
S1 contact input (field output)
011
Contact 0
I/O memory
15
007
S95 contact input (field output)
0
Contact 1
Allocated CIO
area
105
Contact 95
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Sym
Data Description
bol
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
Contact input 010
(field contact
output)
to
025
026
to
105
S0
S15
S16
S95
Block Model: DO 96-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code
List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
to
Contact input (field contact output)
Contact input (field contact output)
to
Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
537
Block
name
537
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0 to 32767
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
–
–
–
–
–
–
R/W
R/W
1
1
0, 1
0
–
–
–
R/W
1
Data Range Default
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
409
19 Field Terminal Block
<544> DI 48-point/DO 48-point Terminal 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<544>
DI 48-point/DO 48-point Terminal
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<544> DI 48-point/DO 48-poin t Terminal 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting 48 contacts and outputting
48 contacts from 48-point Input/48-point Output Units (CS1W-MD29□).
Note: The word number to be assigned for analog/input to CIO (channel I/O) Area on the CPU
Unit must be set to ITEM007 (CIO word No.).
Block diagram
Unit having 48
contact inputs/48
contact outputs
Contact 0
CPU Unit
DI 48-point/DO
48-point
010
Terminal
I/O memory
15
Allocated CIO
area
Contact 47
U0 contact output (field input)
0
007
Contact 0
Contact 47
057
U47 contact output (field input)
060
S0 contact input (field output)
107
S47 contact input (field output)
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Sym
Data Description
bol
007
Contact output 010
(field contact
input)
to
057
Contact input 060
(field contact
output)
to
107
410
U0
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
Block
name
544
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
32767
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
Data Range Default
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel stop, 0, 1
1: Stop)
Comment
23
characters
Block Model: DI 48-point/ DO 48-point Terminal 544
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
CIO word No.
0 to 32767
(Enter leading word No. allocated to I/O.)
Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
to
U47 Contact input (field contact output)
S0 Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0, 1
0
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
R/W
1
1
to
S47 Contact input (field contact output)
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R/W
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<551> AI 8-point Terminal (AD003) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<551>
AI 8-point Terminal (AD003)
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<551> AI 8-point Terminal (AD003) 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting eight analog signals from
8-point Input Units (C200H-AD003).
Note1: Prevent the averaging function of the Analog Input Unit from duplicating the functions of
the function blocks on the Loop Control Unit.
Note2: For details on how to set the Analog Input Unit, see the Analog I/O Unit User's Manual.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
C200H Analog
Output Unit
AI 8-point Terminal
021
Y1 analog output (field input)
022
Y2 analog output (field input)
028
Y8 analog output (field input)
031
U1 output from disconnected line
detection contact
032
U1 output from disconnected line
detection contact
038
U8 output from disconnected line
detection contact
Analog input 1
C200H-AD003
I/O memory
15
Analog input 2
8 analog input
type
0
Allocated CIO
area
007
Analog input 8
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
011
S1
to
018
S8
021
Y1
Block Model: AI 8-point Terminal (AD003)
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Unit number
No.1 input range
(0: 1 to 5V/4 to 20mA/0 to 10V, 1: -10 to
+10V)
to
No.8 input range
(0: 1 to 5V/4 to 20mA/0 to 10V, 1: -10 to
+10V)
Analog output (field input)
to
028
Y8
to
Analog output (field input)
Contact output 031
U1
to
038
U8
Analog output
(field input)
Output from disconnected line detection
contact
(0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
to
Output from disconnected line detection
contact
(0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
Data Range
Default
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
23 characters Block
name
551
551
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0 to 15
0, 1
15
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
2
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
-5.00 to
+105.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
-5.00 to
+105.00%
0.00
Yes
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
411
19 Field Terminal Block
<552> AO 8-point Terminal (DA003/4) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<552>
AO 8-point Terminal (DA003/4)
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<552> AO 8-point Terminal (DA003 /4) 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for outputting eight analog signals from
8-point Output Units (C200H-DA003/004).
Note1: Prevent the output hold function of the Analog Output Unit from duplicating the functions
of the function blocks on the Loop Control Unit.
Note2: For details on how to set the Analog Output Unit, see the Analog I/O Unit User's Manual
(Cat. No. SCCC-338).
Note3: 00FF Hex is automatically set to the 1st word (n) of the allocated relay area of
C200H-DA003/004. As a result of this, the Conversion Enabled flag for each of the
analog output points is always 1 (start of conversion output). For this reason, conversion
output of the Analog Output Unit cannot be stopped.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
C200H Analog
Output Unit
AO 8-point Terminal
Analog input 1
C200H-DA003/004
Analog input 2
8 analog output
type
I/O memory
15
Allocated CIO
area
Analog input 8
412
021
X1 analog input (field output)
022
X2 analog input (field output)
028
X8 analog input (field output)
0
007
19 Field Terminal Block
<552> AO 8-point Terminal (DA003/4) 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1:
Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: AO
552
552
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
8-point Terminal
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
007
Unit number
0 to 15
15
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
011
No.1 input range
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 1 to 5V/0 to 10V/4
to 20mA, 1: -10 to
+10V)
to
to
–
018
No.8 input range
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 1 to 5V/0 to 10V/4
to 20mA , 1: -10 to
+10V)
Analog input 021
X1 source designation BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
connection
BBB: Block No., III:
information
ITEM No.
to
to
–
028
X8 source designation BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
BBB: Block No., III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 031
X1
Analog input (field
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
(field output)
output)
+105.00%
to
to
Yes
038
X8
Analog input (field
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
output)
+105.00%
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
413
19 Field Terminal Block
<553> AI 2-point/AO 2-point Terminal (MAD01) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<553>
AI 2-point/AO 2-point Terminal
901 to 980
(MAD01)
19
Field Terminal Block
<553> AI 2-point/AO 2-point Terminal (MAD 01) 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal block for inputting two analog signals and
outputting two analog signals from 2-point Input/2-point Output Units (C200H-MAD01).
Note1: Prevent the averaging, peak hold, output hold and ratio conversion functions of the
Analog Input/Output Unit from duplicating the functions of the function blocks on the Loop
Control Unit.
Note2: For details on how to set the Analog Output Unit, see the Analog I/O Unit User's Manual
(Cat. No. SCCC-338).
Note3: 0003 Hex is automatically set to the 1st word (n) of the allocated relay area of
C200H-MAD01. As a result of this, the Conversion Enabled flag for each of the analog
output points is always 1 (start of conversion output). For this reason, conversion output
of analog output cannot be stopped, and the peak hold function of analog input cannot be
used.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
C200H Analog
Input/Output Unit
AI 2-point/AO
2-point Terminal
Analog input 1
C200H-MAD01
Analog input 2
Analog output 1
Analog output 2
414
2 analog input/2
analog output
type
I/O memory
15
0
Allocated CIO
area
007
015
Y1 analog output (field input)
016
Y2 analog output (field input)
035
X1 analog input (field output)
036
X2 analog input (field output)
019
U1 output from disconnected line
detection contact
020
U2 output from disconnected line
detection contact
19 Field Terminal Block
<553> AI 2-point/AO 2-point Terminal (MAD01) 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command
(0: Cancel stop, 1:
Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: AI
553
553
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2-point/AO 2-point
Terminal (MAD01)
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
007
Unit number
0 to 15
15
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
011
No.1 input range
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 1 to 5V/4 to
20mA/0 to 10V, 1: -10
to +10V)
012
No.2 input range
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 1 to 5V/4 to
20mA/0 to 10V, 1: -10
to +10V)
Analog
015
Y1
Analog output (field
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
output
input)
+105.00%
016
Y2
Analog output (field
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
input)
+105.00%
Parameter 019
U1
Output from
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
disconnected line
detection contact
(0: No error, 1:
Disconnected line)
Note)
020
U2
Output from
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
disconnected line
detection contact
(0: No error, 1:
Disconnected line)
Note)
031
No.1 output range
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 1 to 5V/0 to 10V, 1:
-10 to +10V)
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
032
No.2 output range
(0: 1 to 5V/0 to 10V, 1:
-10 to +10V)
Analog input 035
X1 source designation BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
connection
BBB: Block No., III:
information
ITEM No.
036
X2 source designation BBBIII
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
BBB: Block No., III:
ITEM No.
Analog input 039
X1
Analog input (field
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
(field output)
output)
+105.00%
040
X2
Analog input (field
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
output)
+105.00%
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
4
4
2
2
Note: Disconnected line detection functions only when the input is 1 to 5V/4 to 20mA.
415
19 Field Terminal Block
<561> AI 4-point Terminal
(PTS01/02/03, PDC01, PTW01) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<561>
AI 4-point Terminal
901 to 980
(PTS01/02/03, PDC01, PTW01)
19
Field Terminal Block
<561> AI 4-point Terminal
(PTS01 /02/03, PDC01 , PTW0 1) 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal for inputting four analog signals from one of
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit (CS1W-PTS01), Isolated-type
Temperature-resistance Thermometer Input Unit (CS1W-PTS02/03), Isolated-type
Analog Input Unit (CS1W-PDC01) or 2-lead Transmitter Input Unit (CS1W-PTW01).
Either one range can be set for all points (Y1 to Y8) or a different range can be set for
each point (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit).
Block diagram
Analog input 1
CPU Unit
CS1 Isolated-type
Analog Input/Output
Units
AI 4-point Terminal
021
Y1 analog output (field input)
024
Y4 analog output (field input)
I/O memory
CS1W-PTS01/02/03
CS1W-PTW01
Analog input 4
0
Allocated CIO
area
007
CS1W-PDC01
4 analog input type
416
15
031
U1 output from disconnected
line detection contact
034
U4 output from disconnected
line detection contact
19 Field Terminal Block
<561> AI 4-point Terminal
(PTS01/02/03, PDC01, PTW01) 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter 001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: AI
561
561
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4-point Terminal
(PTS01/02/03,
PDC01, PTW01)
Special
003
Execution error
0000
–
r
–
–
–
display
0: Normal, Other:
Error
(See Appendix
"Execution Error Code
List.")
Parameter 004
Operation cycle (sec) 0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2:
0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
007
Unit number
0 to 95
95
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
008*1
Range conversion
0, 1
0
–
R/W (S) –
–
–
method
0: Common setting for
all ranges,
1: Individual setting for
each range
010
Common or Y1 input 0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
range conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to
2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9:
Range specified at
ITEM011 and
ITEM012)
Note: ITEM 008
determines if this
parameter is for all
ranges or only the Y1
input range.
011
0% value for all
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
ranges or Y1 range
012
100% value for all
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
ranges or Y1 range
Analog
021
Y1
Analog output (field
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
output
input)
+115.00
(field input)
to
to
Yes
024
Y4
Analog output (field
-15.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
input)
+115.00
Contact
031
U1
Output of input error 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
output
contact
(0: No error, 1: Input
error)
to
to
Yes
034
U4
Output of input error 0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
contact
(0: No error, 1: Input
error)
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
417
19 Field Terminal Block
<561> AI 4-point Terminal
(PTS01/02/03, PDC01, PTW01) 901 to 980
Individual range settings
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
1
Parameter 050*
Y2 input range
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to
2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9:
Range specified at
ITEM 051 and 052)
051*1
0% value for Y2 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
052*1
100% value for Y2
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
range
053*1
Y3 input range
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to
2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9:
Range specified at
ITEM 054 and 055)
1
054*
0% value for Y2 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
055*
100% value for Y2
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
range
056*1
Y4 input range
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
conversion
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to
4000, 2: –2000 to
2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9:
Range specified at
ITEM 057 and 058)
057*1
0% value for Y4 range ±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
058*1
100% value for Y4
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
range
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
418
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
19 Field Terminal Block
<562> PI 4-point Terminal (PPS01) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<562>
PI 4-point Terminal (PPS01)
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<562> PI 4-poin t Terminal ( PPS01) 90 1 to 9 80
Outline
This function block is the Field Block for inputting four pulses from Pulse Input Units
(CS1W-PPS01).
Either one range can be set for all points (Y1 to Y8) or a different range can be set for
each point (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
CS1 Pulse Input Unit
Pulse input 1
PI 4-point Terminal
021
CS1W-PPS01
4 pulse input type
Y1 instantaneous value output
(field input)
I/O memory
15
0
Allocated CIO
area
024
Y4 instantaneous value output
(field input)
025
Q1 accumulated value output
028
Q4 accumulated value output
007
Pulse input 4
419
19 Field Terminal Block
<562> PI 4-point Terminal (PPS01) 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Sym
Data Description
bol
Contact input 000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
008*1
010
011
012
021
Y1
to
024
to
Y4
Accumu-late 025
d output
value
to
028
Q1
Analog
output
Contact
output
420
031
to
Q4
U1
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
562
Block
name
562
0000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S) –
r
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
95
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
4000
0.00
–
–
Yes
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
r/w
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
2
0.00
Yes
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
0
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
0
Yes
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
Data Range Default
Block Model: PI 4-point Terminal
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Unit number
0 to 95
Range conversion method
0, 1
0: Common setting for all ranges,
1: Individual setting for each range
Common or Y1 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM011 and ITEM012)
Note: ITEM 008 determines if this parameter is
for all ranges or only the Y1 input range.
0% value for all ranges or Y1 range
±32000
100% value for all ranges or Y1 range
±32000
Instantaneous value output
0.00 to
115.00%
Instantaneous value output
0.00 to
115.00%
0 to 9999
Accumulated value output
(Accumulation within range 0 to 9999 is
repeated.)
t
Accumulated value output
0 to 9999
(Accumulation within range 0 to 9999 is
repeated.)
Pulse Input Unit Restart flag
0, 1
Output turns 1 (ON) for 10 sec. at reset of flag.
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<562> PI 4-point Terminal (PPS01) 901 to 980
Individual range settings
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
bol
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
1
Parameter 050*
Y2 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: –2000
to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified at ITEM 051
and 052)
1
051*
0% value for Y2 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
052*
100% value for Y2 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
053*1
Y3 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: –2000
to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified at ITEM 054
and 055)
054*1
0% value for Y3 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
055*1
100% value for Y3 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
056*
Y4 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: –2000
to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to
3000, 9: Range specified at ITEM 057
and 058)
1
057*
0% value for Y4 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
058*1
100% value for Y4 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
*1: This ITEM has been added to Loop Control Unit Ver. 2.50.
Note: Q1 to Q4 accumulated values are not accumulated values output by the Pulse Input Unit;
they are values that are accumulated exclusively by this function block. When a cold start
is performed, these accumulated values are cleared to 0. For this reason, if the
accumulated values of the Pulse Input Unit are not 0 when a cold start is performed, the
Q1 to Q4 accumulated values on the Loop Control Unit will not match the accumulated
values that are output by the Pulse Input Unit.
421
19 Field Terminal Block
<563> AO 4-point Terminal (PMV01) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<563>
AO 4-point Terminal (PMV01)
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<563> AO 4-point Terminal (PMV01) 901 to 98 0
Outline
This function block is the Field Block for outputting four analog signals from CS-series
Control Output Units (CS1W-PMV01).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
CS1 Control
Output Unit
AO 4-point
Terminal
Analog output 1
CS1W-PMV01
4 analog output
type
I/O memory
15
422
X1 analog input (field output)
024
X4 analog input (field output)
0
Allocated CIO
area
Analog output 4
021
035
Y1 answer output
038
Y4 answer output
007
041
U1 output from disconnected
line detection contact
044
U4 output from disconnected
line detection contact
19 Field Terminal Block
<563> AO 4-point Terminal (PMV01) 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Special
002
003
Parameter
004
Analog input
connection
information
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
007
021
031
X1
to
X4 source designation
BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.
Analog input (field output)
to
034
X4
to
Analog input (field output)
035
Y1
Analog output (answer input)
to
038
Y4
to
Analog output (answer input)
Contact output 041
U1
to
044
U4
Analog output
(answer input)
0
–
23
characters
563
Block
name
563
0000
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
24
–
–
R/W(S)
r
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
0
–
R/W(S)
–
–
–
2
95
–
000000 –
R/W(S)
R/W(S)
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
4
–
000000 –
R/W(S)
–
–
–
4
-20.00 to
+115.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
2
-20.00 to
+115.00%
-20.00 to
+115.00%
0.00
Yes
Yes
r
–
–
–
2
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
-20.00 to
+115.00%
0, 1
0.00
Yes
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
2
0, 1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
2
Data Range Default
Block Model: AO 4-point Terminal (PMV01)
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Unit number
0 to 95
X1 source designation
BBBIII
BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.
to
024
Analog input
(field output)
0, 1
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Proc CX-Pro ITEM
Step
ess Tool cess
Setting Ladder
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
Output from disconnected line detection
contact
(0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
to
Output from disconnected line detection
contact
(0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
BBBIII
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
423
19 Field Terminal Block
<564> AI 8-point Terminal (PTR01/02) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<564>
AI 8-point Terminal (PTR01/02)
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<564> AI 8-point Terminal (PT R01/02) 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Block for inputting eight analog signals from CS-series
Power Transducer Input Units (CS1W-PTR01/02).
Either one range can be set for all points (Y1 to Y8) or a different range can be set for
each point (supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit).
Block diagram
Analog input 1
CS1 Power
Transducer Input
Unit
Analog input 2
CS1W-PRT01/02
CPU Unit
AI 8-point Terminal
I/O memory
8 analog input
type
15
0
Allocated CIO
area
021
Y1 analog output (field input)
022
Y2 analog output (field input)
028
Y8 analog output (field input)
007
Analog input 8
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Contact input
000
Parameter
001
Sym
Data Description
bol
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel
stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
002
Special
003
Parameter
004
Parameter
007
008*1
Parameter
010
Analog output
011
012
021
Y1
to
028
Y8
424
0, 1
0
–
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
23
characters
564
Block
name
564
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0000
–
r
–
–
–
2
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
95
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W (S) –
–
–
–
–
2
1
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
1
0
4000
0.00
–
–
Yes
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
r/w
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
2
0.00
Yes
Yes
r/w
–
–
2
Data Range Default
Block Model: AI 8-point Terminal
(PTR01/02/03)
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Unit number
0 to 95
Range conversion method
0, 1
0: Common setting for all ranges,
1: Individual setting for each range
Common or Y1 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2: –2000 to 2000,
3: 0 to 6000, 4: –3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM011 and ITEM012)
Note: ITEM 008 determines if this parameter is
for all ranges or only the Y1 input range.
0% value for all ranges or Y1 range
±32000
100% value for all ranges or Y1 range
±32000
Analog output (field input)
-15.00 to
+115.00%
to
Analog output (field input)
-15.00 to
+115.00%
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
19 Field Terminal Block
<564> AI 8-point Terminal (PTR01/02) 901 to 980
Individual range settings
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializ R/W-enabled,
ation
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE ITEM Symbol Data Description
Data Range Default
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
*1
Parameter 050
Y2 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 051 and 052)
*1
051
0% value for Y2 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
052
100% value for Y2 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
053*1
Y3 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 054 and 055)
054*1
0% value for Y3 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
055*1
100% value for Y3 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
056
Y4 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 057 and 058)
*1
057
0% value for Y4 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
058*1
100% value for Y4 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
059*1
Y5 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 060 and 061)
*1
060
0% value for Y5 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
061
100% value for Y5 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
062
Y6 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 063 and 064)
*1
063
0% value for Y6 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
064*1
100% value for Y6 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
065*1
Y7 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 066 and 067)
*1
066
0% value for Y7 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
067
100% value for Y7 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
*1
068
Y8 input range conversion
0 to 4, 9
1
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
(0: 0 to 10000, 1: 0 to 4000, 2:
–2000 to 2000, 3: 0 to 6000, 4:
–3000 to 3000, 9: Range
specified at ITEM 069 and 070)
069*1
0% value for Y8 range
±32000
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
070*1
100% value for Y8 range
±32000
4000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
*1: Supported from version 2.50 of the Loop Control Unit.
425
19 Field Terminal Block
<583> AI 4-point/AO 4-point Terminal (MAD44) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<583>
AI 4-point/AO 4-point Terminal
901 to 980
(MAD44)
19
Field Terminal Block
<583> AI 4-point/AO 4-point Terminal (MAD 44) 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal for inputting four analog signals and outputting
four analog signals from the 4-point Input/4-point Output Unit (CS1W-MAD44).
Note1: Prevent the averaging, peak hold, output hold and ratio conversion functions of the
Analog Input/Output Unit from duplicating the functions of the function blocks on the Loop
Control Unit.
Note2: For details on how to set the Analog Input/Output Unit, see the Analog I/O Unit User's
Manual (Cat. No. SBCC-820).
Note3: 000F Hex is automatically set to the 1st word (n) of the allocated relay area of
CS1W-MAD44. As a result of this, the Conversion Enabled flag for each of the analog
output points is always 1 (start of conversion output). For this reason, conversion output
of analog output cannot be stopped, and the peak hold function of analog input cannot be
used.
Block diagram
CPU Unit
CS1 Analog
Input/Output Unit
AI 4-point/AO 015
4-point Terminal
Y1 analog output (field input)
018
Y4 analog output (field input)
035
X1 analog input (field output)
038
X4 analog input (field output)
Analog input 1
CS1W-MAD44
Analog input 4
4 analog input/
4 analog output
type
I/O memory
15
0
Allocated CIO
area
007
Analog output 1
019
U1 output from disconnected
line detection contact
022
U4 output from disconnected
line detection contact
Analog output 4
426
19 Field Terminal Block
<583> AI 4-point/AO 4-point Terminal (MAD44) 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
start
initializ
ation
ITEM TYPE ITEM
Contact
input
Parameter
000
23
characters
583
Block
name
583
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
24
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0000
–
r
–
–
–
2
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0 to 95
0, 1
95
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
R/W(S) –
–
–
–
–
2
2
0, 1
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
-5.00 to
+105.00%
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
-5.00 to
+105.00%
Output from disconnected line detection contact 0, 1
(0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
to
Output from disconnected line detection contact 0, 1
(0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
No.1 output range (0: 1 to 5V/0 to 5V/
0, 1
0 to 10V, 1: -10 to +10V)
to
No.1 output range (0: 1 to 5V/0 to 5V/
0, 1
0 to 10V, 1: -10 to +10V)
X1 source designation
BBBIII
BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.
0.00
Yes
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
2
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
R
1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
0
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
2
000000
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
BBBIII
000000
–
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
4
-5.00 to
+105.00%
0.00
Yes
r
–
–
–
2
-5.00 to
+105.00%
0.00
Yes
Yes
r
–
–
–
2
015
Y1
Block Model: AI 4-point/AO 4-point Termina
(MAD44)
Execution error display
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Operation cycle (sec)
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1, 5: 2
Unit number
No.1 input range (0: 1 to 5V/0 to 5V/
0 to 10V/4 to 20mA, 1: -10 to +10V)
to
No.4 input range (0: 1 to 5V/0 to 5V/
0 to 10V/4 to 20mA, 1: -10 to +10V)
Analog output (field input)
to
018
Y4
to
Analog output (field input)
019
U1
to
022
U4
003
Parameter
004
007
011
to
014
Parameter
–
Stop block operation command
(0: Cancel stop, 1: Stop)
Comment
001
Special
Contact
output
0
Sym
Data Description
bol
002
Analog
output
0, 1
R/W Mode
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
R/W-enabled,
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
status by CX-Process Tool or
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
–
–
–
–
031
to
034
Analog input 035
connection
information
to
038
Analog input 039
(field output)
to
042
X1
to
X4 source designation
BBB: Block No., III: ITEM No.
Analog output (field output)
X4
to
Analog output (field output)
Data Range Default
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
427
19 Field Terminal Block
<584> AI 8-point Terminal (AD081) 901 to 980
Block Model
Block Name
Block Address
<584>
AI 8-point Terminal (AD081)
901 to 980
19
Field Terminal Block
<584> AI 8-point Terminal (AD081) 901 to 980
Outline
This function block is the Field Terminal for inputting eight analog signals from the
CS-series 8-point Analog Input Unit (CS1W-AD081).
Note1: Prevent the averaging function of the Analog Input Unit from duplicating the functions of
the function blocks on the Loop Control Unit.
Note2: For details on how to set the Analog Input Unit, see the Analog I/O Unit User's Manual
(Cat. No. SBCC-820).
Block diagram
CPU Unit
CS1 Analog
Output Unit
AI 8-point Terminal
021
Y1 analog output (field input)
022
Y2 analog output (field input)
028
Y8 analog output (field input)
Analog input 1
CS1W-AD081
Analog input 2
8 analog input
type
I/O memory
15
0
Allocated CIO
area
007
031
U1 output from disconnected
line detection contact
032
U2 output from disconnected
line detection contact
038
U8 output from disconnected
line detection contact
Analog input 8
428
19 Field Terminal Block
<584> AI 8-point Terminal (AD081) 901 to 980
ITEM list
*1:On the CX-Process Monitor, the R/W mode is indicated in the Tuning screen or in the Control screen.
COLD
R/W Mode
start
R: Read, W: Write, R/W:
initializat R/W-enabled,
ion
-: R/W-disabled
Note:
r and r/w: Read and read/write for
validate action or monitor run
Sym
status by CX-Process Tool or
ITEM TYPE
ITEM
Data Description
Data Range Default
bol
Monitor, (S): Initial setting data,
(O): Operation data
Accordi Accordi Accordi Accordi
ng to
ng to
ng to
ng to
CX-Pro CX-Pro ITEM
Step
cess
cess
Setting Ladder
Tool
Monitor block Progra
*1
m
Contact input 000
Stop block operation command (0: Cancel 0, 1
0
–
–
–
–
–
stop, 1: Stop)
Parameter
001
Comment
23
Block
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
characters name
002
Block Model: AI 8-point Terminal
584
584
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
Special
003
Execution error display
0000
–
r
–
–
–
0: Normal, Other: Error
(See Appendix "Execution Error Code List.")
Parameter
004
Operation cycle (sec)
0 to 5
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0: Common, 1: 0.1, 2: 0.2, 3: 0.5, 4: 1,
5: 2
Parameter
007
Unit number
0 to 95
95
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
011
No.1 input range (0: 1 to 5V/0 to 5V/
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0 to 10V 4 to 20mA, 1: -10 to +10V)
to
to
–
018
No.8 input range (0: 1 to 5V/0 to 5V/
0, 1
0
–
R/W(S) –
–
–
0 to 10V/4 to 20mA, 1: -10 to +10V)
Analog output 021 Y1 Analog output (field input)
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
(field input)
+105.00%
to
to
Yes
028 Y8 Analog output (field input)
-5.00 to
0.00
Yes
r/w
–
–
–
+105.00%
Contact output 031 U1 Output from disconnected line detection
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
contact (0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
to
to
Yes
038 U8 Output from disconnected line detection
0, 1
0
Yes
–
–
–
R
contact (0: No error, 1: Disconnected line)
Data
Length
(bytes)
1
24
2
2
2
2